Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number 1-31517

 

 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

China Telecom Corporation Limited

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

People’s Republic of China

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District

Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100140

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Mr. Jian Liang

China Telecom Corporation Limited

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District

Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100140

Email: liangj@chinatelecom.com.cn

Telephone: (+86-10) 5850 1503

Fax: (+86-10) 5850 1504

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

American depositary shares

H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, each representing 100 H shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

As of December 31, 2008, 67,054,958,321 domestic shares and 13,877,410,000 H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share, were issued and outstanding. H shares are ordinary shares of the Company listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer   x     Accelerated Filer   ¨     Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing.

U.S. GAAP   ¨

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   x

Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
PART I    3

Item 1.

   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.    3

Item 2.

   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.    3

Item 3.

   Key Information.    3

Item 4.

   Information on the Company.    16

Item 4A.

   Unresolved Staff Comments.    43

Item 5.

   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.    43

Item 6.

   Directors, Senior Management and Employees.    58

Item 7.

   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.    68

Item 8.

   Financial Information.    76

Item 9.

   The Offer and Listing.    76

Item 10.

   Additional Information.    77

Item 11.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.    89

Item 12.

   Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.    93
PART II    94

Item 13.

   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.    94

Item 14.

   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.    94

Item 15.

   Controls and Procedures.    94

Item 16A.

   Audit Committee Financial Expert.    95

Item 16B.

   Code of Ethics.    96

Item 16C.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services.    96

Item 16D.

   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.    96

Item 16E.

   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.    96

Item 16F.

   Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.    96

Item 16G.

   Corporate Governance.    96

Item 17.

   Financial Statements.    97

Item 18.

   Financial Statements.    97

Item 19.

   Exhibits.    98

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

   

our business and operating strategies;

 

   

our network expansion and capital expenditure plans;

 

   

our operations and business prospects;

 

   

the expected benefit of any acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the expected impact of new services on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the future prospects of and our ability to integrate the acquired business;

 

   

the industry regulatory environment as well as the industry outlook generally; and

 

   

future developments in the telecommunications industry in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC.

The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “plan”, “seek”, “will”, “would” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify a number of these forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. We are under no obligation to update these forward-looking statements and do not intend to do so. Actual results may differ materially from the information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, the risk factors set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and the following:

 

   

any changes in the regulations or policies of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT (which was created by the PRC State Council in March 2008 to assume, among other things, the duties of the former Ministry of Information Industry or, the MII) and other relevant government authorities relating to, among other matters:

 

   

the granting and approval of licenses;

 

   

tariff policies;

 

   

interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

   

capital investment priorities;

 

   

the provision of telephone and other telecommunications services to rural areas in the PRC; and

 

   

spectrum and numbering resources allocation;

 

   

the effects of competition on the demand for and price of our services;

 

2


Table of Contents
   

any potential further restructuring or consolidation of the PRC telecommunication industry;

 

   

the development of new technologies and applications or services affecting the PRC telecommunications industry and our current and future business; and

 

   

changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in the PRC, including changes in the PRC government’s specific policies with respect to foreign investment in and entry by foreign companies into the PRC telecommunications industry, economic growth, inflation, foreign exchange and the availability of credit.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS

As used in this annual report, references to “us”, “we”, the “Company”, “our Company” and “China Telecom” are to China Telecom Corporation Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries except where we make clear that the term means China Telecom Corporation Limited or a particular subsidiary or business group only. References to matters relating to our H shares or American depositary shares, or ADSs, or matters of corporate governance are to the H shares, ADSs and corporate governance of China Telecom Corporation Limited. In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “us”, “we” and “China Telecom” are to the telecommunications business in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us. All references to “China Telecom Group” are to China Telecommunications Corporation, our controlling shareholder. Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of its subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, references to and statements regarding China and the PRC in this annual report do not apply to Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region or Taiwan.

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information.

 

A. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected financial data. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the selected income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, and should be read in conjunction with those financial statements. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the selected income statement and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our consolidated financial statements which are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS.

The selected financial data reflect the acquisitions in 2004, 2007 and 2008 described under “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Our Acquisitions in 2003 and in 2004”, “—Our Acquisitions in 2007”, “—Our Acquisition of Beijing Telecom in 2008” and “Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008”.

On June 30, 2004, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom

 

3


Table of Contents

Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. On June 30, 2007, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited, China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation”) from China Telecom Group. On March 31, 2008, we entered into an acquisition agreement with China Telecom Group, pursuant to which we agreed to acquire the entire equity interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, or Beijing Telecom, from China Telecom Group. Because we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisitions of these acquired companies are accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of the acquired companies on a combined basis.

On October 1, 2008, we acquired from China Unicom (Hong Kong) Limited (formerly known as China Unicom Limited), or China Unicom, and China Unicom Corporation Limited, or CUCL, the entire Code Division Multiple Access technology, or CDMA, telecommunications business, or the CDMA Business, and related assets and liabilities for a total consideration of RMB43,800 million. The related direct transaction cost for the acquisition was RMB84 million. The final cost of the acquisition was RMB40,413 million as a result of RMB3,471 million reduction to the total consideration pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement. China Unicom is a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and whose American depositary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. Our acquisition of the CDMA Business and related assets and liabilities was accounted for using the purchase method.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2004 RMB     2005 RMB     2006 RMB     2007 RMB     2008 RMB     2008 US$  
     (in millions, except share numbers and per share and per ADS data)  

Income Statement Data:

  

Operating revenue

   162,273      171,216      177,485      180,882      186,801      27,380   

Operating expenses (1)

   (122,459   (132,074   (138,485   (143,141   (181,656   (26,626

Operating income

   39,814      39,142      39,000      37,741      5,145      754   

Earnings before income tax

   33,270      34,325      34,564      30,996      186      27   

Income tax

   (5,175   (6,222   (6,919   (6,704   793      116   

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Company

   28,042      28,061      27,562      24,195      884      130   

Basic earnings per share ( 2 )

   0.36      0.35      0.34      0.30      0.01      0.00   

Basic earnings per ADS ( 2 )

   35.57      34.67      34.06      29.90      1.09      0.16   

Cash dividends declared per share

   0.07      0.08      0.08      0.08      0.08      0.01   

Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   15,669      19,606      23,113      21,427      27,866      4,084   

Accounts receivable, net

   14,102      16,725      16,373      16,979      17,289      2,534   

Total current assets

   36,000      41,847      45,671      44,110      55,499      8,135   

Property, plant and equipment, net ( 3 )

   321,519      330,300      330,436      329,292      299,159      43,849   

Total assets ( 3 )

   417,715      425,844      423,857      413,331      440,337      64,542   

Short-term debt

   66,776      76,905      80,378      67,767      83,448      12,231   

Current portion of long-term debt

   11,842      8,963      8,242      3,811      565      83   

Accounts payable

   34,234      34,828      32,968      29,013      34,458      5,051   

Total current liabilities

   153,694      159,437      159,451      140,245      176,790      25,913   

Long-term debt

   72,366      55,777      37,257      34,148      39,226      5,750   

Deferred revenues

   36,771      27,714      20,765      15,486      11,444      1,677   

Total liabilities

   253,701      236,642      213,060      187,359      225,789      33,095   

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

   162,601      187,758      209,349      224,521      213,036      31,226   

 

4


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,  
     2004 RMB     2005 RMB     2006 RMB     2007 RMB     2008 RMB     2008 US$  
     (in millions, except share numbers and per share and per ADS data)  

Cash Flow Data:

            

Net cash from operating activities

   66,438      69,461      75,042      75,783      76,756      11,250   

Net cash used in investing activities ( 4 )

   (57,251   (53,515   (50,333   (46,618   (75,819   (11,113

Capital expenditures ( 4 )

   (57,328   (53,704   (50,399   (46,847   (46,652   (6,838

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

   (12,358   (11,827   (20,904   (30,747   5,585      819   

 

(1) Includes an impairment loss in 2008 on property, plant and equipment of RMB24,167 million, which primarily consisted of an impairment loss on our Personal Handyphone System, or PHS, specific equipment of RMB23,954 million. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(2) The basic earnings per share have been calculated based on the net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB28,042 million, RMB28,061 million, RMB27,562 million, RMB24,195 million and RMB884 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the relevant year of 78,839,968,917, 80,932,368,321, 80,932,368,321, 80,932,368,321 and 80,932,368,321 shares, respectively. The weighted average number of shares in issue for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflects the issuance of 5,318,181,818 new H shares in May 2004. Basic earnings per ADS have been computed as if all of our issued and outstanding shares, including domestic shares and H shares, are represented by ADSs during each of the years presented. Each ADS represents 100 H shares.
(3) Includes the effect of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment in connection with our historical acquisitions. It also includes the effect of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2004 and as of December 31, 2007, which were carried out in accordance with the Company’s accounting policies under IFRS. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(4) Capital expenditures are part of and not an addition to net cash used in investing activities.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 26, 2009, a final dividend of RMB6,067 million (RMB0.074963 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) (inclusive of applicable tax) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2008 was declared, which is expected to be paid on or around June 30, 2009.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of approximately RMB6,125 million (RMB0.075747 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared, of which RMB5,699 million and RMB426 million were paid on June 16, 2008 and February 25, 2009, respectively.

Exchange Rate Information

Our financial statements are expressed in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar amounts into U.S. dollars and vice versa at RMB6.8225 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7499 = US$1.00, the respective Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2008. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi or Hong Kong dollar amounts could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates or at all.

The Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were RMB 6.8360 = US$1.00 and HK$ 7.7500 = US$1.00, respectively, on June19, 2009. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each month during the previous six months:

Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00        HK$ per US$1.00
     High    Low        High    Low

December 2008

   6.8842    6.8225    December 2008   7.7522    7.7497

January 2009

   6.8403    6.8225    January 2009   7.7618    7.7504

February 2009

   6.8470    6.8241    February 2009   7.7551    7.7511

March 2009

   6.8438    6.8240    March 2009   7.7593    7.7497

April 2009

   6.8361    6.8180    April 2009   7.7508    7.7495

May 2009

   6.8326    6.8176    May 2009   7.7526    7.7500

June 2009 (through June 19, 2009)

   6.8371    6.8264    June 2009 (through June 19, 2009)   7.7516    7.7499

 

5


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the average noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each of 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 calculated by averaging the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each of the relevant years.

Average Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$ 1.00    HK$ per US$1.00

2004

   8.2768    7.7899

2005

   8.1826    7.7755

2006

   7.9579    7.7685

2007

   7.5806    7.8008

2008

   6.9193    7.7814

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face increasing competition, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The telecommunications industry in the PRC is rapidly evolving. Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions and, as a result, we had a dominant market position in our service regions. We began to operate in a competitive market as the PRC government started to implement a number of measures to restructure the telecommunications industry and encourage competition in the industry in the mid-1990s.

In connection with the PRC’s accession to the World Trade Organization, or the WTO, and the adoption of the Regulations on the Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises in January 2002, which implement the PRC’s commitments to the WTO, the PRC government agreed to gradually liberalize various groups and regions of the telecommunications market in the PRC to foreign operators. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Licensing”. Both the percentage of ownership of Sino-foreign joint ventures offering telecommunications services in the PRC and the regions where those joint ventures are permitted to offer telecommunications services were increased gradually by December 11, 2007.

 

6


Table of Contents

In May 2008, in order to optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources in the PRC and improve the competitive landscape, the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance announced a policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in the PRC that encourages the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, by way of a series of restructuring transactions. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Competition”. Following the industry restructuring in 2008, China Unicom and our Company have full-service capabilities and compete with each other in both wireline and wireless telecommunications services. China Mobile Limited, or China Mobile, continues to be the leading provider of mobile telecommunications services in the PRC and competes with us in mobile telecommunications services and other telecommunications services.

In this increasingly competitive environment, our customers may choose to use other providers’ services. Increased competition from other existing telecommunications services providers, including China Mobile and China Unicom, as well as competition from new competitors could materially and adversely affect our business and prospect by, among other factors, forcing us to lower our tariffs to the extent permitted under relevant laws and regulations, reducing or reversing the growth of our customer base and reducing usage of our services. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. We cannot assure you that the increasingly competitive environment and any change in the competitive landscape of the telecommunications industry in the PRC would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The CDMA Business we acquired in 2008 may not meet our expectations with respect to its performance.

In May 2008, the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance jointly announced the policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in the PRC that encourages the formation of three telecommunications services providers by way of a series of restructuring transactions, including the acquisition by our Company of the CDMA Business from China Unicom. On July 27, 2008, we entered into an acquisition agreement, or the CDMA Acquisition Agreement, with China Unicom and CUCL in respect of our acquisition of the CDMA Business, or the CDMA Acquisition. We acquired the CDMA Business from China Unicom and CUCL in October 2008 pursuant to the CDMA Acquisition Agreement.

In December 2008, we launched our “e surfing” mobile service brand and started to promote the concept of “Internet handset” in order to create a high-quality brand image among our customers and potential customers. In the same month, we launched our “189” prefix mobile number and established a new image for our CDMA mobile services. We have also undertaken other measures such as offering service plans that include both wireline and mobile functions. Despite these efforts, the CDMA Business and related assets we acquired from China Unicom and CUCL may not meet our expectations with respect to their performance due to the following:

 

   

potential synergy between our CDMA Business and our wireline business may not be fully and timely realized to the extent of our expectation;

 

   

the evolution of CDMA technology may not meet the requirements of the operation of our CDMA mobile services;

 

   

future regulation of the mobile services may not be as favorable to us as we expect; and

 

   

future market competition may be beyond our expectation.

The CDMA Acquisition may also expose us to additional or more severe uncertainties and risks, including uncertainties and risks associated with:

 

   

the integration of our CDMA Business with our wireline business;

 

   

the management and development of our CDMA mobile services in which we had no experience prior to our acquisition of the CDMA Business;

 

7


Table of Contents
   

potential loss of, or harm to, relationships with employees or customers; and

 

   

unforeseen or hidden liabilities.

Any of the above could significantly disrupt our ability to manage our business and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face competition with respect to the 3G mobile services.

In January 2009, each of China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile Group, China Telecom Group and China United Network Communications Group Company Limited (formerly known as China United Telecommunications Corporation prior to its merger with China Network Communications Group Corporation), or Unicom Group, received a license from the MIIT to operate 3G businesses nationwide. The licenses permit China Mobile Group, China Telecom Group and Unicom Group to provide 3G services based on TD-SCDMA, CDMA2000 and WCDMA technologies, respectively. We have been authorized by China Telecom Group to operate 3G business nationwide based on CDMA2000 technology. China Mobile, China Unicom and our Company have all launched 3G services. We expect that 3G services will be the focus of the mobile services for all of the three telecommunications operators in the PRC.

However, we cannot assure you that:

 

   

our 3G services will receive market acceptance;

 

   

our 3G services will deliver the quality and levels of services currently anticipated;

 

   

we will be able to provide all planned 3G services or we will be able to provide such services on schedule, or developing and providing such services will not be more costly than expected;

 

   

there will be sufficient demand for 3G services for us to deliver these services profitably;

 

   

our competitors’ 3G services will not be more popular among potential subscribers; or

 

   

our 3G services will generate an acceptable or commercially viable rate of return.

The failure of any of the above possible developments to occur could hinder our growth or the recovery of our investment or cost in our 3G services, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations as well as our revenue and profitability.

The CDMA handset promotional plans are expected to increase our costs and expenses and may adversely affect our profitability.

In order to accelerate the development of our CDMA mobile services and subscriber growth, we have offered CDMA handset promotional plans. Under those arrangements, CDMA handsets have been provided to subscribers for their use during the specified contract periods as long as such subscribers agreed to pay a deposit, prepay certain amount of service fees or commit a minimum amount of service fees during the contract period. The costs of the handsets provided to subscribers under these contractual arrangements are recognized as operating expenses when incurred. Although the use of these CDMA promotional plans could accelerate the growth of our CDMA mobile services revenue and subscriber base, it increases our expenses and may adversely affect our profitability and our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, upon expiration of the contract period of these CDMA handset promotional plans, some subscribers may not renew their contracts and may subscribe to our competitors’ cellular services, which may lead to an increase of the churn rate of our CDMA mobile services. Such effects may adversely affect our profitability and our financial condition and results of operations.

 

8


Table of Contents

We will continue to be controlled by China Telecom Group, which could cause us to take actions that may conflict with the best interests of our other shareholders.

China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, owned approximately 70.89% of our outstanding shares as of June 19, 2009. Accordingly, subject to our Articles of Association and applicable laws and regulations, China Telecom Group, as our controlling shareholder, will continue to be able to exercise significant influence over our management and policies by:

 

   

controlling the election of our directors and, in turn, indirectly controlling the selection of our senior management;

 

   

determining the timing and amount of our dividend payments;

 

   

approving our annual budgets;

 

   

deciding on increases or decreases in our share capital;

 

   

determining issuance of new securities;

 

   

approving mergers and acquisitions; and

 

   

amending our Articles of Association.

The interests of China Telecom Group as our controlling shareholder could conflict with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders. As a result, China Telecom Group may take actions with respect to our business that may not be in our or our other shareholders’ best interests.

We depend on China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries to provide certain services and facilities for which we currently have limited alternative sources of supply.

In addition to being our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, by itself and through its other subsidiaries, also provides us with services and facilities necessary for our business activities, including, but not limited to:

 

   

use of international gateway facilities;

 

   

provision of services in areas outside our service regions necessary to enable us to provide end-to-end services to our customers;

 

   

use of nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers; and

 

   

lease of properties and assets, including lease of the capacity on the CDMA network.

The interests of China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries as providers of these services and facilities may conflict with our interests. We currently have limited alternative sources of supply for these services and facilities. Therefore, we have limited leverage in negotiating with China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries over the terms for the provision of these services and facilities. Termination or adverse changes of the terms for the provisions of these services and facilities could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a description of the services and facilities provided by China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries.

 

9


Table of Contents

Since our services require interconnection with networks of other operators, disruption in interconnections with those networks could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Under the relevant telecommunications regulations, telecommunications operators are required to interconnect with networks of other operators. We have entered into interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators. The effective provision of our wireline voice, mobile voice and other services requires interaction between our networks and those of China Telecom Group, Unicom Group, China Mobile Group and other telecommunications operators. Any interruption in our interconnection with the networks of those operators or other international telecommunications carriers with which we interconnect due to technical or competitive reasons may affect our operations, service quality and customer satisfaction, and, in turn, our business and results of operations. In addition, any obstacles in existing interconnection arrangements and leased line agreements or any change in their terms, as a result of natural events, accidents, or for regulatory, technological, competitive or other reasons, could lead to temporary service disruptions and increased costs that can seriously jeopardize our operations and adversely affect our profitability and growth.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient financing to fund our capital requirements, which could limit our growth potential and future prospects.

We believe that cash from operations, together with any necessary borrowings, will provide sufficient financial resources to meet our projected capital and other expenditure requirements. However, we may require additional funds to the extent we have underestimated our capital requirements or overestimated our future cash from operations. In addition, a significant feature of our business strategy is to continue to transform our Company from a traditional basic network operator into a modern integrated information services provider, which may require additional capital resources. The cost of implementing new technologies, upgrading our networks or expanding capacity may be significant. Furthermore, in order for us to effectively respond to technological changes and more intensive competition, we may be required to make substantial investments in the future and such investments’ requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, any future issuance of equity securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable into or that represent the right to receive equity securities, may require approval from the relevant government authorities. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

general market conditions for financing activities by telecommunications companies; and

 

   

economic, political and other conditions in the markets where we operate or plan to operate.

We cannot assure you that we can obtain sufficient financing at commercially reasonable terms or at all. If adequate capital is not available on commercially reasonable terms, our growth potential and future prospects could be adversely affected.

If we are not able to respond successfully to technological or industry developments, our business may be adversely affected.

The telecommunications market is characterized by rapid advancements in technology, evolving industry standards and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to these developments. In addition, new services or technologies may render our existing services or technologies less competitive. In the event we do take measures to respond to technological developments and changes in industry standards, the integration of new technology or industry standards or the upgrading of our networks may require substantial time, effort and capital investment. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in integrating these new technologies and industry standards or adapting our network and systems in a timely and cost-effective manner, or at all. Our inability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments may adversely affect our business, results of operations and competitiveness.

 

10


Table of Contents

We face a number of risks relating to our Internet-related services.

We currently provide a range of Internet-related services, including dial-up and broadband Internet access and Internet-related applications. We face a number of risks in providing these services.

Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. We cannot assure you that the security measures we have implemented will not be circumvented or otherwise fail to protect the integrity of our network. Unauthorized access could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our customers’ computer systems. Eliminating computer viruses and other security problems may also require interruptions, delays or suspension of our services, cause us to incur costs and divert management attention.

In addition, because we provide connections to the Internet and host websites for customers and develop Internet content and applications, we may be perceived as being associated with the content carried over our network or displayed on websites that we host. We cannot and do not screen all of this content and may face litigation claims due to a perceived association with this content. These types of claims have been brought against other providers of online services in the past. Regardless of the merits of the lawsuits, these types of claims can be costly to defend, divert management resources and attention, and may damage our reputation.

Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in the PRC

Extensive government regulation of the telecommunications industry may limit our flexibility in responding to market conditions, competition or changes in our cost structure.

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation. The MIIT, which is the primary telecommunications industry regulator under the PRC’s State Council, regulates, among other things:

 

   

industry policies and regulations;

 

   

licensing;

 

   

tariffs;

 

   

competition;

 

   

telecommunications resource allocation;

 

   

service standards;

 

   

technical standards;

 

   

interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

   

enforcement of industry regulations;

 

   

universal service obligations;

 

   

network information security; and

 

   

network access license approval for telecom equipment and terminals.

Other PRC governmental authorities also take part in regulating tariff policies, capital investment and foreign investment in the telecommunications industry. Major capital investments, including telecommunications network development projects, are subject to the approval of relevant PRC government authorities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Capital Investment”. The regulatory framework within which we operate may constrain our ability to implement our business strategies and limit our flexibility to respond to market conditions or to changes in our cost structure.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the PRC government.

Tariffs are the prices we charge our customers for our telecommunications services. We are subject to extensive government regulations on tariffs, especially those relating to our basic telecommunications services. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting”. We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from services that are subject to tariffs regulated by the PRC government. In the past, our revenues have been adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the PRC government. We cannot predict the likelihood, timing or magnitude of tariff adjustments by the government or the extent or potential impact on our business of future tariff adjustments. If the government substantially lowers the tariffs for our services, our business and profitability may be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that our business or results of operations will not be adversely affected by any government-mandated adjustments on tariff level in the future.

Future changes to the regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in the PRC may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in the PRC have experienced continuous changes in the past several years. Possible future changes to regulations and policies of the PRC government governing the telecommunications industry could adversely affect our business and operations. For example, to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the PRC government is currently preparing a draft telecommunications law. If and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress or its Standing Committee, it is expected to provide a new regulatory framework for telecommunications regulation in the PRC. We cannot be certain how this law will affect our business and operations and whether it will contain more stringent regulatory requirements than the current telecommunications regulations.

The interpretation and enforcement of the PRC’s WTO commitments regarding telecommunications services may also affect telecommunications regulations and the telecommunications industry in the PRC. Any future regulatory changes, such as those relating to the issuance of additional telecommunications licenses, tariff setting, interconnection and settlement arrangements, competition, changes in technical and service standards, universal service obligations and spectrum and numbering resources allocations, may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

The PRC government may require us, along with other providers in the PRC, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations promulgated by the State Council, telecommunications service providers in the PRC are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government. The MIIT has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The MIIT may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The MIIT, together with other governmental authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. The PRC government currently uses financial resources to compensate the expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects before the establishment of a universal service fund. In December 2006, the Ministry of Finance issued the Provisional Rules on Usage and Administration of Telecommunications Universal Service Fund, effective December 21, 2006, which provide a compensation scheme for certain expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects undertaken by telecommunications service providers. Under the compensation scheme, telecommunications operators may receive compensation from the PRC government for the “Village to Village” projects. These rules provide for the application for the compensation, the method to calculate the amount, the approval process and the distribution of the compensation. However, the compensation from the PRC government may not be sufficient to cover all of our expenses for providing the telecommunications services under the “Village to Village” projects.

 

12


Table of Contents

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, all PRC telecommunications operators shall provide universal services, but no formal timetable for the establishment of the systems to implement universal services has been released. Once relevant regulations with respect to universal service obligations are promulgated, we expect to perform our duties thereunder accordingly. We may not be able to realize adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those economically less developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China

Substantially all of our assets are located in the PRC and substantially all of our revenue is derived from our operations in the PRC. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal developments in the PRC.

The PRC’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, could affect our business.

Substantially all of our business, assets and operations are located in the PRC. The PRC’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including without limitation:

 

   

government involvement;

 

   

level of development;

 

   

growth rate;

 

   

control of foreign exchange; and

 

   

allocation of resources.

While the PRC’s economy has experienced significant growth in the past 30 years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of the PRC, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations applicable to us.

The PRC’s economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in the PRC is still owned by the PRC government. It also exercises significant control over the PRC’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. We cannot predict the purpose and effect of future economic policies of the PRC government or the impact of such economic policies on our business and operations.

The current global financial crisis and an economic slowdown may reduce the demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The global financial crisis that unfolded in 2008 and has continued during 2009 has been having a significant negative impact on businesses around the world. The PRC has entered into a period of slower economic growth and certain other major economies around the world have entered into a period of economic contraction. In particular, the current global financial crisis, weak consumer confidence and diminished consumer and business spending may lead to a significant slowdown in the market demand for telecommunications services. Economic contraction or significantly slower economic growth may also lead to limited access to or unavailability of financing for business developments of telecommunication services providers.

 

13


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you when global economic recovery may occur, or, even when global economic recovery does occur, that demand for telecommunications services will increase. Any further slowdown in the economic growth of the PRC could lead to further reduced business activities and reduced demand for our services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our financial condition.

We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi, which currently is not a freely convertible currency. A portion of these revenues must be converted into other currencies to meet our foreign currency obligations. These foreign currency-denominated obligations include:

 

   

payment of interest and principal on foreign currency-denominated debt;

 

   

payment for equipment and materials purchased offshore; and

 

   

payment of dividends declared, if any, in respect of our H shares.

Under the PRC’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the PRC government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs, if the PRC government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities, if any, and principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities, if any, or to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We receive substantially all of our revenues, and our financial statements are presented, in Renminbi. The value of the Renminbi against U.S. dollar and other currencies fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s and international political and economic conditions. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, which are set daily based on the previous business day’s inter-bank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates on the world financial markets. From 1994 to July 20, 2005, the official exchange rate for the conversion of Renminbi to U.S. dollars was generally stable. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government introduced a managed floating exchange rate system to allow the value of the Renminbi to fluctuate within a regulated band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of currencies. On the same day, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. The PRC government has since made and in the future may make further adjustments to the exchange rate system. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into U.S. dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends payable on our H shares in foreign currency terms. Our financial condition and results of operations may also be affected by changes in the value of certain currencies other than the Renminbi, in which our obligations are denominated. For further information on our foreign exchange risks and certain exchange rates, see “Item 3. Key Information—A. Selected Financial Data—Exchange Rate Information” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk”. We cannot assure you that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

14


Table of Contents

The PRC legal system has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to you.

We were incorporated under PRC laws and are governed by our Articles of Association. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the PRC government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties.

The ability of our shareholders to enforce their rights in respect of violations of corporate governance procedures may be limited. In this regard, our Articles of Association provide that most disputes between holders of H shares and our Company, directors, supervisors, officers or holders of domestic shares, arising out of our Articles of Association or the PRC Company Law and related regulations concerning the affairs of our Company, are to be resolved through arbitration by arbitration tribunal in Hong Kong or the PRC, rather than by a court of law. Awards that are made by PRC arbitral authorities recognized under the Arbitration Ordinance of Hong Kong can be enforced in Hong Kong. Hong Kong arbitration awards are also enforceable in the PRC. However, to our knowledge, no action has been brought in the PRC by any holder of H shares to enforce an arbitral award, and we are uncertain as to the outcome of any action, if brought in the PRC to enforce an arbitral award made in favor of holders of H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association”.

To our knowledge, there has not been any published report of judicial enforcement in the PRC by holders of H shares of their rights under the Articles of Association of a PRC company or the PRC Company Law.

Unlike in the United States, the applicable PRC laws did not specifically allow shareholders to sue the directors, supervisors, senior management or other shareholders on behalf of the corporation to enforce a claim against such party or parties that the corporation has failed to enforce itself until January 1, 2006, when the amendments to the PRC Company Law passed in October 27, 2005 became effective. Although the amended PRC Company Law provides that shareholders, under certain circumstances, may sue the directors, supervisors and senior management on behalf of the company, no detailed implementation rules or judicial interpretations have been issued in this regard. In addition, our minority shareholders may not be able to enjoy protections to the same extent afforded to shareholders of companies incorporated under the state laws of the United States.

Although we will be subject to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, or the Listing Rules, and the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases, or the Codes, the holders of H shares will not be able to bring actions on the basis of violations of the Listing Rules or the Codes, and must rely on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and The Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong to enforce the Listing Rules or the Codes, as the case may be.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our management.

We are a company incorporated under PRC laws, and substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries are located in the PRC. In addition, most of our directors and officers reside within the PRC, and substantially all of the assets of our directors and officers are located within the PRC. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside the PRC upon most of our directors or officers, including with respect to matters arising under applicable laws and regulations. Moreover, our PRC counsel has advised us that the PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States, the United Kingdom or most other Western countries. Our Hong Kong counsel has also advised us that Hong Kong has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States.

As a result, recognition and enforcement in the PRC of judgments of a court in the United States and any of the other jurisdictions mentioned above in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

 

15


Table of Contents

Holders of H shares may be subject to PRC taxation.

On March 16, 2007, the Fifth Plenary Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, or the New Tax Law, which took effect on January 1, 2008. On December 6, 2007, the State Council of the PRC enacted the Enterprise Income Tax Law Implementing Regulations, or the Implementing Regulations, which became effective on January 1, 2008. Prior to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, dividends paid by us to holders of our H shares who are enterprises outside the PRC were exempted from PRC income tax and gains realized by enterprises upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares were exempted form PRC capital gains tax. Under the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise” is subject to a 10% tax for its income derived from sources in the PRC after January 1, 2008, unless reduced under an applicable double-taxation treaty. In addition, dividends paid by us to a resident enterprise, including a foreign enterprise whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are not subject to any PRC income tax. The capital gains realized by such resident enterprise are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax. Although the implementation of the New Tax Law in these respects remain uncertain, we are required to withhold taxes when paying any dividends to our H shareholders who are non-resident enterprises. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China”.

Furthermore, under current PRC tax laws, regulations and rulings, dividends paid by us to holders of our H shares who are individuals outside the PRC are currently exempted from PRC income tax. In addition, gains realized by individuals upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares are temporarily exempted from PRC capital gains tax. If the exemptions are withdrawn in the future, holders of our H shares who are individuals may be required to pay withholding tax on dividends, which is currently imposed at the rate of 20%, or income tax, which may be imposed upon individuals at the rate of 20%, and holders of our H shares may be required to pay PRC capital gains tax upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China”.

Natural disasters and health hazards in the PRC may severely disrupt our business and operations and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In early 2008, parts of the PRC, in particular its southern, central and eastern regions, experienced what was reportedly the most severe snow storm in the country in half a century, which resulted in significant and extensive damages to factories, power lines, homes, automobiles, crops and other properties, blackouts, transportation and communications disruptions and other losses in the affected areas. In addition, in May 2008, a major earthquake registering 8.0 on the Richter scale struck Sichuan province and certain other parts of the PRC, devastating much of the affected areas and causing tens of thousands of deaths and widespread injuries. Our network equipment and other assets in the affected areas sustained extensive damage in the earthquake, leading to service stoppage and other disruptions in our operations in those areas. We incurred a total loss of approximately RMB3,428 million in connections with the impairment, write-off and repair and maintenance of certain assets that were damaged due to the severe weather conditions and the major earthquake. Moreover, certain countries and regions, including the PRC, have encountered incidents of the H5N1 strain of bird flu, or avian flu, over the past six years, and more recently in 2009, the outbreak of influenza A (H1N1) strain. We are unable to predict the effect, if any, that any future natural disasters and health hazards may have on our business. Any future natural disasters and health hazards may, among other things, significantly disrupt our ability to adequately staff our business, and may generally disrupt our operations. Furthermore, such natural disasters and health hazards may severely restrict the level of economic activity in affected areas, which may in turn materially and adversely affect our business and prospects. As a result, any natural disasters or health hazards in the PRC may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company.

 

A. History and Development of the Company

Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering in 2002

We were incorporated under PRC laws on September 10, 2002 as a joint stock company with limited liability under the name “China Telecom Corporation Limited”. As part of our initial restructuring, China Telecom Group’s telecommunications operations in

 

16


Table of Contents

Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, together with the related assets and liabilities, were transferred to us. In consideration of the net assets related to the telecommunications operations transferred to us, which had a carrying amount of RMB97,485 million as of December 31, 2001, we issued 68,317,270,803 of our shares to China Telecom Group. Immediately prior to our initial public offering, China Telecom Group transferred to Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Financial Development Company 8.37%, 1.43% and 3.19%, respectively, of our outstanding shares.

Following our restructuring, China Telecom Group continues to be the holder of the licenses required for operating our telecommunications business. In accordance with the approval of the MIIT (and prior to March 2008, the MII), we derive our exclusive rights to operate our business from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, and China Telecom Group must hold and maintain all licenses received from the MIIT (and prior to April 2008, the MII) in connection with our business for our benefit. The government currently does not charge license fees for the telecommunications licenses held by China Telecom Group.

In 2002, we successfully completed our initial public offering of H shares and raised approximately RMB10,659 million in aggregate net proceeds for us. Upon completion of our initial public offering, our shares became listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and ADSs representing our H shares are listed and traded on the NYSE.

Our Acquisitions in 2003 and in 2004

On December 31, 2003, we acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited and certain network management and research and development facilities (collectively, the “First Acquisition”).

The purchase price of the First Acquisition amounted to RMB46 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB11 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition and the remaining consideration had been fully paid by October 2008.

In connection with this acquisition and for the purpose of paying consideration to People’s Government of Fujian province for acquiring the rural telecommunication assets in Fujian province, China Telecom Group agreed to transfer 969,317,182 of its shares in our Company to Fujian State-Owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd., a state-owned enterprise owned by the provincial government of the Fujian province to hold such transferred shares.

On December 31, 2003, our Company, together with our wholly owned subsidiary, Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd.

On June 30, 2004, we acquired from China Telecom Group its entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited (collectively, the “Second Acquisition”).

The purchase price of the Second Acquisition amounted to RMB27.8 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB8.34 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition. The remaining purchase price had been fully paid by us by March 2009.

Our Global Offering in 2004

In May 2004, we issued 4,466,693,018 H shares and 8,514,888 ADSs, each representing 100 H shares, at prices of HK$2.30 per H share and US$29.49 per ADS, respectively, by way of a global offering to Hong Kong and overseas investors. We raised net proceeds of RMB12,702 million from this issuance of new H shares and ADSs.

 

17


Table of Contents

On June 30, 2004, we used RMB12,650 million of the net proceeds from this issuance to make a cash payment for the Second Acquisition. As part of the global offering, 531,818,182 existing domestic shares of RMB1.00 each owned by China Telecom Group and our other domestic shareholders were converted into H shares and sold to Hong Kong and overseas investors.

Our Acquisitions in 2007

We entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement with China Telecom Group on June 15, 2007, pursuant to which China Telecom Group agreed to transfer, and cause its wholly owned subsidiary China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Development Center to transfer to us, 100% equity interest in each of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (formerly known as “China Telecom (USA) Corporation”), (collectively, the “Third Acquisition”), for a total consideration of RMB1.408 billion in cash. The Third Acquisition was completed on June 30, 2007 and the consideration was fully paid in cash in July 2007 from our internal resources.

Our Corporate Organization Restructuring in 2008

For the purpose of improving our existing organization structure by managing our businesses through branches instead of subsidiaries, on January 10, 2008, we entered into merger agreements with certain of our wholly owned subsidiaries, including Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, Guangdong Telecom Company Limited, Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited, Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited, Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited, Sichuan Telecom Company Limited, Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited, or, collectively, the Merged Subsidiaries. These merger agreements were approved by our shareholders in an extraordinary general meeting on February 25, 2008. As a result, our Company has merged with the Merged Subsidiaries by way of absorption, and, the Merged Subsidiaries have been dissolved and all of their assets, businesses, liabilities, rights and obligations have been assumed by us. Our provincial branches have taken over the responsibilities of managing and operating the business in these provinces.

Our Acquisition of Beijing Telecom in 2008

On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group, pursuant to which we agree to acquire, and China Telecom Group agrees to sell, the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Beijing Telecom (the “Fourth Acquisition”). The total consideration of the Fourth Acquisition was RMB5.557 billion in cash, which was fully paid by us in July 2008.

Beijing Telecom was a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC on July 16, 2002 and wholly owned by China Telecom Group. The principal business of Beijing Telecom was provision of telecommunications and information services, local fixed network services, domestic and international long distance services, broadband services, managed data services, leased line services and integrated information services in the Beijing municipality.

The Acquisition Agreement was approved by our shareholders in the extraordinary general meeting held on May 30, 2008. As we and Beijing Telecom were under the common control of China Telecom Group, the Fourth Acquisition has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. On November 14, 2008, we entered into a merger agreement with Beijing Telecom, which requires us to assume all of the assets, businesses, liabilities, rights and obligations of Beijing Telecom upon its dissolution.

 

18


Table of Contents

Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008

Industry Restructuring in 2008

On May 24, 2008, the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance issued a joint announcement relating to the further reform of the telecommunications industry in the PRC. According to the joint announcement, the principal objectives of the reform include, among others: (i) supporting the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, in order to help optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources and foster market competition; (ii) promoting homegrown innovation by telecommunications services providers; and (iii) enhancing the service capabilities and quality of, and the regulatory framework governing, the telecommunications industry. To achieve these objectives, the three ministries encouraged the following restructuring transactions: (a) the acquisition by China Telecom Group of the CDMA network (including both assets and subscriber base) then owned by China Unicom; (b) the acquisition by China Telecom Group of the basic telecommunications services business operated by China Satellite Communications Corporation, or China Satellite; (c) the merger between China Unicom and China Netcom; and (d) the acquisition of China Railcom by China Mobile. The joint announcement required that detailed implementation plans relating to these restructuring transactions be formulated by the relevant parties involved, subject to, in each case, agreement on terms among the relevant parties and approvals by applicable PRC government authorities, and carried out, as applicable, in accordance with customary practices in the domestic and international capital markets.

Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business

On June 2, 2008, we, China Unicom and CUCL entered into a framework agreement, or the CDMA Business Framework Agreement, which sets forth certain key terms in respect of our acquisition from CUCL of the CDMA Business then owned and operated by CUCL and related assets and liabilities. On July 27, 2008, we, China Unicom and CUCL entered into an acquisition agreement, or the CDMA Acquisition Agreement, which sets forth the terms and conditions in respect of our acquisition of the CDMA Business and related assets and liabilities (including the entire equity interest in China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited and 99.5% of the equity interest in Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd., or Unicom Huasheng). The CDMA Acquisition Agreement superseded the CDMA Business Framework Agreement. The total consideration for our acquisition of the CDMA Business was RMB43,800 million. The related direct transaction cost for the acquisition was RMB84 million. The final cost of the acquisition was RMB40,413 million as a result of RMB3,471 million reduction to the total consideration pursuant to the terms of the CDMA Acquisition Agreement. We paid RMB30,660 million on October 1, 2008 and RMB4,239 million on April 30, 2009, respectively. The remaining balance will be paid by us at or by a future date to be mutually agreed upon by China Unicom and us .

We agreed with CUCL that 29.3% of the employees who had employment agreements with CUCL and Unicom Huasheng as of December 31, 2007 would be transferred from CUCL and Unicom Huasheng to us. Employees transferred to us from CUCL included (i) employees whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business, and (ii) employees whose responsibilities include supporting the development and general management of the CDMA Business. Employees of third parties who are seconded to CUCL and whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business would also be transferred to us. We and CUCL also entered into detailed arrangements with respect to the transfer of employees from CUCL to us. As of December 31, 2008, around 30,000 employees were transferred from CUCL and Unicom Huasheng to us.

Our acquisition of the CDMA Business allows us to quickly offer the CDMA mobile service on a large scale with a nationwide coverage in the growing mobile telecommunications market in the PRC. It enables us to rapidly expand our mobile services by utilizing resources, sales networks and operational experience of our wireline services. It is also expected to enhance our competitiveness because we are able to offer a comprehensive range of services, including wireline, wireless and other telecommunications services, following our acquisition of the CDMA Business.

Related Transactions

Acquisition of the CDMA Network by China Telecom Group. On July 27, 2008, China Telecom Group, Unicom Group, and Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited, or Unicom New Horizon, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Group, entered into a CDMA network disposal agreement, pursuant to which Unicom Group and Unicom New Horizon sold the CDMA cellular telecommunications network constructed by Unicom New Horizon, or the CDMA Network, to China Telecom Group for a consideration of RMB66.2 billion, or the CDMA Network Acquisition. On October 1, 2008, China Telecom Group acquired the CDMA Network.

 

19


Table of Contents

Lease of capacity on the CDMA Network by our Company from China Telecom Group . On July 27, 2008, we entered into a CDMA network capacity lease agreement with China Telecom Group to lease the capacity on the CDMA Network from China Telecom Group. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement” for details of this agreement.

Transfer of Certain Basic Telecommunications Business from China Satellite to China Telecom Group

Following the approval by the SASAC and the MIIT, the basic telecommunications business of China Satellite was transferred to China Telecom Group, our controlling shareholder, without consideration in February 2009. The business transferred from China Satellite to China Telecom Group included IP telephone, satellite international private line services, very small aperture terminal, or VSAT, services, digital trunking communications services and other services related to basic telecommunications services in 21 service regions. These service regions consist of Beijing Municipality, Anhui Province, Chongqing Municipality, Fujian Province, Gansu Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Guizhou Province, Hainan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Jiangsu Province, Jiangxi Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai Province, Shaanxi Province, Shanghai Municipality, Sichuan Province, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Yunnan Province and Zhejiang Province.

Under a non-competition agreement between us and China Telecom Group, our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us, for so long as our shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or another exchange, and China Telecom Group holds over 30% of our issued share capital or is regarded as our controlling shareholder under the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, China Telecom Group will not at any time, directly or indirectly, provide basic telecommunications services or specified value-added telecommunications services in our service regions that may compete with us. China Telecom Group provides certain basic telecommunications services in our service regions following the completion of the transfer of certain basic telecommunication business from China Satellite in February 2009, which results in direct competition with us in respect of such services in our service regions.

We were informed by China Telecom Group that it competed with us in respect of these services in our services regions. We believe that we have not faced effective competition from China Telecom Group in respect of these services in our service regions because of the fact that only a small number of customers subscribe for these services offered by China Telecom Group, that revenue from these services is very small in absolute amount and that certain services such as digital trunking communications services are still in the trial period. In March 2009, the Board of Directors of our Company including all independent non-executive directors resolved, after careful consideration, not to acquire the aforesaid basic telecommunications business from China Satellite, and waived the non-competition obligation of China Telecom Group under the non-competition agreement between our Company and China Telecom Group with respect to the basic telecommunications services transferred from China Satellite, while reserving the right to discuss with China Telecom Group at an appropriate time in future any business opportunity in this connection.

In connection with our restructuring and acquisitions set forth above, we entered into various arrangements with China Telecom Group relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. These arrangements include agreements for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing, IT services, comprehensive services CDMA network capacity lease and other services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a more detailed description of these arrangements.

 

20


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

Set out below is our corporate structure and significant subsidiaries as of June 19, 2009:

LOGO

 

 

(1) Formerly known as China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited.
(2) Formerly known as Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd.

 

21


Table of Contents

In addition, our Company has a branch in each of 22 provinces, five autonomous regions and four centrally administered municipalities in the PRC. See “—Our Corporate Organization Restructuring in 2008” and “—Our Acquisition of Beijing Telecom in 2008” included elsewhere under this Item.

Debenture Issuance in 2008 and Proposed Issuance of Debentures in 2009

On April 22, 2008, we issued three-year medium-term notes in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion with an annual interest rate of 5.30%. The notes were placed through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value. All the proceeds from such note issuance were used to enhance our working capital and repay bank loans of higher interest rate.

On October 23, 2008, we issued five-year medium-term note in an aggregate amount of RMB10 billion with annual interest rate of 4.15%. The notes were placed through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value. All the proceeds from such note issuance were used to enhance our working capital and satisfy our operating expenditure needs.

On August 5, 2008, we issued short-term commercial paper in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion due in one year with an annual interest rate of 4.72%. The short-term commercial paper was issued through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value. All the proceeds from this issue of short-term commercial paper were used to enhance our working capital and repay certain bank loans.

At the annual general meeting held on May 26, 2009, our shareholders approved the proposal for our Company to issue debentures. Pursuant to the resolutions passed at the annual general meeting, we may issue debentures denominated in local or foreign currencies, in one or more tranches, including, but not limited to, short-term commercial paper, medium-term note, company bonds, corporate debts, convertible bonds, asset securitization products and asset-backed notes, from the date of the annual general meeting until the date on which the annual general meeting of the Company for the year ended 2009 is held, with a maximum outstanding balance of RMB90 billion.

Our Company does not have any definitive plan to issue any debentures at this time.

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC 100140 and our telephone number is (+86-10) 6642-8166. Our website address is www.chinatelecom-h.com. The information on our web site is not a part of this annual report. We have appointed CT Corporation System at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as our agent for service of process in the United States.

B. Business Overview

We are an integrated information service provider in the PRC with full-service capabilities. We offer a comprehensive range of telecommunications services, including wireline voice services, mobile voice services, Internet access services, value-added services, integrated information application services, managed data and leased line services and other related services.

Since 2005, we have started to implement our business strategy of transformation from a traditional basic telecommunications service provider to a modern integrated information services provider. In particular, we have strengthened our efforts in developing our non-voice services including transformation services, which currently include Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services. Our non-voice services have become an important driver for our revenue growth. In addition, we will continue to implement our customer-focused innovative informatization strategy to strengthen our efforts in customer and brand management in order to provide differentiated and innovative services to various groups of customers.

 

22


Table of Contents

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we successfully acquired the CDMA Business from China Unicom and CUCL and began to offer mobile services, including mobile voice services, mobile value-added services and other mobile services. In January 2009, the MIIT issued to China Telecom Group, our controlling shareholder, a license to operate 3G business nationwide based on CDMA2000 technology. We have been authorized by China Telecom Group to operate CDMA2000 3G mobile business in the PRC. We launched our CDMA2000 3G mobile services in March 2009, and have launched our CDMA2000 3G mobile services in 22 provinces, five autonomous regions and four municipalities of the PRC.

The successful implementation of our business transformation strategy, our ability to offer mobile services and our continued efforts in offering customers value-added and integrated service plans have laid a foundation for the further development of our business.

Our total operating revenue increased by 3.3% from RMB180,882 million in 2007 to RMB186,801 million in 2008. Revenue from our wireline voice services accounted for 51.6% of our total operating revenue in 2008. Revenue from our mobile voice services accounted for 2.1% of our total operating revenue in 2008. Revenue from our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services accounted for 21.8%, 8.7% and 5.8% of our total operating revenue in 2008, respectively. Revenue from our managed data and leased line services and other services accounted for 5.5% and 3.4% of our total operating revenue in 2008, respectively.

Our Full Services Integrated Operation Strategy

Following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in October 2008, we started to implement an operational strategy that focuses on developing our mobile services by targeting middle-to-high-end customers and offering our services on an integrated basis. In particular, we targeted middle-to-high-end customers of our “BizNavigator” and “One Home” service plans when offering our mobile services. Our “e surfing” mobile service brand was launched promptly after our acquisition of the CDMA Business to create a high-quality brand image among these customers and potential customers. In addition, we offered our wireline, mobile and other services on an integrated basis, through which we expect to differentiate ourselves from other telecommunication service providers. We offered integrated services in response to the demands of our different groups of customers, such as the demands of our government and enterprise customers in office automation and information management, the demands of our household customers in easy access to Internet and information search and the demands of individual customers in socializing and entertaining.

Subscribers and Service Usage

Our operating revenue depends largely on the size of our customer base, usage volume and the level and structure of our tariffs. The following table shows our selected operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated and the structure of our tariffs is set forth elsewhere under this Item.

 

     As of or for the year
ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008

Wireline Voice Services:

  

Local wireline access lines in service (in millions)

   223.3    220.6    208.3

Residential

   122.4    121.8    118.4

Enterprise

   22.7    25.0    27.8

Public telephones

   15.5    15.8    15.3

Wireless local access

   62.7    58.0    46.8
              

Wireline local voice usage (in billion pulses) (1)

   423.5    407.4    372.5

Domestic long distance wireline usage (in billion minutes) (2)

   96.8    99.9    98.7

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline usage (in billion minutes) (3)

   1.7    1.7    1.6

Volume of inbound local call minutes (in billions)

   124.9    136.0    119.2

Mobile Voice Services:

        

Mobile subscribers (in millions)

   —      —      27.9

 

23


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year
ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008

Mobile voice usage (in billion minutes)

   —      —      26.4

Internet Access Services:

        

Wireline broadband subscribers (in millions)

   28.4    35.7    44.3

Wireless broadband subscribers (in millions)

   —      —      2.4

Value-added Services

        

Wireline caller ID service subscribers (in millions)

   145.8    146.9    146.7

Wireline SMS usage volume (messages in billions)

   23.3    23.3    18.5

Wireline Color Ring Tone subscribers (in millions)

   36.7    63.2    79.2

Mobile Color Ring Tone subscribers (in millions)

   —      —      8.6

Leased Digital Circuits:

        

Total bandwidth (x2Mbps) (bandwidth leased in thousands)

   284.7    398.9    569.8

 

(1) Pulses are the billing units for calculating local telephone usage fees.
(2) Includes calls originated by mobile subscribers that are carried over our long distance networks.
(3) Includes calls originated by subscribers of other operators that are carried through the international gateways of China Telecom Group.

Our Products and Services

Wireline Voice Services

Our local wireline telephone services are an important revenue source for our wireline voice services. The total number of wireline telephone subscribers decreased to 208.3 million as of December 31, 2008 from 220.6 million as of December 31, 2007. Among those subscribers we lost in 2008, 11.2 millions were PHS subscribers. We expect that we will lose a significant number of our PHS subscribers in the next few years. The total wireline local voice usage decreased by approximately 8.6% from 407.4 billion pulses in 2007 to 372.5 billion pulses in 2008.

Our long distance wireline services consist of domestic long distance wireline services and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline services. Total domestic long distance wireline usage was 98,723 million minutes in 2008, representing a decrease of approximately 1.2% from 99,902 million minutes in 2007. Total usage of international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline services in 2008 was 1,572 million minutes, representing a decrease of approximately 5.5% from 1,664 million minutes in 2007.

The decrease in the number of wireline telephone subscribers was primarily attributable to the further reduction in domestic mobile tariffs and the increasing popularization of mobile voice and other alternative communications means. The decrease in voice wireline usage was primarily due to continued decline in tariffs for mobile services, a decrease in service usage by customers in certain regions affected by natural disasters in the PRC in 2008 as well as a decrease in service usage by certain customer groups as a result of the financial crisis in 2008.

With respect to local wireline telephone services, we have adopted initiatives to differentiate our subscribers and services plans, promoted multi-service plans to enhance customer loyalty, and developed value-added services such as Color Ring Tone and Best Tone to add more value to the wireline telephone services. In 2008, we continued our integration development strategy and promoted integrated services plans to government and enterprise customers as well as household customers. In light of the decrease in number of our PHS subscribers, we have taken actions to facilitate migration of our existing PHS subscribers to our mobile and other services.

In order to mitigate the impact of the decrease of our wireline long-distance voice services usage and stabilize our revenue in the increasingly competitive market environment for our long distance services market, we have adopted flexible operating strategies such as differentiating our customers and offering service plans that meet the needs of different subscribers in the market. For example, we launched a series of services plans in 2008, including “one price for local and domestic long-distance calls” plans and family number services plans, to target different customers based on their consuming characteristics. In 2008, we also focused on effective advertising for purposes of changing customers’ perception of high prices for our wireline long-distance services.

 

24


Table of Contents

Mobile Voice Services

We began to offer our CDMA mobile voice services in the fourth quarter of 2008. Our mobile voice services include local calls, domestic long distance calls, international long distance calls, intra-provincial roaming, inter-provincial roaming and international roaming. The number of subscribers of our mobile voice services was 27.9 million as of December 31, 2008, and the mobile voice usage was 26.4 billion minutes in 2008. Revenue from our mobile voice services was RMB3,972 million in 2008, representing 2.1% of our operating revenue in 2008.

Following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in the fourth quarter of 2008, we conducted a comprehensive analysis of our internal and external business environment and the industry development trends, and started to implement our mobile voice services development strategy, which focuses our marketing our mobile services to middle-to-high-end customers and emphasizes differentiation of our services and a sustained development of economy of scales.

In December 2008, we launched our “e surfing” mobile service brand and started to promote the concept of “Internet handset” in order to create a high-quality brand image among our customers or potential customers. We also added a mobile service element to our “BizNavigator” service plans and “One Home” services plans in order to quickly penetrate the middle-to-high-end customer market. We expect to continue to integrate our mobile voice services to our existing products in order to take advantage of our full services capabilities.

Internet Access Services

Our Internet access services consist of wireline Internet access services, including dial-up and broadband services, and wireless Internet access services. Internet access services have become increasingly important in our revenue structure. Revenue from our Internet access services generated 21.8% of our total operating revenue in 2008, compared to 17.6% in 2007.

In 2008, we continued to strengthen our Internet services offerings. For example, we offered broadband speed upgrade services to middle-to-high-end customers in order to enhance customer loyalty. We also cooperated extensively with computer resellers in order to expand our broadband subscriber base. As part of our broadband operational strategy, we continued to focus on integration of broadband access and applications, and to provide our customers high-quality and rich content and applications. Following the offering of our CDMA mobile services in the fourth quarter of 2008, we launched new broadband products such as wireless broadband services (CDMA+Wi-Fi) and promoted integrated operations of our mobile services and Internet access services.

As a result of our continuous efforts in developing our Internet access services, the number of our wireline broadband subscribers increased by 23.9% from 35.7 million as of December 31, 2007 to 44.3 million as of December 31, 2008. The number of our wireless broadband subscribers was 2.4 million as of December 31, 2008.

Value-added Services

Our value-added services comprise primarily wireline, Internet and mobile value-added services. Revenue from our value-added services generated 8.7% of our total operating revenue in 2008, compared to 7.3% in 2007.

Our wireline or traditional value-added services consist of Color Ring Tone services, super cordless telephone services, caller ID services, short messaging services, or SMS, and telephone payment services. Color Ring Tone refers to a service where subscribers can customize the answer ring tone heard by the caller from a wide selection of songs, melodies, sound effects or voice recordings to replace the monotonous ring connecting tone. Super cordless telephone refers to a service that provides a fixed-line telephone and a wireless access telephone, such as PHS, sharing the same telephone number. Telephone payment services primarily consist of telephone POS terminal services that enable our customers to swipe their bank cards on a telephone point of sale (POS) terminal for self-services, such as making payments, transferring funds and checking balances.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our Internet value-added services primarily consist of “ChinaVNet” services, Internet data center, or IDC, services, IP-virtual private dial-up network services, IPTV services, Internet through TV services, collaborative communication services and music gateway services. “ChinaVNet” services refer to products and applications, such as music, video, software and recharge of online game cards, provided through broadband access and operated on a nationwide basis.

Following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in the fourth quarter of 2008, we launched a number of mobile value-added products such as mobile Color Ring Tong services and Mobile Global Mega-Eye services. In addition to these value-added services, we plan to provide colorful SMS, mobile handset downloading services, mobile newspaper, mobile multi-media mailbox services and other mobile value-added services.

As an integrated telecommunications services provider, we will consolidate our Color Ring Tong services and develop and improve our location services, iTV application, security monitoring and other value-added services by taking advantages of our full-service capabilities.

The number of subscribers to our wireline caller ID services was 146.7 million as of December 31, 2008, a slight decrease from 146.9 million as of December 31, 2007. The usage volume of our wireline SMS decreased by 4.8 billion or 20.6% from 23.3 billion in 2007 to 18.5 billion in 2008 primarily due to a decrease in the number of our PHS subscribers. The number of subscribers to wireline Color Ring Tone services increased by 16.0 million or 25.3% from 63.2 million as of December 31, 2007 to 79.2 million as of December 31, 2008. The number of subscribers to our mobile Color Ring Tone service was 8.6 million as of December 31, 2008.

Integrated Information Application Services

Our integrated information services consist of “Best Tone” services and IT services and IT application services. Revenue from our integrated information application services generated 5.8% of our total operating revenue in 2008, compared to 3.6% in 2007.

“Best Tone” service provides our customers with phone number storage, enquiry and call transfer services, as well as various information needed in daily life.

IT services and IT application services include information technology-based integrated solutions such as system integration, outsourcing, special advisory, information application, knowledge services and software development. System integration services include designing, installation and testing services in relation to software and hardware system integration projects. Outsourcing services include leasing, operation and maintenance and failure recovery services in relation to network and IT software and hardware systems. Special advisory services include backup for disaster recovery, Internet management and security services. Information application services include office automation system application, electronic filing and electronic administration and “Hotel Perfection Alliance” services. Knowledge services refer to the consulting, training and project management services in relation to designing and optimizing networks, call centers and video applications, and designing, monitoring and evaluation of IT systems.

In 2008, we continued to focus on the development of our integrated information application services. We accelerated the development of our “Best Tone” services by focusing on promotion of business travel services and information search functions of our “Best Tone” services and enhancing customer recognition of our brand name. In addition, we concentrated on the promotion of certain IT services and IT application services such as video applications and network management in order to meet individualized demands of government and enterprise customers for communication and information services. Furthermore, we built cross-regional specialized teams to support the development of our IT services and IT application services. We expect to continue to strengthen our efforts in promoting the development of our integrated information application services and offer our customers integrated information application services that provide both traditional wireline service and mobile service functions.

 

26


Table of Contents

Managed Data and Leased Line Services

Our managed data services include Digital Data Network, or DDN, frame relay, or FR, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode, or ATM, services. We offer managed data services as part of our total telecommunications solutions to large enterprise customers, including government agencies, large corporations and institutions. Many of these customers choose FR and ATM services to form virtual private networks, or VPNs, and link their local area networks at different locations. We also collaborate with a number of international telecommunications service providers to build global communications networks for multinational corporations. Revenue from our managed data and leased line services generated 5.5% of our total operating revenue in 2008, compared to 5.1% in 2007.

In 2008, we continued to focus on government, financial and large enterprise customers. Our marketing efforts focused on providing global one-stop shop, tailored services and comprehensive solutions to these customers. These customers can enjoy a full range of consulting, trouble-shooting, billing and collection, and technical support services by contacting any designated account manager in our Company.

Other Services

Our other services primarily include sales, repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment. Revenue from other services accounted for 3.4% of our total operating revenue in 2008.

Our Customers and Brand Management

Our customers include government and corporate customers as well as household customers. We offer certain of our services as a plan under the brand name “BizNavigator” and “One Home”, respectively. We promote “BizNavigator” as our brand targeting government and corporate customers and “One Home” as our brand targeting household customers. We have introduced three editions of “BizNavigator”, namely, Communication Edition, Information Edition and Industry Edition, each offering a different combination of our products and services to meet the different demands of our customers.

In 2008, we continued to enhance our marketing initiatives by further improving our products and services under the brand name “BizNavigator” and “One Home”.

For government and enterprise customers, we continued to improve the Communication Edition and the Industry Edition of “BizNavigator” by integrating wireline voice services, data services and broadband access services to meet the demands of small-and-medium-sized enterprises for more communication and information services. We also devoted substantial efforts in developing and improving integrated information services such as “Best Tone” services, IT services and IT application services in response to the needs of our government and corporate customers in respect of integrated office administration and information management. In addition, we continued to improve and promote IT application services such as “e-Campus”, “e-Hospital” and “Hotel Perfection Alliance” to target specific customer groups. Subscribers of our “BizNavigator” services increased from 1.9 million as of December 31, 2007 to 2.5 million as of December 31, 2008.

For household customers, we continued to improve our “One Home” services, especially the “e6” and “e8” service plans, by including more services in the plans. We also provided integrated household information solutions to middle-to-high-end customers that include multiple functions such as communications, wealth management and entertainment. We promoted these integrated information solutions by free trials and discounts. Subscribers of our “One Home” services increased from 10.6 million as of December 31, 2007 to 23.9 million as of December 31, 2008.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we began to offer CDMA mobile services. In December 2008, we launched our mobile brand “e surfing” and our “189” prefix mobile numbers. In order to quickly penetrate the middle-to-high-end customer market, we added a mobile service element to our “BizNavigator” services and “One Home” services by taking advantage of our full-service capabilities.

 

27


Table of Contents

Tariffs

The levels and categorization of most of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities. The MIIT has gradually liberalized the tariff level by allowing telecommunications service providers to set tariffs below certain tariff ceilings and permitting them to group their products and services, which could essentially lower the actual price for certain products and services included in the plan. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item. Set forth below is the structure of the tariffs we charge our customers for the services we provide. We offer service plans to our customers, which could essentially lower the actual price for certain services included in these service plans.

Wireline Voice Services

Local Wireline Telephone Services. For our local wireline telephone services, we charge a fixed monthly fee and usage fees based on call usage in terms of pulses. The tariffs are regulated by the PRC government. The local call usage fees are either intra-district or inter-district, depending upon whether a call is within a single service district or between service districts. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item. In addition, we also charge installation fees for installing telephone for our subscribers. We charge the installation fee based on the actual cost of the installation.

The following table sets forth the tariffs we charge for local telephone services:

 

    

Tariff (in RMB)

Monthly fee: (1)

  

Residential customers

   10.0 – 25.0

Enterprise customers

   15.0 – 35.0

Usage fee:

  

Intra-district

   0.18 – 0.22 for the first three minutes or less and 0.09 – 0.11 for each additional minute

Inter-district

   0.20 – 0.50 per minute (2)

Communications fee:

  

Internet dial-up

   0.02 per minute

 

(1) Monthly fees for customers vary depending on whether a subscriber is located in the provincial capital city, other cities, a county or rural areas.
(2) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for inter-district local telephone services set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for public switched telephone networks services, or PSTN, provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.

Domestic Long Distance Wireline Services . Currently, all domestic long distance wireline services using PSTN are charged at the unified rate of RMB0.07 per six seconds, with a discount rate of up to 40% applicable to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 12:00 am to 7:00 am every day.

The following table sets forth the tariffs for our domestic long distance telephone services which are based on state tariff rates:

 

    

Tariff (in RMB)

Public switched telephone networks services (1)

   All at the unified rate of RMB0.07 per six seconds (2)

VoIP services (3)

   Not regulated (4)

 

(1) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for domestic long distance wireline services using public switched wireline telephone networks set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for PSTN services provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.
(2) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 12:00 am to 7:00 am every day.

 

28


Table of Contents
(3) A separate usage fees for local services is charged when a VoIP long distance call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.
(4) Although we are permitted to set the tariffs for VoIP services, the tariffs are subject to certain filing and approval requirements of the regulatory authorities.

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Wireline Services . The following table sets forth our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline tariffs:

 

    

Tariff (in RMB)

Public switched telephone networks services (1) :

  

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

   RMB0.20 per six seconds

To all international destinations

   RMB0.80 per six seconds (2)

VoIP services: (3)

  

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

   Not regulated

To all international destinations

   Not regulated

 

(1) The data in the table are the tariff ceilings for international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline services using PSTN set by the regulatory authorities. We are permitted to determine tariffs for public switched wireilne telephone networks services provided the tariffs are below the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.
(2) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours.
(3) A separate usage fee for local services is charged when a VoIP long distance call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.

We offer international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline services through the international gateways of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group negotiates bilateral settlement arrangements and rates based on the international settlement standards in the telecommunications industry, and we follow those settlement arrangements and rates.

Wireline Interconnection . Under relevant regulations, we are exempt from any interconnection payment for outbound local traffic to mobile operators. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” included elsewhere under this Item for tariff details.

Mobile Voice Services

The tariffs for our CDMA mobile voice services are generally regulated by the State. Generally we charge subscribers of our CDMA mobile voice services the following categories of tariffs: basic monthly fees, local usage charges, roaming charges and long-distance call charges.

The following table sets for the tariffs we charge for our post-paid and pre-paid mobile services:

 

     Post-paid
Services
   Pre-paid Services
     RMB    RMB
Basic monthly fee (1)    50    0
Local usage charge (per minute) (1)    0.36 or 0.4    0.54 or 0.6
Domestic roaming charge (per minute) (2)    0.6 for caller

0.4 for receiver

   0.6 for caller

0.4 for receiver

Domestic long-distance call charge (2)    RMB0.70 per
six seconds
   RMB0.70 per six
seconds
International long-distance call charge: (2)      
To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan    RMB0.20 per
six seconds
   RMB0.20 per six
seconds
To all international destinations    RMB0.80 per
six seconds
   RMB0.80 per six
seconds

 

29


Table of Contents

 

(1) The basic monthly fee and local usage charge (per minute) are set by the regulatory authorities.
(2) The tariff rates of roaming charge and long-distance call charge are the tariff ceilings set by the regulatory authorities.

With respect to international roaming of our mobile voice services, we settle roaming revenue with international operators in accordance with roaming agreements between China Telecom Group and each of the international operators.

To accelerate the growth in our CDMA subscriber base, we offer CDMA handset promotion plans, providing discounts towards our customers’ CDMA handset purchase prices on the basis of their committed minimum amount of service fees. Our promotion plans are offered in a wide price range, which could essentially lower the actual tariffs we charge compared to the tariffs set forth in the above table, to target users in different market groups.

Internet Access Services

Internet access services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. We determine tariffs for our Internet access services according to market conditions. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

Value-added Services

Value-added services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. We determine tariffs for our value-added services according to market conditions. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

Integrated Information Application Services

Integrated information application services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. We determine tariffs for our integrated information application services according to market conditions. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

Managed Data and Leased Line Services

Managed Data Services. We determine most of the tariffs for our managed data services within a price range set by the PRC government. We generally charge a fee for installation and testing for our managed data services and a fixed monthly fee. We offer various promotion discounts for our customers who wish to upgrade to higher bandwidth services. These promotion discounts have stimulated demand for our managed data services in recent years.

The following table sets forth the monthly fees for DDN services at the bandwidth of 64Kbps and 2Mbps:

 

     Tariff (in RMB)

64Kbps

  

Intra-district

   1,500

Inter-district

   2,000

Intra-provincial

   3,500

Inter-provincial

   3,500

2Mbps

  

Intra-district

   6,000

Inter-district

   8,000

Intra-provincial

   12,000

Inter-provincial

   12,000

 

30


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the monthly fees for FR and ATM services, which include monthly fees for port access and permanent virtual circuits, or PVCs:

 

     Monthly Fee for Port Access

Bandwidth

   2Mbps    10Mbps    100Mbps    155Mbps
     (RMB)
Monthly fees    1,000    5,000    9,000    10,000

PVC monthly fees (RMB): (1)

           

 

     PVC Monthly Fees

Bandwidth

   Intra-District    Inter-District    Domestic
Long Distance
     (RMB)

256Kbps

   800    1,150    2,200

2Mbps

   1,500    2,200    4,000

10Mbps

   5,000    11,500    15,500

155Mbps

   14,500    39,000    130,000

 

(1) One-way tariff for PVC circuits of ATM services.

Leased Line Services. The leased line tariff rates are set by the PRC government based on bandwidth and whether the leased line is local or long distance. Leased line providers are permitted to charge monthly fees for leased lines on a discount basis and leased line tariffs have generally decreased in recent years. We provide different discounts to our customers on a case by case basis. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

The following table sets forth the tariffs for 2Mbps and 155Mbps digital circuits as set by the PRC government:

 

     Tariff (in RMB)

2Mbps

  

Intra-district

   2,000

Inter-district

   4,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   6,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   6,000

155Mbps

  

Intra-district

   44,000

Inter-district

   88,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   132,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   132,000

 

(1) Does not include the tariffs for local digital circuits and access lines.

Interconnection and Roaming Arrangements

Interconnection

Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our networks to other mobile or fixed-line networks. These arrangements provide for the sharing and settlement of revenues from the base usage charges and, if applicable, roaming charges and domestic and international long distance charges.

China Telecom Group entered into interconnection settlement agreements with other telecommunications operators, including Unicom Group and China Mobile Group. We entered into an interconnection settlement agreement, as amended, with China Telecom Group, which allows our networks to interconnect with China Telecom Group’s networks as well as networks of the other telecommunications operators, with whom China Telecom Group had interconnection arrangements. Our interconnection arrangements with China Telecom Group and other telecommunications operators enable our subscribers to communicate with the subscribers of those operators and to make and receive local, domestic and international long distance calls. All interconnection and settlement arrangements among public wireline telephone, mobile, and Internet networks in the PRC are governed by the Telecommunications Regulations and the rules on interconnection arrangements and settlement promulgated by the MIIT. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

31


Table of Contents

Roaming

We provide roaming services to our subscribers, which allow them to access our mobile telecommunications services while they are physically outside of their registered service area or in the coverage areas of other mobile telecommunications networks in other countries and regions with which we have roaming arrangements.

Currently, subscribers of our CDMA mobile services using CDMA dual-mode UIM cards can roam on mobile networks through China Telecom Group’s international roaming agreements with GSM operators in 211 countries and regions and CDMA operators in 17 countries and regions, and subscribers of our CDMA mobile services using CDMA UIM cards can roam on CDMA mobile networks through China Telecom Group’s international roaming agreements with CDMA operators in 17 countries and regions. A CDMA mobile service subscriber using roaming services is charged at our roaming usage rate for both incoming and outgoing calls, plus applicable long distance tariffs. With respect to international roaming, we settle roaming revenue with international operators in accordance with roaming agreements between China Telecom Group and each of the international operators. China Telecom Group has also agreed to arrange for us to participate in its future international roaming arrangements.

Marketing, Distribution and Customer Services

Marketing Initiatives

We market all of our telecommunications services under the “China Telecom” brand name, which is one of the best known brand names in the PRC. We have devoted substantial efforts in advertisements to promote recognition of and loyalty to our products and services. In order to respond to migration of our subscribers to mobile services and motivate our customers to continue to use our services, we have also grouped certain of our local and long distance services, differentiated price for one or more products and combined certain products into one integrated service plan to targeted customers to address their telecommunications needs.

Furthermore, we have adopted various marketing approaches and initiatives, such as customer experience, SMS, telesales, sales plans and joint promotion with our business partners such as Internet portal companies and software development companies, to promote our products and services, in particular our value-added services.

Sales, Distribution and Customer Services

In 2008, we continued to implement our dedicated service system, standardize and expand our business outlets, strengthen and promote our customer service hotlines, and improve our online customer services. By gradually integrating the dedicated service channel, electronic-based service channel, business outlet service channel and the agency service channel, we aim to provide our customers with more effective and efficient services. As part of the implementation of our strategy to provide integrated services, we enhanced information sharing with respect to information relating to sales and distribution channels within the Company. We also streamlined our service process, strengthened employee training and implemented measures to improve our customer services such as providing customers consolidated bills containing billing information with respect to different services.

Dedicated service channel. We have implemented a dedicated service channel comprising customer managers specifically assigned to market our services to large enterprises, communities and rural areas. We designed and customized products based on the various needs of our customers, and promote these products through our dedicated customer managers. We conduct periodic performance reviews and evaluations of the performance of these dedicated customer managers based on several factors, including revenue growth, customer satisfaction, business promotion and customer retention.

Electronic-based service channel. We provide customer services through our customer service hotlines with the access number of “10000”, online service centers and mobile service centers. Our customer service hotlines handle service inquiries, service

 

32


Table of Contents

applications, customers’ complaints and promote our products and services. Our online and mobile service centers provide all the customers with service inquiry, service application and other services. We maintain and enhance our communications with our customers through the electronic-based service channel. In 2008, we improved our customer services provided through electronic-based service channel to handle mobile-related services. In order to promote sales of our integrated services, we continue to make sales calls to target households and individual customers through our customer service hotlines with the access number of “10000”. In 2008, we also improved our online service centers to handle requests from customers of our mobile and Internet services. Furthermore, we improved functions of our mobile service centers in order to serve our customers on a timely basis.

Business outlet channel. Through our own business outlets as well as agents and business outlets set up with third parties, we provide our customers with better service experience, promote our corporate image and new products. In order to meet the needs of the development of our mobile services, we have increased the number of our business outlets and expanded their service coverage. In particular, we have strengthened our efforts in improving facilities of our business outlets in the northern region of the PRC.

Agency service channel. We have established guidelines to supervise and cooperate with our agencies and distributors and develop our business, expand our customer base and provide better customer services. Because certain agencies and distributors such as mobile handset chain stores, supermarkets and large-scale telecommunications equipment distribution stores are close mobile service customers and have advantages in selling terminal equipment including mobile handsets, we have worked with them closely to promote sales of our mobile, Internet access and value-added services.

Information Technology System

Prior to 2008, our information technology, or IT, system was primarily designed and operated to support our wireline voice services. Since our acquisition of the CDMA Business in October 2008, we have improved our IT system to support the offering of our wireline voice services, mobile voice services and other services on an integrated basis.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we completed the incorporation of the CDMA network IT system of China Unicom into our IT system, which provided technologic support to the successful launch of our “189” prefix mobile number in a timely manner and the offering of our wireline and mobile services on an integrated basis. We also enhanced our IT system to support our operational strategy of customer differentiation.

In addition, we improved our IT system in 2008 to support various aspects of our operation of mobile services such as prompt calculation of charges, roaming and interconnection settlement, administration of our agencies and distributors and administration of terminal equipments and UIM cards. Our IT system has the capability to support offering of our wireline, mobile and other services on an integrated basis and to support different steps of our service offerings from account opening, fee calculation to customer services.

Network System

We have been able to realize significant economies of scale as a result of the extensive coverage and scale of our network. Our network employs a variety of advanced technologies and suitable architecture and can be efficiently migrated to the next generation of network technology. Our network system is managed and operated by our experienced network management and maintenance teams and offers flexible functionality and reliable operation. It supports a comprehensive range of end-to-end telecommunications services and enables customized products to be delivered for a variety of telecommunications needs. Our networks and services are supported by our strong research and development capabilities. We have formulated viable plans in light of future advances in technology to migrate our network system smoothly to the next generation of network technology in order to protect our existing investments.

 

33


Table of Contents

Network Architecture

Our network system consists of local access networks, transport networks, core networks, service platform and support networks.

 

   

Local access networks: Local access networks are directly connected to customers.

 

   

Transport networks: Transport networks provide the transport functions of voice and data signals for all of our services.

 

   

Core networks: Core networks include our wireline telephone network, basic data networks, Internet network and CDMA mobile network, and support our basic telecommunications services.

 

   

Service platform: The service platform provides the platform for a variety of applications and services such as SMS, Color Ring Tone, IPTV, video conferencing and information search services.

 

   

Support networks: Support networks include signaling networks, digital synchronous networks and network management systems and support the reliable and effective operation of our networks at all levels.

Network Capacity and Technology

Local access networks . We own extensive local access networks in our service regions. As of December 31, 2008, our local access networks covered all cities, counties and most rural villages in our service regions. In order to optimize our network and improve utilization, in addition to expanding our broadband local access networks utilizing our existing copper line resources, we are vigorously connecting additional large office buildings, business centers and residential buildings with fiber optic access. We also developed wireless LANs in certain business areas in major cities, including hotels, airports, exhibit centers and office buildings to provide business travelers with broadband access services.

Transport network . Our transport system is based on an advanced, high-speed, large-capacity, secure and reliable fiber optic network throughout our service regions. Our fiber optic transport network is also supplemented by satellite transmissions and digital microwave links.

Wireline telephone networks . We expanded the application of softswitch technology and optimized our telephone network system in 2007. The softswitch technology has been applied nationwide, and we have generally not constructed any new PSTN switchboard since then.

CDMA mobile network . China Telecom Group, our controlling shareholder, acquired the CDMA network from Unicom Group in October 2008. The CDMA network owned by China Telecom Group currently has a nationwide coverage in the PRC. We lease CDMA network capacity from China Telecom Group and have the exclusive right to use and operate the CDMA network to provide our CDMA mobile services. The core network of the CDMA network owned by China Telecom Group has adopted the soft switch technology and currently has an aggregate network exchange capacity of approximately 90 million subscribers. Currently, China Telecom Group owns approximately 120,000 base stations, among which approximately 45,000 or 38% are CDMA2000 EVDO base stations. In addition, China Telecom Group has completed upgrades of service network platforms transferred from Unicom Group and supporting our mobile short messaging services, mobile Color Ring Tong services and other mobile services, and has also undertaken substantial efforts in developing service network platforms to support our new mobile services launched under our “e surfing” mobile service brand. For example, China Telecom Group has completed service network platforms to support our Mobile Global Mega-Eye services, wireless broadband services (CDMA + Wi-Fi) and other mobile services to be launched by us.

Internet and managed data networks . We have developed a large-capacity, high-quality, reliable and extensive Internet and managed data network system in our service regions. Our Internet and managed data networks allow us to provide services both at the network layer, such as Internet access, managed data and VPN services, and at the application layer, such as Internet data center, content distribution and video-on-demand services.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our data network system includes a DDN network, an FR network and an ATM network. These networks cover all cities and counties in our service regions. Our ATM network allows multi-service access and flexible bandwidth management and provides high-quality, integrated end-to-end services.

CHINANET, our Internet network, deploys mainstream advanced routers as the main network technology. Most of its backbone routes allow high-speed transmission with the use of several 10Gbps circuits.

China Telecom Next Carrying Network, or CN2, is our next generation core multi-service carrier platform and has been fully implemented. It is capable of supporting voice, managed data, and video services at the same time. It covers most of our local networks and nine overseas cities. As the carrier network within the telecommunications network, CN2 is capable of carrying softswitch network, 3G mobile network, video-on-demand service, CHINANET and other important services. In addition, as a high-quality Internet network, CN2 provides Multi-protocol Label Switch Virtual Private Network service and Internet access service.

Support networks . The operation of our wireline telephone, Internet and managed data networks depends on various support networks, including a signaling network based on a signaling technology known as Signaling System No. 7 protocol, a digital synchronous network and network management systems for various networks and services.

Equipment procurement . We purchase most of our network equipment from leading international and domestic suppliers. We purchase a variety of network equipment from domestic suppliers, such as transport equipment and local switches. We make most of our purchases through competitive tenders primarily based on product and service quality, system compatibility and price.

Purchases from our five largest suppliers of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 26.2% of our total amount of annual purchases for 2008. Purchases from our largest supplier of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 12.1% of our total amount of annual purchases for 2008.

Competition

The telecommunications industry in the PRC is rapidly evolving. Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions and, as a result, we had a dominant market position in our service regions. We began to operate in a competitive market as the PRC government started to implement a number of measures to restructure the telecommunications industry and encourage competition in the industry in the mid-1990s.

In May 2008, in order to optimize the allocation of telecommunications resources in the PRC and improve the competitive landscape, the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance announced the policy initiative to further reform the telecommunications industry in the PRC that encourages the formation of three telecommunications services providers, each with nationwide network resources, comparable scale and standing, full-service capabilities and competitive strength, by way of a series of restructuring transactions. The restructuring transactions proposed in the policy initiative included the acquisition by our Company of the CDMA Network (including both assets and subscriber base) owned by China Unicom, the merger between China Unicom and China Netcom, the acquisition by China Telecom Group of the basic telecommunications services business operated by China Satellite and the acquisition by China Mobile of China Railcom. Subsequently, we negotiated with, and acquired from, China Unicom and CUCL the CDMA Business, and China Unicom completed its merger with China Netcom by way of a scheme of arrangement under Hong Kong laws. Following the industry restructuring in 2008, China Unicom and our Company have full-service capabilities and compete with each other in both wireline and wireless telecommunications services. China Mobile continues to be the leading provider of mobile telecommunications services in the PRC. China Mobile directly competes with us in mobile telecommunications services and indirectly competes with us in wireline and other telecommunications services.

 

35


Table of Contents

Since the PRC’s accession to the WTO, foreign operators have been permitted to gradually increase their investments in the telecommunications industry in the PRC. Like domestic service providers, foreign operators are subject to the licensing requirements of the MIIT. In addition, investments by foreign operators may not exceed limits set forth in the relevant laws and regulations with respect to the amount of investment and percentage of total ownership interests that foreign operators are permitted to make in telecommunications enterprises in the PRC. For example, the foreign ownership percentage in basic telecommunications services will be subject to a maximum limit of 49%. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Licensing” included elsewhere under this Item.

Trademarks

We conduct our business under the “China Telecom” brand name and logo. Currently, China Telecom Group owns certain trademarks in the PRC, some of which have been registered with the Trademark Office of the PRC State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the Trademark Office, and some of which are in the process of being registered with the Trademark Office. China Telecom Group has executed a trademark license agreement with us. Under this agreement, China Telecom Group agreed to grant to us and our subsidiaries the right to use these trademarks upon the completion of the registration on a royalty-free basis until December 31, 2009, which is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Trademark License Agreements”.

Regulatory and Related Matters

Overview

The PRC’s telecommunications industry is subject to extensive government regulation. A number of central government authorities have regulatory responsibilities for various aspects of the telecommunications industry. These authorities primarily include:

 

   

The MIIT, which is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations as well as technical standards;

 

   

granting telecommunications service licenses;

 

   

supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers;

 

   

allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and numbers;

 

   

together with other relevant regulatory authorities, including National Development and Reform Commission, formulating tariff standards and tariff charging mechanisms for telecommunications services;

 

   

formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks; and

 

   

maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.

 

   

Provincial communications administrations under the MIIT, which oversee the implementation of the Ministry’s regulations and exercise regulatory authorities delegated by the Ministry within their respective provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities.

 

   

The National Development and Reform Commission, which, together with the MIIT, sets government fixed tariffs and government guidance tariffs for certain telecommunications services. The actual tariffs charged by providers of telecommunications services are determined by provincial communications administrations, together with the price bureaus of the provinces, autonomous regions or centrally administered municipalities where those providers operate. See “—Tariff

 

36


Table of Contents
 

Setting” below. It also approves investment and finance projects exceeding certain capital expenditure amounts as well as foreign investment projects exceeding certain investment amounts.

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework to encourage the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the PRC government is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law. We expect that, if and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress or its Standing Committee, the highest state legislative body in the PRC, it will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide a regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Telecommunications Regulations

The PRC’s State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000. The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to streamline and clarify, the then existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunication Regulations provide the primary regulatory framework for the PRC’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law.

The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to encourage fair and orderly competition and development in the telecommunications industry. The Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of telecommunications operations, including, among others, entry into the telecommunications industry, network interconnection, telecommunications resource allocation, tariffs and service standards.

Licensing

The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value-added telecommunications services, which are subject to different licensing requirements. Basic telecommunications services include, among others, wireline local and domestic long distance telephone services, international telecommunications services, mobile communications services (such as 900/1800MHz GSM, 800MHz CDMA and 3G mobile communications services), satellite communications services, paging services, data communications services (such as Internet data transmission services, international data communications services), trunking services, network access services and domestic and international telecommunications facility services. Value-added telecommunications services include, among others, value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks (e.g., telephone information, call center, voice mail and video conferencing services), value-added services provided over mobile networks, value-added services provided over Internet networks (e.g., Internet data center and Internet access and content services) and value-added services provided over other data networks (e.g., computer information, e-mail and electronic data interchange services).

Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value-added services in two or more provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities in the PRC must apply for licenses from the MIIT. In accordance with the approval of the MIIT, we derive our exclusive rights to operate our business from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, which holds the licenses required for operating our telecommunications business. In January 2009, China Telecom Group received a license from the MIIT to operate 3G services nationwide, which permits China Telecom Group to provide 3G services based on CDMA2000 technology. We have been authorized by China Telecom Group to operate 3G services nationwide based on CDMA2000 technology.

The PRC’s State Council has promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, which became effective on January 1, 2002. According to those regulations, enterprises with foreign investment may operate basic and value-added telecommunications services subject to the approval of the MIIT and the Ministry of Commerce (formerly the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation). Certain limitations have been placed on the total registered capital of, and maximum foreign shareholdings in, such enterprises.

 

37


Table of Contents

After its accession to the WTO in December 2001, the PRC promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, effective on January 1, 2002, implementing its commitments to the WTO. Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the step-by-step opening of the telecommunications market in the PRC to foreign operators. However, the presence or absence of foreign investments in an applicant for telecommunications licenses will presumably bear no direct relation to the decision on whether to issue licenses, inasmuch as the issuance of new licenses is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations. In recent years, the PRC gradually fulfilled the market-opening commitments it made to the WTO and lifted many restrictions for foreign investors and service providers in respect of telecommunications services. The remaining restrictions regarding mobile services, value-added telecommunications services and fixed line services are as follows.

 

   

For mobile voice and data services:

 

   

there is no longer any geographic restriction and the foreign ownership shall be no more than 49%.

 

   

For value-added telecommunications services:

 

   

there is no longer any geographic restriction and the foreign ownership shall be no more than 50%.

 

   

For fixed line services:

 

   

there is no longer any geographic restriction and the ownership shall be no more than 49%.

The MII has promulgated the Measures on Administration of Telecommunication Business Licenses, which became effective on January 1, 2002. Those regulations apply to the application for, and examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in the PRC.

Tariff Setting

The levels and categorization of most of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into government fixed tariffs, government guidance tariffs and market based tariffs. The telecommunications providers are permitted to set tariffs for certain services provided the tariff levels are below the tariff ceilings set by the MIIT and the National Development and Reform Commission.

The PRC government retains the ultimate authority to adopt changes to tariffs. However, the Telecommunications Regulations require the government to hold public hearings before setting or changing fixed or guidance tariff rates, which should be attended by, among others, telecommunications operators and consumers. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in the PRC—Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs and other changes in tariff regulations mandated by the PRC government”.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, cost is the primary basis for tariff setting. In addition, the tariff level should also take into account social and economic development, the development of the telecommunications industry and consumers’ ability to afford the services.

The MIIT has gradually liberalized the tariff level by allowing telecommunications provider to set tariffs below certain tariff ceilings and permitting them to group their products and services, which could essentially lower the actual price for certain products and services included in the plan. Effective October 1, 2005, the MIIT and the National Development and Reform Commission set the tariff ceiling for local services, domestic long distance services, and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services. With respect to the tariffs for domestic and international long distance services, telecommunications service providers are required to file the tariffs with the MIIT and the National Development and Reform Commission for record purpose, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus. With respect to the tariffs for local services, filings

 

38


Table of Contents

of the tariffs with the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus for record purpose are required. With respect to service discounts plans, filings with the MIIT or, if service discounts plans are provided by the provincial subsidiaries of the telecommunications operator, with the relevant provincial communications administrations, are required. Currently, the MIIT allows tariffs for VoIP, Internet access services and certain value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks to be set by service providers. We expect that the tariff ceilings for the long distance services will decrease and the tariff ceilings for other services will remain stable. Following the telecommunications industry restructuring in 2008 and the formation of three telecommunications service providers each with full-service capabilities and competitive strength, it is expected that the MIIT will gradually liberalize the regulation on tariff setting.

Interconnection

Under the Telecommunications Regulations and the Administrative Rules on Interconnection between the Public Telecommunications Networks promulgated by the MII in May 2001, major telecommunications operators in the PRC cannot refuse requests for interconnection and must enter into interconnection agreements upon request by other service providers. Interconnection agreements must be filed with the MIIT. Interconnection agreements may not be terminated unilaterally without prior approval by the MIIT.

The Telecommunications Regulations further provide that the technical standards and settlement methods for network interconnections be formulated by the MIIT. In accordance with these regulations, China Telecom Group has entered into various interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers, including China Mobile and China Unicom.

The MIIT (or the MII prior to March 2008) issued three Notices on Adjustment to Settlement Standards for Interconnection Fees of Wireline Local Telephone Networks, in October 2005, January 2007 and April 2009, respectively, which provide for interconnection settlement arrangement standards for local inter-district calls between wireline local telephone operators. The following table sets forth selected interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for local calls:

 

Network from Which Calls Originated

  

Network at Which Calls Terminated

 

Current Main Settlement Arrangement

Mobile operator    Wireline local operator  

(1) Mobile operator collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers

 

(2) Mobile operator pays RMB0.06 per minute to wireline operator

Wireline local operator    Mobile operator   No revenue sharing or settlement
Wireline local operator A    Wireline local operator B  

(1) Operator A collects the usage charge from its subscribers

 

(2) In the case of local calls from operator A not using operator B’s local inter-district trunk circuit, operator A pays 50% of usage charge to operator B

 

(3) In the case of local inter-district calls from operator A using operator B’s local inter-district trunk circuit, operator A pays no more than RMB0.15 (RMB0.06 after June 1, 2009) per minute to operator B

Mobile operator A    Mobile operator B  

(1) Mobile operator A collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers

 

(2) Mobile operator A pays RMB0.06 per minute to mobile operator B

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for PSTN domestic long distance calls:

 

Network from Which Calls Originated

  

Network at Which Calls Terminated

 

Current Main Settlement Arrangement

Wireline local or mobile operator A    Wireline local or mobile operator B, through the long distance network of operator C   (1) Operator C collects the tariff from its subscribers
     (2) Operator C pays RMB0.06 per minute to operator A, RMB0.06 per minute to operator B, and gets the rest of the long distance tariff

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for PSTN international long distance calls, including calls originated from and terminated in Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan:

 

Network from Which Calls Originated

  

Network at Which Calls Terminated

 

Current Main Settlement Arrangement

Domestic wireline local or mobile operator A    Without using the carrier identity code of operator B, through the domestic and international long distance network of operator B  

(1) Operator A collects the tariff from the subscribers

 

(2) Operator A retains RMB0.06 per minute, and operator B gets the rest of the international long distance tariff.

   Using the carrier identity code of operator B, through the domestic and international long distance network of operator B  

(1) Operator B collects the tariff from the subscribers

 

(2) Operator B pays operator A RMB0.06 per minute

International long distance operator   

Operator B through domestic long distance network of operator C and

international gateway of domestic operator A

  (1) Operator A pays not more than RMB0.54 per minute to operator C, operator C pays not more than RMB0.06 per minute to operator B, where operator A and operator C, or operator B and operator C can be the same operator

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for IP long distance calls:

 

Network from Which Calls Originated

  

Network at Which Calls Terminated

 

Current Main Settlement Arrangement

Wireline or mobile network A   

Wireline local or mobile operator B

through the IP long distance network of operator C

 

(1) Operator C collects the IP long distance charges from its subscribers

 

(2) Operator C pays RMB0.06 per minute to operator B on the terminating end

 

(3) No settlement between operator C and operator A on the originating end

 

40


Table of Contents

Technical Standards

The MIIT sets industry technical standards for telecommunications terminal and interconnection related equipment used in the public telecommunications networks. A network access license from the MIIT and other relevant regulatory authorities is required for all such equipment. Most of the standards set by the MIIT conform to standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations.

Capital Investment

On July 16, 2004, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Reform of Investment System, or the Investment Reform Decision, which significantly modified the government approval process for major investment projects in the PRC. The Investment Reform Decision eliminated the government approval requirements for investment projects that do not involve direct government funding unless the investment projects are in the restricted sectors specified in the annually adjusted catalogue released by the State Council. The 2004 catalogue, which was attached as an annex to the Investment Reform Decision, sets forth approval requirements for individual investment projects in restricted sectors. Within the telecommunications sector, some investment projects, such as domestic backbone transmission network, require the National Development and Reform Commission’s approval.

The Investment Reform Decision grants large enterprises more power of decision-making on investment. Where a large enterprise which has established modern corporate governance invests in any of the projects in the restricted sectors specified in the 2004 catalogue, it may apply for approval on individual project basis, or make medium and long-term development and construction plan, which, if approved by the State Council or the competent governmental authority, no specific approval is required for the projects contemplated in the plan. In this case, the enterprise is only required to go through the registration process and report to the relevant governmental authority, on a timely basis, the construction process of the project.

Telecommunications Resources

The MIIT is responsible for the administration and allocation of telecommunications resources in the PRC, including radio frequencies and telecommunications network numbers. The use of these resources by telecommunications service providers is subject to the approval of the MIIT or the relevant provincial communications administrations and a usage fee payable to the PRC government.

In 2008, we paid approximately RMB117 million of usage fees for the telecommunications network numbers and approximately RMB82 million of frequency usage fees, respectively.

Quality of Service

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, the MIIT and the relevant provincial communications administration have the responsibility of supervising and monitoring the quality of services provided by telecommunications service providers in the PRC. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, customers of telecommunications service providers have the right to submit complaints to the MIIT and the relevant provincial communications administration or other relevant government authorities.

On March 13, 2005, the MII promulgated the Telecommunications Services Standards. The Telecommunications Services Standards aim to protect the rights of the customers of telecommunications services and sets forth minimum quality requirements for telecommunications services provided by telecommunications operators.

 

41


Table of Contents

The MII promulgated the Measures on the Supervision and Administration of Quality of Service of the Public Telecommunications Networks, or the Measures on Quality of Service, effective August 1, 2005. The Measures on Quality of Service provide the supervision and administration of services of public telecommunications networks, including, among others, wireline local telephone networks, domestic long distance telephone networks, international telephone networks, and IP telephone networks. Under the Measures on Quality of Service, telecommunications operators are required to set up a unit which is responsible for solving the problems with respect to the public telecommunications network services.

Under the PRC Consumer Protection Law, Consumers’ Associations can participate in the inspection and examination of goods and services by relevant governmental authorities; and customers can lodge their complaints with Consumers’ Associations, which can investigate the goods or services involved in the complaints, and mediate the complaints.

Universal Services

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications service providers in the PRC are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government, and the MIIT has been given authority by the PRC government to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations. The MIIT may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The MIIT, together with other regulatory authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. The PRC government currently uses financial resources to compensate the expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects before the establishment of a universal service fund. In December 2006, the Ministry of Finance issued the Provisional Rules on Usage and Administration of Telecommunications Universal Service Fund, effective December 21, 2006, which provide a compensation scheme for certain expenses incurred in the “Village to Village” projects undertaken by telecommunications service providers. Under the compensation scheme, telecommunications operators may receive compensation from the PRC government for the “Village to Village” projects. These rules provide for the application for the compensation, the method to calculate the amount, the approval process and the distribution of the compensation. However, the compensation from the PRC government may not be sufficient to cover all of our expenses for providing the telecommunications services under the “Village to Village” projects.

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, all PRC telecommunications operators shall provide universal services, but the formal timetable for the establishment of the systems to implement universal services has not been set up. Once the universal service regulatory framework is finalized, we expect to perform our duties thereunder accordingly. Currently, the PRC government implements the “Village to Village” projects which require telecommunications operators to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in the PRC as transitional measures prior to the official implementation of a universal service obligation framework. Accordingly, China Telecom Group has initiated “Village to Village” projects. By the end of 2008, China Telecom Group had invested in the construction of network facilities in certain remote villages of 16 provinces and autonomous regions, including Tibet. We have been requested by China Telecom Group to operate and maintain such network facilities from 2006 onwards, and China Telecom Group will compensate us for all the related expenses. We believe the expenses for such operation and maintenance will not have a material effect on our financial condition.

State-Owned Assets Supervision

Under the PRC Company Law, Interim Measures for the Supervision and Administration of State-Owned Assets of the Enterprises, and other administrative regulations, the SASAC, among others, supervises the preservation of the value of state-owned assets, guides the reform and restructuring of state-owned enterprises, and evaluates the performances of management executives of state-owned enterprises through legal procedures. Our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, is a wholly state-owned enterprise and subject to the SASAC’s supervision.

 

C. Organization Structure

See “—A. History and Development of the Company—Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering in 2002” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

42


Table of Contents
D. Property, Plants and Equipment

Properties

Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located in Beijing and we obtained the right to occupy and use these offices pursuant to an agreement we entered into with China Telecom Group in September 2002 and supplemental agreements on October 26, 2003, April 13, 2004, December 15, 2005, December 26, 2007 and March 31, 2008. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Centralized Services Agreements”.

Properties

We conduct our business on land and premises either owned by ourselves or leased from China Telecom Group and/or its affiliates and third parties. As to our owned properties, although a majority of the land and building titles to these properties have been registered in our name after they were acquired by us as part of our restructuring, certain land and building titles to these properties are still registered in the name of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group has agreed to indemnify us against any loss or damage incurred by us caused by or arising from any challenge of, or interference with, our right to use these properties. As to our leased properties, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us that it will indemnify us against any loss or damage caused by or arising from any challenge to, or interference with, such right. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group—Property Leasing Framework Agreement”.

 

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and our selected financial data, in each case included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group to acquire the entire equity interests in Beijing Telecom from China Telecom Group. Because we and Beijing Telecom were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisition of Beijing Telecom has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of Beijing Telecom have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of Beijing Telecom on a combined basis. Unless otherwise indicated in this section, our financial data for periods prior to the acquisitions are presented based on those restated amounts.

On October 1, 2008, we acquired from China Unicom and CUCL, the CDMA Business and related assets and liabilities for a total consideration of RMB43,800 million. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008”. Our acquisition of the CDMA Business and related assets and liabilities was accounted for using the purchase method.

Overview

We are an integrated information service provider in the PRC. We offer a comprehensive range of telecommunications services, including wireline voice services, mobile voice services, Internet access services, value-added services, integrated information application services, managed data and leased line services and other related services.

 

43


Table of Contents

We are the leading provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions in the PRC. Prior to our acquisition of Beijing Telecom, our service regions for wireline telecommunications services consisted of Anhui Province, Chongqing Municipality, Fujian Province, Gansu Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Guizhou Province, Hainan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Jiangsu Province, Jiangxi Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai Province, Shaanxi Province, Shanghai Municipality, Sichuan Province, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Yunnan Province and Zhejiang Province. On March 31, 2008, we entered into an Acquisition Agreement with China Telecom Group to acquire the entire equity interest in its wholly owned subsidiary, Beijing Telecom, for the purpose of expanding our telecommunication business in Beijing Municipality.

Following our acquisition of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation pursuant to an Equity Purchase Agreement we entered into with China Telecom Group on June 15, 2007, we began to offer leased line and related services in certain countries in the Asia Pacific region and North and South America.

Following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in October 2008, we began to offer CDMA mobile services in 22 provinces, five autonomous regions and four municipalities of the PRC and in Macau, which were previously operated by China Unicom.

Financial Overview

Our total operating revenue increased by approximately 3.3%, from RMB180,882 million in 2007 to RMB186,801 million in 2008. Our total operating expenses increased by approximately 26.9%, from RMB143,141 million in 2007 to RMB181,656 million in 2008. Our operating income significantly decreased by approximately 86.4%, from RMB37,741 million in 2007 to RMB5,145 million in 2008 primarily due to an impairment loss on our Personal Handyphone System, or PHS, specific equipment of RMB23,954 million. We expect that revenue derived from our PHS services will continue to decrease significantly in the future. The net income attributable to equity holders significantly decreased from RMB24,195 million in 2007 to RMB884 million in 2008.

We have made significant changes to the breakdown of our operating revenue due to changes in our internal revenue reporting system in 2008.

Prior to 2008, revenue from wireline telephone services consisted of the following, each of which was disclosed separately in annual reports for each year prior to 2008:

 

   

revenue from local wireline telephone services;

 

   

revenue from domestic long distance wireline telephone services;

 

   

revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline telephone services;

 

   

revenue from interconnection; and

 

   

upfront connection fees.

Prior to 2008, revenue from local wireline telephone services included installation fees, monthly fees and local usage fees, each of which was disclosed separately in annual reports for each year prior to 2008. In addition, revenue from certain other services was aggregated prior to 2008. For example, revenue from Internet access and value-added services was aggregated and disclosed under the caption “Internet access and value added services”, and revenue from leased line and other services was aggregated and disclosed under the caption “leased line and other services”. Furthermore, revenue from managed data services was disclosed separately.

As a result of changes in our internal revenue reporting system in 2008, we have made the following changes to the breakdown of our operating revenues in this annual report.

 

44


Table of Contents

Revenue from wireline voice services, as disclosed in this annual report, includes the following:

 

   

revenue from local wireline telephone services;

 

   

revenue from domestic long distance wireline telephone services;

 

   

revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline telephone services; and

 

   

revenue from interconnection.

Revenue from wireline voice services, as disclosed in this annual report, excludes upfront connection fees, which are disclosed separately under the caption “upfront connection fees”. Revenue from Internet access services and revenue from value-added services are disclosed separately in this annual report under the caption “Internet access services” and the caption “value-added services”. Revenue from managed data services and revenue from leased line services is aggregated and disclosed under the caption “managed data and leased line services”, and revenue from other services is disclosed separately in this annual report under the caption “other services”.

The above changes were made due to the following reasons: (i) we expect revenue from our wireline voice services as a percentage of our total operating revenue will continue to decrease because of the increasing popularity of mobile voice services and the development of our other services such as our mobile voice services, value-added services, Internet access services and integrated information application services; (ii) revenues from local, domestic long distance and international, Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan long distance wireline telephone services have shown a similar declining trend because of the increasing popularity of mobile services and we expect this trend will continue; (iii) we expect our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services to continue to be a main driver of our revenue growth; and (iv) we also expect that our mobile voice services will become an important revenue source in the future.

The related comparative financial data of the prior years have been aggregated or separated accordingly, as the case may be.

The table below sets forth a breakdown of our operating revenue in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
       Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue (9)
    Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue
    Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue
 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating Revenue:

  

Wireline voice services: (1)

   121,689    68.6   111,625    61.7   96,331    51.6

Mobile voice services :(2)

   —      —        —      —        3,972    2.1

Internet access services (3)

   24,348    13.7   31,817    17.6   40,786    21.8

Value-added services (4)

   10,741    6.1   13,208    7.3   16,274    8.7

Integrated information application services (5)

   3,633    2.0   6,573    3.6   10,853    5.8

Managed data and leased line services (6)

   7,920    4.5   9,183    5.1   10,231    5.5

Other services (7)

   4,183    2.4   5,182    2.9   6,332    3.4

Upfront connection fees (8)

   4,971    2.8   3,294    1.8   2,022    1.1

Total operating revenue

   177,485    100.0   180,882    100.0   186,801    100.0

 

(1) Represents the aggregate revenue from monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees, interconnections and upfront installation fees charged to customers for the provision of wireline telephony services.

 

45


Table of Contents
(2) Represents the aggregate revenue from monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees and interconnections fees charged to customers for the provision of mobile telephony services.
(3) Represents revenue from dial-up and broadband Internet access services.
(4) Represents revenue from wireline value-added services, mobile value-added services and Internet value-added services, including caller ID services, SMS, ring tone services, Internet data center and IP-Virtual Private Network services.
(5) Represents revenue from integrated information application services, including voice-based hotline, IPTV, video monitoring and system integration and consulting services.
(6) Represents revenue from managed data transmission services and lease income from other domestic telecommunications operators and business customers for the usage of our wireline telecommunication networks and equipment.
(7) Represents primarily revenue from sale, rental and repairs and maintenance of certain customer-end terminal equipment.
(8) Represents the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for initial activation of wireline services.
(9) The percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding discrepancies.

Our total operating revenue increased approximately 3.3% from RMB180,882 million in 2007 to RMB186,801 million in 2008. Revenue from our Internet access services, value-added services, integrated information application services, managed data and leased line services and other services increased while revenue from our wireline voice services decreased. We began to offer our mobile services in the fourth quarter of 2008. Revenue from our mobile voice services was RMB3,972 million in 2008.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our operating expenses in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006    2007    2008  
     Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue
   Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue (2)
   Amount    Percentage
of

Operating
Revenue
 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating Expenses:

  

Depreciation and amortization

   51,690   

29.1%

   52,607   

29.1%

   53,880    28.8

Network operations and support expenses (1)

   29,487   

16.6%

   29,856   

16.5%

   36,096    19.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses (1)

   22,710   

12.8%

   24,294   

13.4%

   27,935    15.0

Personnel expenses

   26,390   

14.9%

   27,419   

15.2%

   28,946    15.5

Other operating expenses

   8,208   

4.6%

   8,965   

5.0%

   10,632    5.7

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

   —     

—  

   —     

—  

   24,167    12.9

Total operating expenses

   138,485   

78.0%

   143,141   

79.1%

   181,656    97.2

 

(1) Excluding related personnel expenses.
(2) The percentages may not add up to 79.1% due to rounding discrepancies.

Our total operating expenses increased by approximately 26.9% from RMB143,141 million in 2007 to RMB181,656 million in 2008 primarily due to a significant amount of impairment loss on our PHS specific equipment, and to a lesser extent, due to increased expenditure in our non-voice services, in particular the services that are important to our transformation from a traditional basic telecommunications service provider to a modern integrated information services provider, or the Transformation Business, which currently include Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services, increased expenditure in our mobile voice services in order to maintain and enhance our competitiveness in the future and losses in connection with natural disasters, including the snowstorms and earthquake in 2008. Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased approximately by 2.4% in 2008. Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 20.9% in 2008, which was primarily attributable to the increased expenditure in our Transformation Business, losses in connection with natural disasters, the CDMA network capacity lease fee, and the increasing electricity price. Our selling, general and administrative expenses, our personnel expenses and our other operating expenses increased approximately 15.0%, 5.6% and 18.6%, respectively. Our selling, general and

 

46


Table of Contents

administrative expenses increased primarily due to increased expenditure in relation to the development of our Transformation Business and an increase in expenses incurred in connection with the promotion of, and the initial investment in, our “e-surfing” mobile service brand, which are in line with our customer focused strategic development needs. Our personnel expenses increased primarily due to the addition of employees from CUCL and Unicom Huasheng in connection with our acquisition of the CDMA Business and recruitment of professional personnel for our mobile services operations. Our other operating expenses increased by approximately 18.6% in 2008, which was primarily attributable to an increase in expenses incurred in connection with the mobile interconnection settlement for mobile services and an increase in expenses for sales of mobile handsets. In addition, we incurred impairment losses of RMB24,167 million, which primarily consisted of an impairment loss on our PHS specific equipment of RMB23,954 million. As a percentage of total operating revenue, total operating expenses increased to approximately 97.2% in 2008 from 79.1% in 2007 primarily due to the substantial increase in our operating expenses in 2008, which outpaced the increase in our total operating revenue.

The following table sets forth our total operating revenue, operating expenses, operating income and net income attributable to equity holders of the Company in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue, and cash flows from operating activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     Amount    Percentage
of
Operating
Revenue
    Amount    Percentage
of
Operating
Revenue
    Amount    Percentage
of
Operating
Revenue
 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating revenue

   177,485    100.0   180,882    100.0   186,801    100.0

Operating expenses

   138,485    78.0   143,141    79.1   181,656    97.2

Operating income

   39,000    22.0   37,741    20.9   5,145    2.8

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Company

   27,562    15.5   24,195    13.4   884    0.5

Net cash from operating activities

   75,042    —        75,783    —        76,756    —     

Our operating income decreased by approximately 86.4%, from RMB37,741 million in 2007 to RMB5,145 million in 2008. Our net income attributable to equity holders decreased from RMB24,195 million in 2007 to RMB884 million in 2008.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contained elsewhere in this annual report are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of our financial statements. We base our assumptions and estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable and which form the basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, our management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our financial statements. Our principal accounting policies are set forth in detail in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

Accounting for Long-lived Assets

Depreciation . Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account their estimated residual value. The following estimated useful lives are used for depreciation purpose. These estimated useful lives are based on our historical experience with similar assets and take into account anticipated technological changes.

 

     Depreciable lives
primarily range from

Buildings and improvements

   8 –30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 –10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   5 –10 years

We review the estimated useful lives of the assets regularly in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates. As we anticipated that the period for continuing use of the PHS specific equipment will be reduced, the estimated useful lives of these assets are adjusted so that they will not extend beyond three years accordingly. Our depreciation and amortisation expense is expected to be increased by approximately RMB500 million for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011.

Customer relationships . The customer relationships, as part of the CDMA Business we acquired from China Unicom and CUCL in 2008, were recorded at their fair value on the date of acquisition and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years.

Impairment . The carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, construction in progress and other investments are reviewed periodically in order to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For goodwill, the impairment testing is performed annually at the end of each year balance sheet date.

The recoverable amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and the net selling price. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash generating unit). In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. The goodwill arising from a business combination, for the purposes of impairment testing, is allocated to cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment loss is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income. Impairment loss recognized in respect of cash-generating units is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in any unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, no provision for impairment loss on property, plant and equipment was recognized. For the year ended December 31, 2008, an impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment of RMB24,167 million was recognized, which included an impairment loss on PHS specific equipment of RMB23,954 million. The primary factor resulting in the impairment loss was due to lower revenue expected to be generated from this equipment following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008.

Revaluation . As required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations, our property, plant and equipment were revalued in connection with our incorporation and the acquisitions made in 2003 and 2004. In addition, in accordance with our accounting policy, our property, plant and equipment were also revalued in 2004 and 2007. These revaluations were carried out for each asset class by independent valuers on a depreciated replacement cost basis. Subsequent to the revaluation, property, plant and equipment are carried at the revalued amount, being the fair value as of the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

48


Table of Contents

Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date as of December 31, 2008. The results of subsequent revaluations may have an impact on our future results to the extent the fair values of our property, plant and equipment change significantly.

Revenue Recognition for Upfront Connection and Installation Fees

We defer the recognition of upfront fees for activation of wireline services and wireline installation fees and amortize them over the expected customer relationship period of ten years. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs (including direct costs of installation) are also deferred and amortized over the same expected customer relationship period. We estimate the expected customer relationship period based on our historical customer retention experience and factoring in the expected level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence to our services, technological innovation, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. If our estimate of the expected customer relationship period changes as a result of increased competition, changes in telecommunications technology or other factors, the amount and timing of recognition of our deferred revenue would change for future periods. There have been no changes to the estimated customer relationship period in any of the three years ended December 31, 2008.

Impairment Losses for Bad and Doubtful Debts

We estimate impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts resulting from the inability of our customers to make the required payments. We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, and historical write-off experience. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, actual write-offs might be higher than expected.

Amounts due from the provision of telecommunications services to residential and business customers are due within 30 days from the date of billing. Customers who have accounts overdue by more than 90 days will have their services disconnected.

The following table summarizes the changes in the provision for impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     (RMB in millions)  

At beginning of year

   1,520      1,522      1,443   

Acquisition of CDMA Business

   —        —        491   

Impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts

   1,240      1,361      1,797   

Accounts receivable written off

   (1,238   (1,440   (1,613
                  

At end of year

   1,522      1,443      2,118   
                  

Recently Issued International Financial Reporting Standards

Up to the date of issue of our 2008 financial statements, the International Accounting Standards Board has issued the following amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the annual accounting period ended December 31, 2008 and which we have not adopted:

 

     Effective for
accounting period
beginning on or after

IAS 1(September 2007), “Presentation of financial statements”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 23 (March 2007), “Borrowing costs”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 32 (February 2008), “Financial instruments: Presentation” and IAS 1, “Presentation 1 January 2009 of financial statements — Puttable financial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation”

   January 1, 2009

IFRS 1 (May 2008), “First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”

   January 1, 2009

IFRS 2 (January 2008), “Share-based payment — Vesting conditions and cancellations”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 13, “Customer loyalty programmes”

   July 1, 2008

IFRIC 15, “Agreements for the construction of real estate”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 16, “Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation”

   October 1, 2008

IFRIC 17, “Distributions of non-cash assets to owners”

   July 1, 2009

IFRIC 18, “Transfer of assets from customers”

   July 1, 2009

IFRS 3 (January 2008), “Business combinations”

   July 1, 2009

IAS 27 (January 2008), “Consolidated and separate financial statements”

   July 1, 2009

IAS 39 (July 2008), “Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement — Eligible hedged items”

   July 1, 2009

 

49


Table of Contents

We are in the process of making an assessment of the expected impact of these amendments, new standards and new interpretations in the period of initial application. We believe that IFRS 1, IAS 32 and IAS 39, and IFRIC 15 and IFRIC 16 are not applicable to any of our operations and that the adoption of the rest of the above amendments, new standards and new interpretations is unlikely to have a significant impact on our results of operations and financial position.

In addition, we have elected early adoption of IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” for the year ended December 31, 2008. The early adoption of IFRS 8 has no impact on the presentation and disclosure of our consolidated financial statements.

 

A. Operating Results

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Operating Revenue

Our operating revenue grew by RMB5,919 million, or approximately 3.3%, from RMB180,882 million in 2007 to RMB186,801 million in 2008. This increase primarily reflected the revenue growth from non-voice services, including Internet access services, value-added services, integrated information application services, managed data and leased line services and other services, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue from wireline voice services. Revenue from wireline voice services included revenue from local telephone services, domestic long distance services, International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services and interconnection services and excluded upfront connection fees.

Wireline Voice Services. Revenue from our wireline voice services decreased by approximately 13.7%, from RMB111,625 million in 2007 to RMB96,331 million in 2008. The decrease in revenue from our wireline voice services was primarily due to the increasing popularity of mobile voice services and other alternative means of communication, such as VoIP, which continued to divert revenue from wireline voice services. Revenue from our wireline voice services accounted for 51.6% of our operating revenues in 2008, compared to approximately 61.7% in 2007.

Mobile Voice Services. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we started to provide mobile voice services after acquiring the CDMA Business from China Unicom and CUCL. Revenue from our mobile voice services was RMB3,972 million in 2008, accounting for approximately 2.1% of our operating revenues.

Internet Access Services. Revenue from our Internet access services increased by approximately 28.2% from RMB31,817 million in 2007 to RMB40,786 million in 2008, representing 21.8% of our operating revenue. The increase in revenue from our Internet access services was primarily due to the continued expansion of our broadband subscriber base. The number of our broadband subscribers increased to 44.3 million as of December 31, 2008, representing an increase of approximately 8.5 million or 23.9% from 35.7 million as of December 31, 2007. In the meanwhile, the average revenue per user per month of broadband subscribers in 2008 was RMB83.8, representing an increase of RMB2.4 from RMB81.4 in 2007.

Value-Added Services . Revenue from our value-added services increased by approximately 23.2% from RMB13,208 million in 2007 to RMB16,274 million in 2008, representing 8.7% of our operating revenue. The increase in revenue from value-added services was primarily due to revenue from our mobile value-added services after our acquisition of the CDMA Business, and the rapid development of our Internet value-added services and our wireline value-added services. The revenue attributable to mobile value-added services generated after the acquisition of the CDMA Business was RMB1,469 million.

 

50


Table of Contents

Integrated Information Application Services. Revenue from our integrated information application services increased by approximately 65.1% from RMB6,573 million in 2007 to RMB10,853 million in 2008, representing 5.8% of our operating revenue. The increase in revenue from our integrated information application services was primarily due to the rapid development of our IT service and IT application services, “Best-tone” services, “V-Net” services and video application services.

Managed Data and Leased Line Services. Revenue from our managed data and leased line services increased by approximately 11.4%, from RMB9,183 million in 2007 to RMB10,231 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to increasing revenue growth in leased circuits services and the IP-VPN services, driven by the increasing demand from non-operator customers for network resources.

Other Services. Revenue from other services increased by approximately 22.2%, from RMB5,182 million in 2007 to RMB6,332 million in 2008. The increase in revenue from other services was primarily due to revenue from sales of equipment for system integration and terminal equipment such as handsets. The revenue attributable to other mobile services generated after the acquisition of the CDMA Business, which primarily consist of sales of CDMA handsets, was RMB713 million.

Upfront Connection Fees. Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Due to a regulation change effective on July 1, 2001 that cancels all surcharges in relation to telecommunication services, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 38.6%, from RMB3,294 million in 2007 to RMB2,022 million in 2008.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 26.9%, from RMB143,141 million in 2007 to RMB181,656 million in 2008. The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to a significant amount of impairment loss for our PHS specific equipment, and to a lesser extent, due to increased expenditure in our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services, increased expenditure in our mobile voice services in order to maintain and enhance our competitiveness in the future and losses of RMB3,428 million we incurred in connection with natural disasters in 2008.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by approximately 2.4%, from RMB52,607 million in 2007 to RMB53,880 million in 2008, mainly due to the increase in the depreciation base of our property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue decreased to 28.8%.

Network Operations and Support Expenses. Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 20.9%, from RMB29,856 million in 2007 to RMB36,096 million in 2008, which was primarily attributable to our increased expenditure in our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services, losses in connection with natural disasters, including the snowstorms and earthquake in 2008, the CDMA network capacity lease fee and the increasing electricity price.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 15.0% to RMB27,935 million in 2008 from RMB24,294 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased expenditure in relation to our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services, and the promotion and initial investment in the “e surfing” mobile service brand to implement our customer focused innovation strategy.

Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses increased by approximately 5.6%, from RMB27,419 million in 2007 to RMB28,946 million in 2008. This increase was primarily attributable to the inclusion of new employees from CUCL and Unicom Huasheng as well as the recruitment of professional personnel for our mobile communications, IP, IT and information operations, to meet the needs of our full services integrated operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Impairment Loss of Property, Plant and Equipment. Our impairment loss of property, plant and equipment was RMB24,167 million in 2008, which primarily consisted of an impairment loss for our PHS specific equipment of RMB23,954 million. The primary factor resulting in the impairment loss was due to lower revenue expected to be generated from this equipment following our acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008.

Other Operating Expenses. Our other operating expenses primarily consisted of interconnection charges, cost of goods sold, donations and other expenses. Our other operating expenses were RMB10,632 million in 2008, increased by approximately 18.6% from RMB8,965 million in 2007, which was primarily attributable to the newly-incurred expense of mobile interconnection settlement for mobile services operation and increased expenses for sales of terminal equipment, such as CDMA handsets.

Net Finance Costs

In 2008, our net finance costs increased by 18.4% from RMB4,288 million in 2007 to RMB5,076 million in 2008. Our net interest expense increased by 11.8%, or RMB564 million, from RMB4,772 million in 2007 to RMB5,336 million in 2008 due to the interest rate increases at the end of 2007 and in the first half of 2008.

Among the components of net finance costs, the exchange loss was RMB170 million in 2008, while the exchange gain was RMB104 million in 2007, which was mainly due to the depreciation of RMB against the Japanese Yen in 2008. According to the exchange rates published by the People’s Bank of China on December 31, 2008, the exchange rate of Renminbi to Japanese Yen increased by 18.1% from December 28, 2007.

Income Tax

In 2008, our income tax benefit was RMB793 million. Our expected income tax expense at our statutory tax rate of 25% in 2008 would be RMB47 million. The difference between the actual income tax we paid and the income tax expense we would have to pay at a tax rate of 25% was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue and the preferential income tax rate of 15% or 18% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones and in the western part in the PRC. Another reason for our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was that the additional deductions of research and development expenses for some of our branches in certain provinces and the tax credits received on their purchases of domestic equipment before the implementation of the New Tax Law. See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 25%.

According to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, the corporate income tax rate for entities other than certain high-tech enterprises and small enterprises earning a “small profit”, as defined in the New Tax Law, will be revised to 25%. In addition, entities that are taxed at preferential rates will be subject to a five-year transition period during which the tax rates will gradually be increased to the unified rate of 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on the New Tax Law, the income tax rate applicable to our Company and certain of our PRC subsidiaries which were previously taxed at 33% is reduced to 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on a tax notice issued by the State Council on December 26, 2007, the applicable tax rates for entities operating in special economic zones, which were previously taxed at the preferential rate of 15%, are 18%, 20%, 22%, 24% and 25% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 onwards, respectively. According to the same notice, the applicable tax rate for entities operating in the western region of the PRC which were granted a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2004 to 2010, remains at 15% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and will be increased to 25% from January 1, 2011. Further, the tax authorities will no longer assess and approve any tax credit for domestic equipment purchases from 2008 onwards.

 

52


Table of Contents

Net Income Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

The net income attributable to equity holders of the Company was RMB884 million in 2008, with net margin of approximately 0.5%, compared to net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB24,195 million with net margin of approximately 13.4% in 2007.

Inflation

In 2008, the PRC continued to experience significant inflation, and thus inflation had a significant effect on our business during the year. According to the PRC National Bureau of Statistics, the PRC’s overall national inflation rate, as represented by the general consumer price index, was approximately 1.5%, 4.8% and 5.9% in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Impact

See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China—Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk”.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Operating Revenue

Our operating revenue grew by RMB3,397 million, or approximately 1.9%, from RMB177,485 million in 2006 to RMB180,882 million in 2007. This increase primarily reflected the revenue growth from Internet access services, value-added services, integrated information application services and managed date and leased line services and other services, which was partially offset by a decrease in revenue from wireline voice services. Revenue from wireline voice services included revenue from local wireline telephone services, domestic long distance wireline services, International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance wireline services and interconnection services and excluded upfront connection fees, which are disclosed separately in this annual report.

Wireline Voice Services. Revenue from our wireline voice services decreased by approximately 8.3%, from RMB121,689 million in 2006 to RMB111,625 million in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the continuous decline in wireline voice services as the result of the increasing popularity of mobile services, which continued to exacerbate the diversion from wireline services. Revenue from our wireline voice services accounted for 61.7% of our operating revenues in 2007, compared to approximately 68.6% in 2006.

Internet Access Services. Revenue from our Internet access services increased by 30.7% from RMB24,348 million in 2006 to RMB31,817 million in 2007, representing 17.6% of our operating revenue. The increase in our Internet access service was primarily due to the continued expansion of our broadband subscriber base. The number of our broadband subscribers increased from 28.4 million as of December 31, 2006 to 35.7 million as of December 31, 2007.

Value-Added Services . Revenue from our value-added services increased by 23.0% from RMB10,741 million in 2006 to RMB13,208 million in 2007, representing 7.3% of our operating revenue. The increase in revenue derived from value-added service was primarily due to the rapid development of our caller ID service, Color Ring Tone and Internet value-added services.

Integrated Information Application Services. Revenue from our integrated information application services increased by approximately 80.9% from RMB3,633 million in 2006 to RMB6,573 million in 2007, representing 3.6% of our operating revenue. The increase in revenue from our integrated information application services was primarily due to the rapid development of our IT service and IT application services, “Best-tone” services, “V-Net” services and video application services.

 

53


Table of Contents

Managed Data and Leased Line Services. Revenue from managed data and leased line services increased by approximately 15.9%, from RMB7,920 million in 2006 to RMB9,183 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our leased line services as a result of an increase in demand of customers for network resources, which was partially offset by a decrease in managed data as a result of a decrease in demand of subscribers for managed data services.

Other Services. Revenue from leased line and other services increased by approximately 23.9%, from RMB4,183 million in 2006 to RMB5,182 million in 2007 primarily due to an increase in revenue from sales of equipment for system integration.

Upfront Connection Fees. Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Due to a regulation change effective on July 1, 2001 that cancels all surcharges in relation to telecommunication services, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 33.7%, from RMB4,971 million in 2006 to RMB3,294 million in 2007.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 3.4%, from RMB138,485 million in 2006 to RMB143,141 million in 2007.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by approximately 1.8%, from RMB51,690 million in 2006 to RMB52,607 million in 2007, mainly due to the increase in the depreciation base of our property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue was 29.1%.

Network Operations and Support Expenses. Our network operations and support expenses increased by approximately 1.3%, from RMB29,487 million in 2006 to RMB29,856 million in 2007, which was primarily attributable to the increase in electricity prices and increase in costs in our Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 7.0% to RMB24,294 million in 2007 from RMB22,710 million in 2006. The increase was primarily due to additional sales and marketing expenses in relation to brand management, retaining subscriber base, and development of our Transformation Business.

Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses increased by approximately 3.9%, from RMB26,390 million in 2006 to RMB27,419 million in 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to the maintenance of our effective incentive scheme and our recruitment of more professional personnel for intellectual property, information technology and information services operations which are in line with our strategic transformation needs.

Other Operating Expenses. Our other operating expenses primarily consisted of interconnection charges, cost of goods sold, donations and other expenses. Our other operating expenses increased by approximately 9.2%, from RMB8,208 million in 2006 to RMB8,965 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to an increase in long distance voice interconnections driven by Calling-Party-Pays scheme of mobile services and increased costs of terminal equipment sold.

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

We conduct revaluation of our property, plant and equipment at least once every three years. The property, plant and equipment of our Company as of December 31, 2007 were revalued for each asset class on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2007 was revalued at RMB326,123 million. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment in a total amount of RMB4,809 million was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment in a total amount of RMB2,755 million was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. The surplus was mainly attributable to an increase in the prices of properties. The deficit was mainly due to a decrease in the prices of equipment resulting from the technological advancement.

 

54


Table of Contents

Net Finance Costs

In 2007, our net finance costs decreased by 4.1% from RMB4,472 million in 2006 to RMB4,288 million in 2007. Our net interest expense decreased by 6.3%, or RMB320 million, from RMB5,092 million in 2006 to RMB4,772 million in 2007 due to our repayment of maturing interest-bearing debts.

Among the components of net finance costs, we recorded a net exchange gain of RMB104 million in 2007, as compared to a net exchange gain of RMB101 million in 2006 due to appreciation in Renminbi in 2007. According to the exchange rates published by the People’s Bank of China on December 28, 2007, the exchange rates of Renminbi to US dollars and Japanese Yen increased by 6.5% and 2.4%, respectively, from December 29, 2006.

Income Tax

Our statutory income tax rate is 33%. In 2007, our income tax expense was RMB6,704 million, representing an effective tax rate of 21.6%, as compared to 20.0% in 2006. The difference between the statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue, and the preferential income tax rate of 15% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones in the PRC. Another reason for our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was that some of our subsidiaries received tax credits in the aggregate of RMB1,319 million on their purchases of domestic equipment in 2007. See Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 33%.

According to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations, the corporate income tax rate for entities other than certain high-tech enterprises and small enterprises earning a “small profit”, as defined in the New Tax Law, will be revised to 25%. In addition, entities that are currently taxed at preferential rates will be subject to a five-year transition period during which the tax rates will gradually be increased to the unified rate of 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on the New Tax Law, the income tax rate applicable to our Company and certain of our subsidiaries which were previously taxed at 33% is reduced to 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on a tax notice issued by the State Council on December 26, 2007, the applicable tax rates for entities operating in special economic zones, which were previously taxed at the preferential rate of 15%, are 18%, 20%, 22%, 24% and 25% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. According to the same notice, the applicable tax rate for entities operating in the western region of the PRC which were granted a preferential tax rate 15% from 2004 to 2010, remains at 15% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and will be increased to 25% from January 1, 2011. Further, the tax authorities will no longer assess and approve any tax credit for domestic equipment purchases from 2008 onwards. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously credited or charged to profit and loss upon initial recognition, the overall effect of change in tax rate amounting to RMB117 million was charged to the consolidated income statement. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which previously credited or charged to equity, the overall effect of change in the tax rate amounting to RMB1,577 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The enactment of the New Tax Law does not have any financial effect on the amounts accrued in the balance sheet in respect of current tax payable.

Net Income Attributable to Equity Holders of the Company

The net income attributable to equity holders of the Company reached RMB24,195 million in 2007, with net margin of approximately 13.4%, compared to net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB27,562 million with net margin of approximately 15.5% in 2006.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows and Working Capital

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     (RMB in millions)  

Net cash generated from operating activities

   75,042      75,783      76,756   

Net cash used in investing activities

   (50,333   (46,618   (75,819

Net cash (used) in/generated from financing activities

   (20,904   (30,747   5,585   
                  

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   3,805      (1,582   6,522   

 

55


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents increased by approximately 30.1%, from RMB21,427 million as of December 31, 2007, of which 93.0% was denominated in RMB, to RMB27,866 million as of December 31, 2008, of which 94.2% was denominated in RMB. Our net cash inflow was RMB6,522 million in 2008, as compared with a net cash outflow of RMB1,582 million in 2007.

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities, which was RMB76,756 million in 2008, an increase of RMB973 million from RMB75,783 million in 2007. A primary factor affecting our operating cash flows continues to be the timing when we receive payments from our customers and when we pay our suppliers in the ordinary course of business.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by RMB29,201 million from RMB46,618 million in 2007 to RMB75,819 million in 2008 primarily due to our payment for our acquisition of the CDMA Business from China Unicom and CUCL.

Net cash flow from financing activities was RMB5,585 million in 2008 compared to net cash used in financing activities RMB30,747 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to proceeds received from our issue of short-term commercial paper and medium-term notes totaling RMB30,000 million in 2008.

Our working capital (defined as current assets minus current liabilities) was a deficit of RMB121,291 million as of December 31, 2008, compared to a deficit of RMB96,135 million as of December 31, 2007. The deficit increase was mainly attributable to our payment for the acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008.

We estimate that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with our existing credit facilities from domestic commercial banks, cash flows from operating activities, as well as funds available from short-term and long-term bank borrowings and commercial paper, will be sufficient to satisfy our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures through the end of 2009. We have established and maintained high credit ratings with our principal domestic commercial lenders, which have facilitated our ability to obtain short-term and long-term credit on favorable terms to meet our financing requirements. As of December 31, 2008, we had available credit facilities of RMB128,231 million from which we can draw upon.

On April 22, 2008, we issued three-year medium-term notes in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion with an annual interest rate of 5.30%. On October 23, 2008, we issued five-year medium-term notes in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion with an annual interest rate of 4.15%. The notes were placed through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Debenture Issuance in 2008 and Proposed Issuance Debentures in 2009” for details of issuance of these notes.

On August 5, 2008, we issued short-term commercial paper in an aggregate principal amount of RMB10 billion due in one year with an annual interest rate of 4.72%. The short-term commercial paper was issued through a centralized book-building and allocation process in the PRC inter-bank debenture market at par value. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Debenture Issuance in 2008 and Proposed Issuance Debentures in 2009” for details of issuance of these short-term commercial paper.

On October 1, 2008, we acquired the CDMA Business from China Unicom and CUCL for a total consideration of RMB43,800 million. The related direct transaction cost for the acquisition was RMB84 million. The final cost of the acquisition was RMB40,413 million as a result of RMB3,471 million reduction to the total consideration pursuant to the terms of the CDMA Acquisition Agreement. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008.”

 

56


Table of Contents

Indebtedness

Our indebtedness as of the dates indicated was as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     (RMB in millions)

Short-term debt

   80,378    67,767    83,448

Current portion of long-term debt

   8,242    3,811    565

Current portion of finance lease obligations

   48    24    22

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   37,257    34,148    39,226

Finance lease obligations, excluding current portion

   —      5    18
              

Total debt

   125,925    105,755    123,279

We finance a significant portion of our business operations with short-term entrusted loans obtained from China Telecom Group through commercial banks in the PRC. Our short-term debt constituted approximately 37.0% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2008. The weighted average interest rate of our short-term debt was 5.1% as of December 31, 2008, representing an increase of 0.7 percentage points from that as of December 31, 2007.

Our total debt increased by RMB17,524 million from RMB105,755 million as of December 31, 2007 to RMB123,279 million as of December 31, 2008, primarily due to our issue of short-term commercial paper and medium-term notes. Consequently, our debt-to-asset ratio (total debt divided by total assets) increased from approximately 25.6% in 2007 to approximately 28.0% in 2008. We believe that our Company has maintained a solid capital structure.

Excluding the deferred consideration for the acquisitions of RMB15,150 million, compared to RMB30,150 million in 2007, our long-term debt (including current portion) increased from RMB7,809 million as of December 31, 2007 to RMB24,641 million as of December 31, 2008. In addition, our short-term debt increased from RMB67,767 million as of December 31, 2007 to RMB83,448 million as of December 31, 2008.

Of our total debt as of December 31, 2008, approximately 97.2%, 1.5%, 0.7% and 0.6% were denominated in Renminbi, Japanese yen, U.S. dollars and Euros, respectively.

Our short-term and long-term debt does not contain any financial covenants which materially restrict our operations.

Capital Expenditure

The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated. Actual future capital expenditures for the periods after December 31, 2008 may differ from the amounts indicated below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2008    2009
(Planned)
     (RMB in millions)

Total capital expenditure

   46,334    48,410    39,200

In 2008, we continued our prudent policy on capital expenditure. Our capital expenditure increased by 4.5%, from RMB46,334 million in 2007 to RMB48,410 million in 2008, primarily due to the impact of the natural disasters, including the snowstorms and the earthquake. In accordance with our strategic transformation, we continued to strictly control our capital expenditure structure and significantly reduced the capital expenditure in connection with traditional fixed line voice business and telecommunications infrastructure and increased our investment in Internet access and data network.

 

57


Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The main sources of our capital expenditure are cash generated from operating activities, bank borrowings and other indebtedness. We expect that we will have sufficient funding sources to meet our capital expenditure requirements in future.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Our emphasis on research and development has contributed to the development of our advanced network, system, and the rollout of our new applications and services. Our researchers focus on network planning and support, new technology trials, market evaluation, investment-related financial analysis and other key areas. Specific areas of research include fiber optic transmission technology, mobile communications technology, next generation networks, broadband access, data communications, operation and service support systems and development of value-added services.

 

D. Trend Information.

Please also refer to our discussion in each section of “—Overview” and “—A. Operating Results” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2008, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

 

F. Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Payable in
     Total    2009    2010    2011    2012    2013    After
2013
     (RMB in millions)

Contractual Obligations (1) :

                    

Short-term debt

   83,448    83,448    —      —      —      —      —  

Long-term debt

   39,791    565    1,676    10,391    190    10,081    16,888

Interest payable

   10,744    4,061    1,882    1,620    1,267    1,264    650

Finance lease obligations

   40    22    18    —      —      —      —  

Operating lease commitments

   3,092    830    595    479    380    300    508

Capital commitments

   3,912    3,912    —      —      —      —      —  

Total contractual obligations

   141,027    92,838    4,171    12,490    1,837    11,645    18,046

 

(1) See “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for the contractual obligations relating to interest payments.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

Directors and Senior Officers

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our directors must be elected by our shareholders at a general meeting. Our directors are generally elected for a term of three years and may serve consecutive terms if re-elected. On September 5, 2008, election of new members and re-election of current members of the Board of Directors was conducted which resulted in the third session of the Board of Directors, consisting of 14 directors with eight executive directors, one non- executive director, and five independent non-executive directors, each having a period of office of three years.

 

58


Table of Contents

Certain members of the second session of the Board of Directors, including Mr. Leng Rongquan, Mr. Li Ping, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Lo Hong Sui, Vincent and Mr. Shi Wanpeng, were no longer directors of the Company upon expiration of the term of office of the second session of the Board of Directors on September 9, 2008. The remaining members of the second session of the Board of Directors were re-elected as directors of the third session, and Mr. Shang Bing, Mr. Yang Xiaowei, Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Qin Xiao and Madam Cha May Lung, Laura were elected as directors of the third session of the Board of Directors, effective from September 9, 2008.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC 100140.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Wang Xiaochu    51    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Shang Bing    53    Executive Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
Wu Andi    54    Executive Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Zhang Jiping    53    Executive Director and Executive Vice President
Zhang Chenshuang    57    Executive Director and Executive Vice President
Li Ping    55    Executive Vice President
Yang Xiaowei    45    Executive Director and Executive Vice President
Yang Jie    47    Executive Director and Executive Vice President
Sun Kangmin    52    Executive Director and Executive Vice President
Li Jinming    57    Non-executive Director
Wu Jichuan    71    Independent Non-executive Director
Qin Xiao    61    Independent Non-executive Director
Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius    61    Independent Non-executive Director
Cha May Lung, Laura    59    Independent Non-executive Director
Xu Erming    59    Independent Non-executive Director
Yung Shun Loy, Jacky    46    Assistant Chief Financial Officer, Qualified Accountant and Company Secretary
Wang Qi    54    Financial Controller

Wang Xiaochu , age 51, is Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of our Company. He graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1989 and received a doctorate degree in business administration from The Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. Mr. Wang served as Deputy Director General and Director General of the Hangzhou Telecommunications Bureau in Zhejiang province, Director General of the Tianjin Posts and Telecommunications Administration, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, Vice President of China Mobile Group, and Chairman and Non-Executive Director of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. He is also President of China Telecommunications Corporation and the Honorary Chairman of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. He was responsible for the development of China Telecom’s telephone network management systems and various other information technology projects and as a result, received the Third-Class Award from the State Scientific and Technological Progress Award and the First-Class Award from the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications Scientific and Technological Progress Award. Mr. Wang has over 28 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

Shang Bing , age 53, is Executive Director, President and Chief Operating Officer of our Company. Mr. Shang is a senior economist. He graduated in 1982 from Shenyang Chemical Industry Institution with a bachelor’s degree in chemical industry and received a master’s degree in business administration from New York State University in 2002. He received a doctorate degree in business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2005. Mr. Shang served as Director of Industrial Technology Development Centre in Liaoning Province, Deputy General Manager and General Manager of Economic and Technological Development Company in Liaoning Province. Mr. Shang also served as Deputy General Manager and General Manager of China United Telecommunications Corporation Liaoning Branch, Vice President, Director and President of China United Telecommunications Corporation and as Executive Director and President of China Unicom Limited. In addition, Mr. Shang served as Director and President of China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited and CUCL. He is also Vice President of China Telecom Group. Mr. Shang has extensive experience in management and telecommunications industry in the PRC.

 

59


Table of Contents

Wu Andi , age 54, is Executive Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of our Company. She is responsible for the financial management of our Company. Madam Wu is a senior accountant. She graduated from the Beijing Institute of Economics with a bachelor degree in finance and trading in 1983, and studied in a postgraduate program in business economics management at the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences from 1996 to 1998. Madam Wu studied in the master of business administration program at the Peking University Guanghua Management School from 2002 to 2003 and received an executive master of business administration degree in 2003. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, she served as Director General of the Department of Economic Adjustment and Communication Settlement of the MII, and Director General, Deputy Director General and Director of the Department of Finance of the MPT. She is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Ms. Wu has 27 years of economic and financial management experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Zhang Jiping , age 53, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Zhang is a professor-level senior engineer. He graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a bachelor degree in radio telecommunications engineering in 1982, studied in a postgraduate program in applied computer engineering at Northeastern Industrial University from 1986 to 1988, and received a doctor’s degree of business administration from the Hong Kong Polytechnic University in 2004. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, he served as Deputy Director General of DGT of MPT, a Deputy Director General and Director of the Telecommunication Technology Center of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Liaoning Province. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang has 27 years of experience in network operation and management in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Zhang Chenshuang , age 57, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Zhang is a senior economist. Mr. Zhang graduated from the Party School of the PRC Communist Party and received an MBA degree from Hong Kong Polytechnic University. Mr. Zhang served as Executive Director and Vice President of China Mobile Limited, Vice President of China Mobile Group, Director of China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd., Assistant to the President of China Mobile Group, Director General of the Inner Mongolia Posts and Telecommunications Administration Bureau, Deputy Director General of the Office of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang has over 29 years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

Li Ping , age 55, is Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Li graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in radio telecommunications in 1976 and received an MBA degree from the State University of New York at Buffalo, U.S.A. in 1989. He served as Chairman and President of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, Deputy Director General of the DGT of the MPT and Executive Director of China Telecom Corporation Limited. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation, and Chairman of the Board of Directors and an Executive Director of China Communications Services Corporation Limited. Mr. Li has extensive experience in managing public companies and 33 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Yang Xiaowei , age 45, is an Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Yang is a senior engineer. He received a bachelor’s degree from the Computer Application Department of Chongqing University in 1998 and a master’s degree in engineering from the Management Engineering Department of Chongqing University in 2001. Mr. Yang was the Assistant to Director and Deputy Director of Chongqing Telecommunications Bureau, a Deputy Director of the Chongqing Telecommunications Administration Bureau and a Director of Chongqing Municipal Communication Administration Bureau. Mr. Yang served as General Manager of the Chongqing branch and the Guangdong branch of the China United Telecommunications Corporation, Vice President of the China United Telecommunications Corporation, Director of China United Telecommunications Corporation and Executive Director and Vice President of China Unicom Limited. Mr. Yang also served as Director and Vice President of CUCL and Chairman of Unicom Huasheng. He is also a Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Yang has extensive experience in management and telecommunications industry.

 

60


Table of Contents

Yang Jie , age 47, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. He is a professor-level senior engineer. He graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in radio engineering in 1984, and subsequently obtained a master degree of telecommunications and information management at the Norwegian School of Management. Mr. Yang served as Deputy Director General of Shanxi Posts and Telecommunications Administration Bureau, General Manager of Shanxi Telecommunications Corporation, Vice President of China Telecom Beijing Research Institute and General Manager of the Business Department of the Northern Telecom of China Telecommunications Corporation. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Yang has 25 years of operational and managerial experience in the PRC telecommunications industry.

Sun Kangmin , age 52, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. He is a senior engineer. He holds an MBA degree from the University of Hong Kong. Mr. Sun served as the Head of the Information Industry Department of Sichuan Province, Director General of the Communications Bureau of Sichuan Province, and Chairman and General Manager of Sichuan Telecom Company Limited. He is also Vice President of China Telecom Group. Mr. Sun has 25 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Li Jinming , age 57, is Non-Executive Director of our Company, Chairman of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd. (one of the domestic shareholders of the Company) and Chairman of Shenzhen Zhongjin Lingnan Nonfemet Company Limited. Mr. Li graduated from Guangdong Radio and TV University, and holds an EMBA degree from Lingnan College, Zhong Shan University after the completion of his study in the postgraduate program of international economics and industrial commerce management. Mr. Li served as Chief and Deputy Director General of the Guangdong Provincial Discipline Inspection Commission, and Director and Deputy General Manager of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd. Mr. Li has extensive experience in enterprise management.

Wu Jichuan , age 71, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. He is a professor-level senior engineer. Mr. Wu is the Honorary Chairman of the Telecommunications and Economics Specialists Committee, Director General of the Chinese Institute of Electronics, and Honorary Director General of the Chinese Institute of Communications. Mr. Wu graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in wired telecommunications engineering in 1959. Mr. Wu served as Vice Minister and Minister of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, Deputy Director of the PRC Committee of the Radio Management, Deputy Head of the Informatization Leading Group of the State Council, Minister of the MII, a member of the Eighth & Tenth National Committee of Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (the “CPPCC”), a member of the Standing Committee of the Tenth National Committee of the CPPCC and Vice Chairman of the Subcommittee of Education, Science, Culture, Health and Sports of the Tenth National Committee of the CPPCC.

Qin Xiao , age 61, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. He has a Ph.D. in economics from University of Cambridge. He is the Chairman of China Merchants Group Limited and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Mr. Qin is a member of the 11th Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference and the Honorary Chairman of Hong Kong Chinese Enterprises Association, and a part-time professor at the School of Economics and Management of Tsinghua University and the Graduate School of the People’s Bank of China. Before joining China Merchants Group, Mr. Qin served as President and Vice Chairman of China International Trust and Investment Corporation, or CITIC, and Chairman of CITIC Industrial Bank. Mr. Qin was a deputy to the Ninth National People’s Congress, a member of the 10th Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference, an advisor on the Foreign Currency Policy of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, and a member of Toyota International Advisory Board. Mr. Qin also served as Chairman of APEC Business Advisory Council for the year 2001. In addition, Mr. Qin is the author of several papers and books in the fields of economics and management.

Tse Hau Yin , Aloysius, age 61, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Mr. Tse is currently an Independent Non-executive Director of CNOOC Limited, China Construction Bank Corporation, Wing Hang Bank Limited, Linmark Group Limited, Sinofert Holdings Limited and SJM Holdings Limited and is the Chairman of the International Advisory Council of the People’s Municipal Government of Wuhan. The Board of Directors of our Company has determined that Mr. Tse’s service on these

 

61


Table of Contents

other audit committees does not impair his ability to effectively serve on the Company’s audit committee. Mr. Tse is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”). Mr. Tse is a past president of the HKICPA. He joined KPMG in 1976, became a partner in 1984 and retired in March 2003. Mr. Tse was a non-executive Chairman of KPMG’s operations in the PRC and a member of the KPMG China advisory board from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Tse is a graduate of the University of Hong Kong.

Cha May Lung, Laura , age 59, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company. Mrs. Cha is currently a Hong Kong Delegate to the 11th National People’s Congress of the PRC, a Member of the Standing Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (“CPPCC”) Shanghai Committee, Vice Chairman of the International Advisory Council of China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”), a Member of the Executive Council of the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Non-executive Director of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. She is also an Independent Non-executive Director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, Johnson Electric Holdings Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Limited. Mrs. Cha served as Vice Chairman of CSRC from February 2001 to September 2004 and as Assistant Director of Corporate Finance, Senior Director, Executive Director and Deputy Chairman of the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong from 1991 to 2001. She received a Juris Doctor degree from Santa Clara University in 1982.

Xu Erming , age 59, is an Independent Non-Executive Director of our Company. He is Deputy Dean, Professor, and Ph.D. supervisor of the Graduate School at the Renmin University of China, Deputy Secretary-General of the 10th Session of the Academic Committee, and a member of the Third Session of the University Affairs Committee of the Renmin University of China, Associate Convener of the Sixth Session of the Business Administration Academic Appraisal Group of the Academic Degree Committee of the State Council, Vice Chairman of the Chinese Enterprise Management Research Association, and Chairman of Beijing Contemporary Enterprise Research Association. He is also entitled to the State Council’s special government allowances. Professor Xu has conducted research in the areas of strategic management, organizational theories, international management and education management. He has completed numerous research projects sponsored by the PRC National Natural Science Foundation, the PRC National Social Science Foundation and other institutions in the PRC. Professor Xu’s publications include Business Strategic Management, Introduction to International Business Management and Empirical Research of Effects on Performance of Supervision Mechanisms Substitution Effect of Listed Companies. Professor Xu is also a columnist of the Economic Daily. In addition, Professor Xu was granted both the first prize for Excellence in Higher Educational Publication and the second prize for the National Teaching Award by the Ministry of Education. He previously lectured at the State University of New York at Buffalo, Pennsylvania State University at Scranton, the University of Technology in Sydney, the Kyushu University in Japan and Hong Kong Polytechnic University.

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky , age 46, is the Assistant Chief Financial Officer, Qualified Accountant and Company Secretary of our Company. Mr. Yung is a fellow member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants, a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants of United Kingdom, and a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia. Mr. Yung has over 20 years of experience in auditing, and acting as company secretary and senior financial management member of listed companies.

Wang Qi , age 54, is the financial controller of our Company. Mr. Wang is a senior accountant. He graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications and the Australian National University. He holds a Master degree in international management. He served as a Deputy Director General of Anhui Posts and telecommunications Administration and a Deputy General Manager of China Telecom Group Anhui Corporation prior to his relocation to the headquarters of China Telecom Group in 2000. Mr. Wang is also Managing Director of the Finance Department of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Wang has 34 years of managerial and accounting experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

There is no family relationship between any of our directors or executive officers.

 

62


Table of Contents

Supervisors

The PRC Company Law requires a joint stock company with limited liability to establish a supervisory committee. Our supervisory committee consists of five supervisors. One member of our supervisory committee must be an employee representative elected by our employees. The remaining members must be appointed by shareholders at a general meeting. The term of office of our supervisors is three years, which is renewable upon re-election or re-appointment.

The term of the second session of our supervisory committee expired on September 9, 2008. Ms. Wang Haiyun no longer served as a supervisor of our Company. Mr. Xiao Jinxue, Ms. Zhu Lihao and Mr. Xu Cailiao, members of the second session of our supervisory committee, were re-elected as supervisors on September 5, 2008. Ms. Han Fang was elected as our supervisor on September 5, 2008. Mr. Ma Yuzhu continued to serve as a supervisor acting as the employee representative.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our supervisors:

 

Name

  

Age

 

Position

Xiao Jinxue

   45   Chairman of the Supervisory Committee

Zhu Lihao

   68   Independent Supervisor

Ma Yuzhu

   55   Supervisor (Employee Representative)

Xu Cailiao

   45   Supervisor

Han Fang

   36   Supervisor

Xiao Jinxue , age 45, is Chairman of the Supervisory Committee and General Manager of Xinjiang branch of our Company. Mr. Xiao graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1987 with a Master degree in engineering management. Mr. Xiao served as Assistant Dean and Officer at the Corporate Management Faculty of the Institute of Cadre Management under the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, and an executive deputy managing director of the Beijing Research Institute of China Telecommunications Corporation and Managing Director of Corporate Strategy Department of our Company. Mr. Xiao is a professor-level senior engineer and has 22 years of managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

Zhu Lihao , age 68, is an independent Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company. Ms. Zhu is a senior auditor and a qualified accountant in the PRC. She graduated from Beijing Graduate School of Mining and Technology with major in engineering economics in 1963. Ms. Zhu served as a Deputy Director General, Director General, Director and Deputy Director of the Department of Industry and Communications of the National Audit Bureau of the PRC, and the Director General of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Foreign-related Auditing of the Audit Bureau. Ms. Zhu has over 40 years of experience in management and auditing.

Ma Yuzhu , age 55, is an Employee Representative Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company, and Managing Director of the Corporate Culture Department of the Company. Mr. Ma graduated from the Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in telecommunications in 1982. Mr. Ma studied part-time in Australian National University in 2000 and obtained a Master degree in International Business Administration in 2001. Mr. Ma served as Director General in China International Telecommunication Construction 1st Engineering Bureau, Director of the department of General Engineering of DGT. Mr. Ma is a senior Engineer and has over 30 years of telecommunications construction and operational management experience in the telecommunications industry.

Xu Cailiao , age 45, is a Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company. He is a Director of the Corporate Strategic Department of our Company. He graduated from the Law School of Peking University with a master’s degree in law in 1987. He served as a Director of the State Commission for Economic Restructuring and Managing Director of the Hong Kong branch of Irico Group. He was qualified to practice PRC law in 1988. Mr. Xu is highly experienced in respect of corporate governance, organizational development and process management.

Han Fang , age 36, is a Supervisor of the Supervisory Committee of our Company. Ms. Han is a Director of the Audit Department of our Company. Ms. Han graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a bachelor’s degree

 

63


Table of Contents

in engineering management in 1995. She obtained a master’s degree in business administration from Norwegian School of Management. She worked in finance-related areas when serving in China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Economy Development Centre and the audit department of China Telecom Group. Ms. Han is an international internal auditor, a qualified accountant in the PRC and a senior accountant and has 14 years of finance and audit experiences.

 

B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Supervisors

Our directors and supervisors receive compensation in the form of fees, salaries, allowances and benefits in kind, including our contribution to the pension plans for our directors and supervisors. The aggregate amount of compensation we paid to our directors and supervisors as a group for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately RMB 14.6 million. The following table sets forth the compensation received or receivable by our Company’s directors and supervisors:

 

     Directors’/
supervisors’
fees
   Salaries,
allowances
and
benefits in
kind
   Discretionary
bonuses
   Share-based
payments
   Retirement
scheme
contributions
   Total
     RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands

2008

                 
Executive directors                  

Wang Xiaochu

   —      324    446    1,060    68    1,898

Leng Rongquan (1)

   —      219    329    898    46    1,492

Shang Bing (1)

   —      108    108    —      19    235

Wu Andi

   —      276    379    398    58    1,111

Zhang Jiping

   —      276    379    398    57    1,110

Zhang Chenshuang

   —      276    319    —      58    653

Yang Jie

   —      276    379    848    56    1,559

Sun Kangmin

   —      276    379    848    57    1,560

Yang Xiaowei (1)

   —      92    92    —      19    203

Li Ping (1)

   —      207    310    398    43    958
Non-executive directors                  

Li Jinming

   —      —      —      —      —      —  
Independent non-executive directors                  

Xu Erming

   150    —      —      —      —      150

Tse Hau Yin

   441    —      —      —      —      441

Wu Jichuan (1)

   50    —      —      —      —      50

Qin Xiao (1)

   50    —      —      —      —      50

Cha May Lung (1)

   59    —      —      —      —      59

Zhang Youcai (1)

   100    —      —      —      —      100

Lo Hong Sui, Vincent (1)

   118    —      —      —      —      118

Shi Wanpeng (1)

   100    —      —      —      —      100
Supervisors                  

Xiao Jinxue

   —      159    339    332    52    882

Xu Cailiao

   —      85    266    183    41    575

Ma Yuzhu

   —      154    394    333    56    937

Wang Haiyun (2)

   —      32    165    —      28    225

Han Fang (2)

   —      28    44    —      14    86
Independent supervisor                  

Zhu Lihao

   75    —      —      —      —      75

 

64


Table of Contents
     Directors’/
supervisors’
fees
   Salaries,
allowances
and
benefits in
kind
   Discretionary
bonuses
   Share-based
payments
   Retirement
scheme
contributions
   Total
     RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands

Total

   1,143    2,788    4,328    5,696    672    14,627

 

(1) Mr. Leng Rongquan and Mr. Li Ping retired as executive director of the Company and Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Vincent Lo Hong Sui and Mr. Shi Wanpeng retired as independent non-executive directors of the Company on September 9, 2008. Mr. Shang Bing and Mr. Yang Xiaowei were elected as the executive directors of the Company and Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Qin Xiao and Ms. Cha May Lung were elected as independent non-executive directors of the Company, effective on September 9, 2008.
(2) Ms. Wang Haiyun retired as a supervisor of the Company on September 9, 2008. Ms. Han Fang was elected as a supervisor of the Company, effective on September 9, 2008.

Stock Appreciation Rights

We implemented a plan of stock appreciation rights for members of our senior management in order to provide further incentives to these employees. The plan, effective from November 15, 2002, is designed to link the financial interests of our senior management with our future results of operations and the performance of our H shares. The number of stock appreciation right units granted to a person may also be adjusted in accordance with the result of his or her performance evaluation. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights were granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in Renminbi, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of our Company’s H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise.

In March 2003, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 276.5 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$1.48 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In April 2005, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 560.0 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.78 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In January 2006, our remuneration committee approved the granting of 837.3 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights will have a contractual life of six years from the date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.85 per unit. A recipient of these stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, 67 million, 204 million and 346 million stock appreciation right units were exercised, respectively.

We recognize compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period. Changes in our payment obligation under the stock appreciation rights plan resulting from changes in fair value of our H shares for the period subsequent to the vesting period through the date of the exercise are also reflected in our earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and

 

65


Table of Contents

2007, compensation expense recognized in respect of stock appreciation rights was RMB514 million and RMB689 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008, a reversal of compensation expense in the amount of RMB148 million was recognized in respect of stock appreciation rights as a result of decline in share price of the Company.

 

C. Board Practices

General

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our directors must be elected by our shareholders at a general meeting. Our directors are generally elected for a term of three years and may serve consecutive terms if re-elected. On September 5, 2008, election of new members and re-election of current members of the Board of Directors was conducted and generated the third session of the Board of Directors consisting of 14 directors with eight executive directors, one non-executive director, and five independent non-executive directors, each having a period of office of three years. None of the service contracts with our directors provide benefits to them upon termination.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in 2002, and currently consists of four members, Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Qin Xiao and Mr. Xu Erming. They are all independent non-executive directors. The Audit Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it periodically. The Committee meets at least twice each year. The Charter of the Audit Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005 and was further revised by our Board of Directors in March 2009, pursuant to which the principal responsibilities of our Audit Committee include supervision of our Company to ensure authenticity and completeness of our financial statements and effectiveness and integration of the internal control system. The Audit Committee also supervises our internal audit department, and is responsible for the review and consideration of the qualification and appointment of independent auditors, and approval of services provided by the independent auditors. The Audit Committee has established a mechanism for receiving and handling complaints or anonymous reports in respect of our accounting, internal financial control and audit matters.

In 2008, the Audit Committee held four meetings, at which it considered matters within its responsibilities, including our Company’s annual and interim financial statements, related party transactions and implementation reports, assessment of the qualifications, independence and performance of independent auditors, appointment and fees of independent auditors, the assessment report of our internal control and report on the internal audit.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee was established in 2003, and currently consists of four members, Mr. Xu Erming, Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Qin Xiao and Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The Remuneration Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it on its work periodically. The Remuneration Committee meets when necessary. The Charter of the Remuneration Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005, pursuant to which its principal responsibilities include making recommendations to the Board of Directors on our overall remuneration policies and structure relating to compensation of directors and senior management, determining the specific remuneration packages of all executive directors and senior management and reviewing and approving performance-based compensation.

In 2008, the Remuneration Committee held two meetings, at which it reviewed the remuneration of executive directors, the proposal for stock appreciation rights and the proposal for the remuneration of the members of the third session of the Board of Directors.

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee was established in 2005. It currently consists of four members, Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, Ms. Cha May Lung, Laura and Mr. Xu Erming, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The Nomination Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and regularly reports to it on its work. The Nomination Committee meets when

 

66


Table of Contents

necessary. The Charter of the Nomination Committee was approved by our Board of Directors in September 2005, pursuant to which its principal responsibilities include reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the board on a regular basis and making recommendations to the board regarding any proposed changes; identifying individuals suitably qualified to become board members and selecting or making recommendations to the board on the selection of individuals nominated for directorships; assessing the independence of independent non-executive directors; and making recommendations to the board on relevant matters relating to the appointment or re-appointment of directors and succession planning for directors, in particular, for the chairman and chief executive officer.

In 2008, the Nomination Committee held one meeting, at which it made recommendations to the Board of Directors on the selection of individuals nominated for directorships of the third session of the Board of Directors.

Independent Director Committee

The Independent Director Committee consists of all independent non-executive directors. Meetings of the Independent Director Committee are convened to review certain related party transactions on a case by case basis pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchanges.

The Independent Director Committee held two meetings in 2008, at which they reviewed and approved the acquisition of Beijing Telecom and the CDMA network capacity lease agreement with China Telecom Group, confirming that these related-party transactions are in the interests of the Company and are fair and reasonable to the independent shareholders. The committee also submitted recommendations on these matters to independent shareholders.

 

D. Employees

General

As of December 31, 2008, we had 314,541 employees. The table below sets forth the numbers of our employees by their functions as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     Number of
Employees
   Percentage
of Total
   Number of
Employees
   Percentage
of Total
   Number of
Employees
   Percentage
of Total

Management, finance and administrative

   38,899    16.0    42,211    14.8    49,441    15.7

Sales and marketing

   113,342    46.6    147,878    51.8    161,547    51.4

Operations and maintenance

   89,728    36.9    93,731    32.9    101,956    32.4

Others

   1,103    0.5    1,285    0.5    1,597    0.5

Total

   243,072    100.0    285,105    100.0    314,541    100.0

The total number of our employees increased to 314,541 as of December 31, 2008 from 285,105 as of December 31, 2007, primarily due to our hiring of approximately 30,000 of the former employees of CUCL and Unicom Huasheng whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business or whose responsibilities are to support the development and general management of the CDMA Business, which was partially offset by a number of employees who retired or departed from our Company. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Industry Restructuring and Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008—Our Acquisition of the CDMA Business” for details of the transfer of former employees of CUCL and Unicom Huasheng as part of our acquisition of the CDMA Business.

The total number of our employees increased to 285,105 as of December 31, 2007 from 243,072 as of December 31, 2006, primarily due to a change to our human resource management practices in connection with our efforts to improve and reform our human resource management. As a result of the reform, we hired more than 40,000 employees from staffs who had been seconded by third parties and worked in certain areas of our transformation business including Internet access services, value-added services and integrated information application services, and terminated the secondment arrangements with the remaining staffs who worked in the areas that can be contracted to third parties.

 

67


Table of Contents

We have implemented a short-term and long-term combined incentive remuneration scheme. The primary components of an employee’s remuneration include basic salary, a performance based bonus, compensation based on seniority and stock appreciation rights (stock appreciation rights are exclusively for managerial staff and senior engineers). In addition, we also emphasize the importance of employee training and use various means of training to improve the quality and capability of our key employees. We have not been subjected to any strikes or other labor disturbances that have interfered with our operations, and we believe that the relationship between our management and the labor union of our Company is good.

 

E. Share Ownership

As of December 31, 2008, none of our directors, supervisors or senior managers is a legal or beneficial owner of any shares of our share capital.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

 

A. Major Shareholders

The table below sets forth information regarding the ownership of our share capital as of June 19, 2009 by all persons who are known to us to be the beneficial owners of 5% or more of each class of our voting securities.

 

Title of Shares

  

Identity of Person or Group

   Amount Owned     Percentage of
the Respective
Type of Shares
    Percentage of
Total Shares
 
         

Domestic shares

   China Telecom Group    57,377,053,317      85.57   70.89

Domestic shares

   Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.    5,614,082,653      8.37   6.94

H shares

   RFS Holdings B.V.    2,087,518,664 (1)     15.04   2.58

H shares

   JPMorgan Chase & Co.    1,724,086,122 (2)     12.42   2.13

H shares

   Barclays PLC    999,962,118 (3)     7.21   1.24

 

(1) Includes (i) 907,191,530 shares held by RFS Holdings B.V. in long position, or Long Position, as defined under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, or the SFO, representing 6.54% of the total number of H shares and 1.12% of the total number of all outstanding shares, and (ii) 1,180,327,134 shares held by RFS Holdings B.V. in short position, or Short Position, as defined under the SFO, representing 8.51% of the total number of H shares and 1.46% of the total number of all outstanding shares.
(2) Includes (i) 1,125,289,717 shares held by JPMorgan Chase & Co. in Long Position, representing 8.11% of the total number of H shares and 1.39% of the total number of all outstanding shares; (ii) 39,740,080 shares held by JPMorgan Chase & Co. in Short Position, representing 0.29% of the total number of H shares and 0.05% of the total number of all outstanding shares; and (iii) 559,056,325 shares held by JPMorgan Chase & Co. as a lending agent on behalf of its clients in a lending pool as defined under the SFO, representing 4.03% of the total number of H shares and 0.69% of the total number of all outstanding shares.
(3) Includes (i) 998,328,118 shares held by Barclays PLC in Long Position, representing 7.19% of the total number of H shares and 1.23% of the total number of all outstanding shares, and (ii) 1,634,000 shares held by Barclays PLC in Short Position, representing 0.01% of the total number of H shares and 0.002% of the total number of all outstanding shares.

China Telecom Group, located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC 100140, is our controlling shareholder and is a wholly state-owned enterprise regulated by the State Council. Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., located at Kai Xuan Hua Mei Da Hotel, 15/F, No. 9, 1 Ming Yue Yi Road, Dongshan District, Guangzhou, Guangdong province, PRC, is a state-owned enterprise owned and controlled by the provincial governments in Guangdong province. RFS Holdings B.V. is located at Strawinskylaan 3105, 1077 ZX, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. JPMorgan Chase & Co. is located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA. Barclays PLC is located at 1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP, U.K.

Based solely on information contained in an Amendment No.1 to Schedule 13G, or the FRI Schedule 13G/A, jointly filed with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, on February 6, 2009 by Franklin Resources, Inc., or FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., 1,151,673,934 H shares of our Company, or the FRI Shares, representing approximately 8.3% of the total number of our H shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008, were beneficially owned either by investment companies that were direct and indirect subsidiaries of FRI or by other managed accounts that were investment management clients of investment managers that were direct and indirect subsidiaries of FRI. These subsidiaries of FRI were generally granted all investment and/or voting power over the FRI Shares owned and, as a result, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the FRI Shares for the purposes of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. Each of Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., owned in excess of 10% of the outstanding common stock of FRI and was a principal shareholder of FRI. Each of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., could be deemed a beneficial owner of securities held by persons and entities for whom or for which the subsidiaries of FRI provided investment management services. However, each of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr., disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the FRI Shares. The principle place of business of each of FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H.

 

68


Table of Contents

Johnson, Jr., is One Franklin Parkway, San Mateo, CA 94403-1906, USA. The above disclosure is based solely on the information contained in the FRI Schedule 13G/A. For the numbers of our H shares that each of the subsidiaries of FRI has sole power to vote or to direct the voting of, or sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of, or shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of, and other details of the FRI Schedule 13G/A, please see the Schedule 13G/A jointly filed with the SEC by FRI, Charles B. Johnson and Rupert H. Johnson, Jr. on February 6, 2009.

None of our major shareholders has voting rights that differ from the voting rights of other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of our Company.

 

B. Related Party Transactions

As of June 19, 2009, China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, directly owned and controlled 70.89% of our issued share capital. Accordingly, transactions between China Telecom Group and us constitute connected transactions under the Listing Rules.

In connection with our restructuring in 2001, our acquisitions of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group on December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively, and our acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008, we have entered into various agreements with China Telecom Group relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. Such agreements include those for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing, CDMA network capacity lease and other services.

Our independent non-executive directors have confirmed that all connected transactions for the year ended December 31, 2008 to which our Company was a party:

 

   

had been entered into, and the agreements governing those transactions were entered into, by our Company in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

   

had been entered into either:

 

   

on normal commercial terms; or

 

   

where there was no available comparison to determine whether they are on normal commercial terms, on terms no less favorable than those available to or from independent third parties, as applicable; and

 

   

had been entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable so far as the overall interest of the independent shareholders of our Company are concerned.

The details of the related party arrangements are described below.

Arrangements Relating to the Acquisitions

Indemnification

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited for any loss or damages suffered by those companies as a result of, or related to, the reorganization of those companies under which China Telecom Group transferred to those companies the telecommunications operations of China Telecom Group in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, and for any loss or damages suffered by those companies in connection with events preceding such reorganization.

 

69


Table of Contents

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified us against any loss or liability suffered by us or any acquired company including, but not limited to, any diminution in the value of the assets of or shares in any acquired company, any payment made or required to be made by us or any acquired company and any costs and expenses incurred as a result of or in connection with any claim falling on any acquired company resulting from or by reference to any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the date of the acquisition or any event on or before the date of the acquisition whether alone or in conjunction with other circumstances and whether or not such taxation is chargeable against or attributable to any other person, firm or company.

Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group

Centralized Services Agreement

Centralized services include management and operational services provided by our Company to China Telecom Group in relation to key corporate customers, the business support center and the network management center. Centralized services also include services provided by China Telecom Group to us in relation to certain premises of China Telecom Group, and the use of international telecommunications facilities by both parties. The aggregate costs incurred by China Telecom Group and us for the provision of management and operational services will be apportioned on a pro rata basis between China Telecom Group and us according to the revenues generated by each party. In relation to the use of the international telecommunications facilities, we and China Telecom Group have agreed to apportion the costs associated with operating such assets on a pro rata basis according to the aggregate volume of the inbound international calls terminated by, and outbound international calls originating from, China Telecom Group and us, respectively.

On December 26, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we and China Telecommunications Corporation entered into supplemental agreements in relation to the Centralized Services Agreement. Pursuant to the supplemental agreements, we will pay premises usage fees to China Telecom Group on a pro rata basis according to the area actually allocated to us when we use any premises provided by China Telecom Group. The premises usage fees shall be determined through negotiation between the parties based on comparable market rates. When both parties use international telecommunications facilities provided by third parties and accept services provided by such third parties, the annual utilization fee shall be determined on a pro rata basis according to the actual utilization each year. When both parties use the international telecommunications facilities provided by China Telecom Group, the utilization fee shall be determined through negotiation between the parties based on market rates. When both parties use the international telecommunications facilities provided by China Telecom Group, the associated costs shall be determined on a pro rata basis according to volume of the inbound and outbound voice calls to and from international regions, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan originating from each party divided by the aggregate volume of the inbound and outbound voice calls to and from international regions, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan originating from both parties.

The Centralized Services Agreement, as supplemented, was renewed on December 15, 2008 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we give China Telecom Group a written notice of non-renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our portion of the expenses in respect of the Centralized Services Agreement was RMB250 million.

Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement

The Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement governs the terms and conditions of cross-provincial comprehensive services provided by China Telecom Group to our Company. Such comprehensive services include procurement of telecommunications equipment such as optic fiber, network designs, software upgrade, system integration, manufacture of calling cards and so on. Prices under such agreement should be determined in accordance with the government-prescribed prices. In the absence of the government-prescribed prices, the government-guided prices (if any) shall apply. In the absence of both government- prescribed prices and government-guided prices, the market prices shall apply, i.e., the prices at which the same type of services are

 

70


Table of Contents

provided by an independent third party in the ordinary course of business. If none of such prices is applicable, the prices shall be determined through consultation between the parties based on reasonable costs plus reasonable profits. For this purpose, “reasonable costs” shall mean the costs determined by the parties after negotiations.

The Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement expired on December 31, 2008. We and China Telecom Group decided not to renew this agreement in order to streamline the management of the related-party transaction agreements between us. The various types of cross-provincial services set forth the under this agreement have been classified into other relevant agreements between us and China Telecom Group based on the nature of each type of service.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on the comprehensive services pursuant to the Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement was RMB1,190 million.

Interconnection Settlement Agreement

We entered into an interconnection settlement agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004 with China Telecom Group, which allow our domestic telephone networks to interconnect with China Telecom Group’s domestic networks outside our service regions. The interconnection settlement agreement does not provide for early termination or non-renewal by China Telecom Group. Interconnection settlement charges between China Telecom Group’s networks and our networks are based on fees prescribed by the MIIT from time to time, which is currently RMB0.06 per minute. The formula for settlement is based on the net volume of telephone calls originating from us to China Telecom Group or originating from China Telecom Group to us multiplied by the MIIT’s prescribed settlement fees. The interconnection settlement agreement stipulates that the settlement be made between us and China Telecom Group on a monthly basis, with the operator that has originated more calls paying the net amount to the operator that has terminated more calls.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplemental agreement in relation to the interconnection settlement agreement on July 27, 2008, which became effective on October 1, 2008, to add interconnection arrangement for domestic calls between us and China Telecom Group. There will be no revenue sharing or settlement arrangement for local calls originated from China Telecom Group to us. Interconnection charges are RMB0.06 per minute for local calls originated from us to China Telecom Group. In addition, Tianjin municipality, Hebei Province, Heilongjiang Province, Jilin Province, Liaoning Province, Shanxi Province, Henan Province, Shandong Province, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region and Tibet Autonomous Region have been covered as settlement regions.

This Interconnection Settlement Agreement, as supplemented, was renewed on December 31, 2008 for another two years with expiration on December 31, 2010 and will be automatically renewed for a period of three years upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we provide China Telecom Group a written notice of non-renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the net settlement payment made by us to China Telecom Group pursuant to the interconnection agreement was RMB599 million.

Property Leasing Framework Agreement

The Property Leasing Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. Pursuant to such agreement, we lease properties from China Telecom Group and/or its associates for use as business premises, offices, equipment storage facilities and sites for network equipment. On the other hand, we also lease certain properties to China Telecom Group and/or its associates. The rent shall be determined based on the market price with reference to the standard set forth by local pricing authorities. The rent is subject to review every three years.

 

71


Table of Contents

The agreement was renewed on December 15, 2008 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we provide China Telecom Group a written notice of non-renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on rental charges was RMB339 million. For the same period, the rental income derived from the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group was RMB49 million.

IT Services Framework Agreement

The IT Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006 in relation to the information technology services provided by China Telecom Group and/or its associates to our Company. Pursuant to such agreement, China Telecom Group and/or its associates may participate in the bidding for the right to provide us with certain information technology services, such as office automation and software testing. The charges payable for such IT services shall be determined by reference to market rates or as determined by prices obtained through the tender process. If terms and conditions offered by China Telecom Group and/or its associates are no less favorable than those offered by an independent third party, we may give priority to China Telecom Group and/or its associates.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplemental agreement in relation to the IT Services Framework Agreement on December 15, 2008 to amend certain terms in order to enable the provision of, among others, cross-provincial information technology services between us, as one party, and China Telecom Group and/or its associates, as the other party.

The IT Services Framework Agreement, as supplemented, was renewed on December 15, 2008 for a further term of one year expiring on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we provide China Telecom Group a written notice of non-renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on information technology services provided by the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group to us was RMB457 million.

Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement

The Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement, also known as the Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement, was entered into on August 30, 2006. Pursuant to this agreement, China Telecom Group and/or its associates provide us comprehensive procurement services, including management of tenders, verification of technical specifications and installation services. The maximum commission for such procurement services shall be calculated based on the following: (1) not more than 1% of the contract value for procurement of imported telecommunications equipment; or (2) not more than 3% of the contract value for the procurement of domestic telecommunications equipment and other domestic non-telecommunications materials.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplemental agreement in relation to the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement on December 15, 2008 to amend certain terms of this agreement to enable provision of cross-provincial comprehensive procurement services between us, as one party, and China Telecom Group and/or its associates, as the other party. In addition, such comprehensive procurement services can extend to integrated supplies procurement services, sales of proprietary telecommunication equipment, resale of third-party equipment, management of tenders, review of technical specification, storage, transportation and installation services.

The Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement was also renewed on December 15, 2008 for further periods of one year expiring on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we provide China Telecom Group a written notice of renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure incurred under such agreement was RMB145 million.

 

72


Table of Contents

Engineering Framework Agreement

The Engineering Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. The agreement sets out provisions in respect of the supervision and management of services relating to construction, design, and equipment installation and testing, and/or services as the general contractors for the construction and supervision of engineering projects, provided to us through bids made by China Telecom Group and/or its associates. The charges payable for such engineering services shall be determined by reference to market rates. The charges payable for the design or supervision of engineering projects with a value over RMB500,000 or construction of engineering projects with a value over RMB2 million shall be determined by referring to the tender price.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplementary agreement relating to the Engineering Framework Agreement on July 27, 2008 to expand the scope of services provided by China Telecom Group and/or its associates to us to include cross-provincial level engineering construction and design services.

The Engineering Framework Agreement, as supplemented, was renewed on December 31, 2008 with expiration on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless we provide China Telecom Group a written notice of non-renewal three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on engineering services under the engineering framework agreement was RMB7,877 million.

Community Services Framework Agreement

The Community Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. Pursuant to such agreement, China Telecom Group and/or its associates provide us with services relating to culture, education, property management, vehicle service, health and medical care, hotel and conference service, community and sanitary services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those set out in the Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplementary agreement relating to the Community Services Framework Agreement on December 15, 2008 to amend certain terms to enable China Telecom Group and/or its associates to provide cross-provincial community services to us.

The Community Services Framework Agreement was renewed on December 15, 2008 with expiration on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless either party provides a written notice of non-renewal to the other party three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on services provided to us under the Community Services Framework Agreement was RMB2,297 million.

Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement

The Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement was entered into on August 30, 2006. Pursuant to such agreement, China Telecom Group and/or its associates provide us with certain repair and maintenance services, including repair of telecommunications equipment, maintenance of fire equipment and telephone booths, as well as other customer services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those set out in the Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement.

We and China Telecom Group entered into a supplementary agreement relating to the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement on July 27, 2008 to amend certain terms to enable China Telecom Group and/or its associates to provide us with ancillary telecommunications services, including cross-provincial services.

 

73


Table of Contents

The Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement, as supplemented, was renewed on December 31, 2008 with expiration on December 31, 2009 and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration without limit in the number of renewals, unless either party provides a written notice of non-renewal to the other party three months prior to the expiration date.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our expenditure on services provided to us under the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement was RMB4,536 million.

Trademark License Agreements

China Telecom Group has registered a number of trademarks, and is in the process of registering other trademarks with the Trademark Office. Under the trademark license agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental trademark license agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, China Telecom Group has granted to our Company and our subsidiaries a right to use its registered trademarks and its trademarks pending registration on a royalty-free basis. The license granted under the trademark license agreement and the supplemental trademark license agreements will expire on December 31, 2009 and is automatically renewable for further periods of three years at our option.

Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement

We lease from China Telecom Group the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, which our telecommunications services are dependent upon, under an optic fiber leasing agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental connected transactions agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, respectively. The optic fiber leasing agreement was supplemented on July 10, 2008, which became effective as of January 1, 2008. The optic fiber leasing agreement, as supplemented, will expire on December 31, 2009 and is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. The rent payable by us to China Telecom Group to lease the relevant parts of the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers will be based on negotiations between the parties with reference to the market price. In addition, we agreed to be responsible for the maintenance of these optic fibers within those service regions.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the total amount we paid to China Telecom Group with respect to the leasing of optic fibers was RMB88 million.

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement

We entered into a CDMA network capacity lease agreement on July 27, 2008, or the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, pursuant to which China Telecom Group agreed to lease its capacity on the constructed CDMA Network to us and we are entitled to the exclusive right to use and operate the CDMA Network to provide CDMA services. The lease is effective from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 and can be renewed for further periods as agreed by both parties. The lease fee is 28% of our CDMA service revenue (the service revenue generated from the CDMA telecommunication business is calculated by our total revenue from the CDMA services operations minus any upfront non-refundable revenue arising out of the CDMA operations and any revenue from sale of telecommunication products in connection with the CDMA operations, as derived from our financial statements) for each of the period from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2008 and the year ending December 31, 2009, there is no minimal annual lease fee. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the minimum annual lease fee will be 90% of the total amount of the lease fee that we paid to China Telecom Group during the year ended December 31, 2009. The cost of network construction will be borne by China Telecom Group, while the maintenance-related costs will be shared between us and China Telecom Group. The proportion of the maintenance-related costs to be borne by us will be calculated on a monthly basis in accordance with the following mechanism:

(i) the actual number of our cumulative CDMA subscribers at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, divided by

(ii) the total capacity available on the CDMA Network.

 

74


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, China Telecom Group has granted us an option to purchase the CDMA Network. The option may be exercised, at our discretion, at any time during the term of the lease or within one year after the expiration of the lease. No premium has been paid or will be payable by us for the grant of the option. The purchase price will be determined with reference to the appraised value of the CDMA Network in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other factors subject to that the purchase price will enable China Telecom Group to recover its investment in the CDMA Network plus an internal rate of return on the investment not exceeding 8%.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the total amount we paid to China Telecom Group with respect to the leasing of CDMA network capacity was RMB1,504 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we received reimbursement of RMB107 million with respect to the capacity maintenance related costs of CDMA network from China Telecom Group.

Strategic Agreement between Our Company and China Communications Services Corporation Limited

We entered into a Strategic Agreement with China Communications Services Corporation Limited on August 30, 2006, and a supplemental agreement on June 15, 2007.

Pursuant to the Strategic Agreement and its supplemental agreement, we agreed that, in the period between January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2009, if the service terms relating to the design, implementation and supervision of the communications engineering offered by China Communications Services Corporation Limited are basically the same as those of other service providers, our subsidiaries (and their successors) in the service regions of China Communication Services Corporation Limited shall purchase such services from the wholly-owned subsidiaries of China Communications Services Corporation Limited with a total annual value of no less than 10.6% of the total annual capital expenditure of the relevant subsidiaries of our Company in the corresponding period. Meanwhile, pursuant to the Strategic Agreement and its supplemental agreement, we agreed that, in the period between January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2009, if the service terms relating to certain maintenance management services offered by China Communications Services Corporation Limited are basically the same as those of other service providers, our subsidiaries (and their successors) in the service regions of China Communication Services Corporation Limited shall purchase such services from the wholly-owned subsidiaries of China Communications Services Corporation Limited with a total value of no less than RMB1,780 million in any given year.

The business areas of the strategic alliance between the two parties include design, implementation and supervision of the communications engineering, maintenance management service, contents application service, sales channel service, usage of telecommunications and other new businesses arising from time to time which are appropriate for the collaboration between the two parties. China Communications Services Corporation Limited has pledged its support to the strategic transformation of our Company from a traditional basic telecommunications operator to an integrated information service provider, its active support to our Company’s business development, and its active use of our Company’s products and services in its own business. Such services shall comply with the related PRC standards or the standards agreed by both parties, and shall be on terms no less favorable than those available to any third parties to which the same or similar services are provided by either party. Without breaching the requirements under PRC laws, in respect of the same services, where the terms and conditions of services provided by either party of the Strategic Agreement are the same as those provided by an independent third party, the party under the Strategic Agreement shall have the priority to be appointed as the service provider by the other party.

Pursuant to the Strategic Agreement and its supplemental agreement, with the term covered from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009, both parties may negotiate the renewal of the Strategic Agreement upon its expiration, and the renewal is subject to the requirements of Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange including disclosure and independent shareholders’ approval requirements.

China Telecom Group, the controlling shareholder of China Communications Services Corporation Limited, has signed certain framework agreements with our Company, including the Engineering Framework Agreement, the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement and the Community Services Framework Agreement. The transactions contemplated under those framework agreements between China Telecom Group and our Company cover the transactions contemplated under the Strategic Agreement and its supplemental agreement. Since the transactions under those framework agreements between China Telecom Group

 

75


Table of Contents

and us are subject to annual caps, the proposed annual caps for the transactions under the Strategic Agreement and its supplemental agreement between China Communications Services Corporation Limited and us are subsumed under the annual caps of those framework agreements.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Information.

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Our consolidated financial statements are set forth beginning on page F-1. No significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements.

Legal Proceeding

We are the defendant in certain lawsuits and a named party in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings cannot be determined at present, we believe that the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings will not likely result in any material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Policy on Dividend Distributions

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of approximately RMB6,125 million (RMB0.075747 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared, of which RMB5,699 million and RMB426 million were paid on June 16, 2008 and February 25, 2009, respectively. This dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007. Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 26, 2009, a final dividend of RMB6,067 million (RMB0.074963 equivalent to HK$0.085 per share) (inclusive of applicable tax) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2008 was declared and is expected to be paid on or around June 30, 2009. The dividend was not provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

The declaration and payment of dividends for years following 2008 will depend upon our financial results, our shareholders’ interests, general business conditions and strategies, our capital requirements, contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, if any, possible effects on our credit worthiness and other factors our directors may deem relevant. Our Board of Directors will declare dividends, if any, in Renminbi with respect to our H shares on a per share basis and will pay such dividends in Hong Kong dollars. Any final dividend for a fiscal year will be subject to shareholders’ approval. Under the PRC Company Law and our Articles of Association, all of our shareholders have equal rights to dividends and distributions. The holders of our H shares will share proportionately on a per share basis in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Company.

The Bank of New York, as depositary, will convert the Hong Kong dollar dividend payment and distribute it to holders of ADSs in U.S. dollars, less related fees and expenses and any withholding tax.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.

In connection with our initial public offering, our ADSs were listed and commenced trading on the NYSE on November 14, 2002 under the symbol “CHA”. Our H shares were listed and commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on November 15, 2002. Prior to these listings, there was no public market for our equity securities. The NYSE and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and H shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

76


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2008 and June 19, 2009, there were 13,877,410,000 H shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2008 and June 19, 2009, there were, respectively, 4 7 and 51 registered holders of American depositary receipts evidencing 5,892,626 and 6,692,676 ADSs. Since certain of the ADSs are held by nominees, the above number may not be representative of the actual number of U.S. beneficial holders of ADSs or the number of ADSs beneficially held by U.S. persons. The depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York.

The high and low closing sale prices of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of the ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated are as follows.

 

     Price per Share (HK$)    Price per ADS (US$)
     High    Low    High    Low

Annual

           

2002 (from listing date)

   1.49    1.37    18.80    17.27

2003

   3.20    1.34    40.81    17.00

2004

   3.45    2.25    44.54    28.25

2005

   3.23    2.50    40.91    32.47

2006

   4.26    2.35    54.40    29.62

2007

   7.22    3.35    97.00    42.49

2008

   7.00    2.00    90.85    26.17

Quarterly

           

First Quarter, 2007

   4.33    3.35    56.25    42.49

Second Quarter, 2007

   4.85    3.73    62.32    47.10

Third Quarter, 2007

   5.86    3.79    77.76    46.90

Fourth Quarter, 2007

   7.22    5.07    97.00    62.59

First Quarter, 2008

   7.00    4.55    90.85    60.33

Second Quarter, 2008

   5.67    4.21    72.35    53.89

Third Quarter, 2008

   4.46    2.87    57.88    35.75

Fourth Quarter, 2008

   3.29    2.00    43.85    26.17

First Quarter, 2009

   3.25    2.58    42.20    32.11

Monthly

           

December 2008

   3.13    2.76    40.60    35.05

January 2009

   3.19    2.58    41.43    32.79

February 2009

   2.94    2.65    38.86    33.48

March 2009

   3.25    2.58    42.20    32.11

April 2009

   3.85    3.23    49.37    42.56

May 2009

   3.96    3.44    52.35    43.70

June 2009 (through June 19)

   3.84    3.55    50.49    45.13

 

Item 10. Additional Information.

 

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following is a summary of certain provisions of our articles of association, as amended. Such summary does not purport to be complete. For further information, you and your advisors should refer to the text of our articles of association, as amended, and to the texts of applicable laws and regulations. A copy of our articles of association was filed as an exhibit to this annual report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Holders of our domestic shares and H shares are deemed to be shareholders of different classes for various matters, which affect their respective interests. For instance, if we propose an increase in domestic shares, holders of H shares would be entitled to vote on that proposal as a separate class. See “—Voting Rights and Shareholders’ Meetings” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

77


Table of Contents

Objects and Purposes

We are a joint stock limited company established in accordance with the PRC Company Law, the State Council’s Special Regulations Regarding the Issue of Shares Overseas and the Listing of Shares Overseas by Companies Limited by Shares and other relevant laws and regulations of the State. We registered with the PRC State Administration for Industry and Commerce with business license number 1000001003712. Article 13 of our articles of association provides that our scope of business includes, among other things, operation of basic and value-added telecommunications business.

Directors

Our articles of association provide that each of our directors is obligated to each shareholder to act honestly in our company’s best interests; not to exploit corporate assets for personal gains; and not to expropriate the rights of our shareholders.

Where a director is materially interested, directly or indirectly, in a contract, transaction or arrangement (including any proposed contract, transaction or arrangement) with us, he or she shall declare the nature and extent of his or her interests to the board of directors at the earliest opportunity, whether or not such contract, transaction or arrangement is otherwise subject to the approval of the board of directors. A director shall not vote, and shall not be counted in the quorum of the meeting, on any resolution concerning any contract, transaction or arrangement where the director owns material rights or interests therein. A director is deemed to be interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement in which his associate (as defined in the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange) is interested.

Unless the interested director discloses his interests to the board and the contract, transaction or arrangement in which the director is materially interested is approved by the board of directors at a meeting in which the director neither votes nor is counted in the quorum, such contract, transaction or arrangement may be revoked by us except with respect to a bona fide party thereto who does not have notice of the breach of duty by the interested director.

Further, we may not make loans or provide guarantees to directors or any of their associates, except where such loan or guarantee is made or provided under a service contract as approved by shareholders at the shareholders’ general meeting and to meet expenditure requirement incurred or for the purpose of enabling the director to perform his or her duties properly or made in the ordinary course of business.

All decisions relating to the compensation of directors are made at shareholders’ meetings.

There are no provisions under our articles of association which relate to:

 

   

the retirement or non-retirement of directors under any age limit requirement;

 

   

directors’ borrowing power; or

 

   

number of shares required for director’s qualification.

Dividends

Our Board of Directors may propose dividend distributions at any time. Our Board of Directors may declare interim and special dividends under general authorization by a shareholders’ ordinary resolution. A distribution of final dividends for any fiscal year is subject to shareholders’ approval. Dividends may be distributed in the form of cash or shares. A distribution of shares, however, must be approved by special resolution of the shareholders.

We may only distribute dividends from our retained earnings as determined in accordance with the accounting principles of the PRC or IFRS, whichever is lower, after allowance has been made for:

 

   

recovery of losses, if any;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

allocations to the statutory common reserve fund of 10% of our net income, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting rules; and

 

   

allocations to a discretionary common reserve fund if approved by the shareholders.

Our Articles of Association require us to appoint on behalf of the holders of H shares a receiving agent that is registered as a trust corporation under the Trustee Ordinance of Hong Kong to receive dividends declared by us in respect of the H shares on behalf of such shareholders. Our Articles of Association require that cash dividends in respect of H shares be declared in Renminbi and paid by us in Hong Kong dollars. The Bank of New York, as the ADS depositary, will convert these proceeds into U.S. dollars and will remit the converted proceeds to holders of our ADSs after deduction of related fees and expenses and any withholding tax.

Dividends payments may be subject to the PRC withholding tax. See “—E. Taxation—People’s Republic of China—Taxation of Dividends” included elsewhere under this Item.

Voting Rights and Shareholders’ Meetings

Our board of directors will convene a shareholders’ annual general meeting once every year and within six months from the end of the preceding fiscal year. Our board of directors must convene an extraordinary general meeting within two months of the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

   

where the number of directors is less than the number stipulated in the PRC Company Law or two-thirds of the number specified in our articles of association;

 

   

where our unrecovered losses reach one-third of the total amount of our share capital;

 

   

where shareholder(s) holding 10% or more of our issued and outstanding voting shares so request(s) in writing;

 

   

whenever our board of directors deems necessary or our supervisory board so requests; or

 

   

whenever two or more of our independent directors so request.

Resolutions proposed by shareholder(s) holding 5% or more of the total voting shares shall be included in the agenda for the relevant annual general meeting if they are within the functions and powers of shareholders in general meetings.

All shareholders’ meetings must be convened by our Board of Directors by written notice given to shareholders not less than 45 days before the meeting. We may convene a shareholders’ general meeting where the number of voting shares represented by those shareholders from whom we have received 20 days before the meeting notices of intention to attend the meeting reaches one half or more of our voting shares; or, if that number is not reached, we shall within five days notify the shareholders again of the matters proposed to be considered at the meeting, the date and the place of the meeting by way of public announcement. After such public announcement, we may hold the shareholders’ general meeting. The accidental omission by us to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, a shareholder will not invalidate the proceedings at that shareholders’ meeting.

Shareholders at meetings have the power, among other matters, to approve or reject our profit distribution plans, annual budget, financial statements, increases or decreases in share capital, issuances of debentures, mergers, liquidation and any amendment to our articles of association. In addition, the rights of a class of shareholders may not be modified or abrogated, unless approved by a special resolution of shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting and by a special resolution of shareholders of that class of shares at a separate meeting. Our Articles of Association enumerate various amendments which would be deemed to be a modification or abrogation of the rights of a class of shareholders, including, among others, increasing or decreasing the number of shares of a class disproportionate to increases or decreases of other classes of shares, removing or reducing rights to receive dividends in a particular currency or creating shares with voting or equity rights superior to those of shares of that class. There are no restrictions under PRC law or our articles of association on the ability of investors that are not PRC residents to hold H shares and exercise voting rights.

 

79


Table of Contents

Each share is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted for vote at all shareholders’ meetings, except for meetings of a special class of shareholders where only holders of shares of the affected class are entitled to vote on the basis of one vote per share of the affected class.

Shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at meetings either in person or by proxy. Proxies must be in writing and deposited at our legal address or such other place as is specified in the meeting notice, not less than 24 hours before the time for holding the meeting at which the proxy proposes to vote or the time appointed for the passing of the relevant resolution(s). When the instrument appointing a proxy is executed by the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact, such proxy when deposited must be accompanies by a notary certified copy of the relevant power of attorney or other authority under which the proxy was executed.

Resolutions on any of the following matters must be approved by more than two-thirds of the voting rights held by shareholders who are present in person or by proxy:

 

   

an increase or decrease in our share capital or the issuance of shares, warrants and other similar securities;

 

   

issuance of debentures;

 

   

our division, merger, dissolution or liquidation (shareholders who object to a proposed merger are entitled to demand that either we or the shareholders who approved the merger purchase their shares at a fair price);

 

   

amendments to our Articles of Association;

 

   

amendment of shareholders’ rights of any class of shares; and

 

   

any other matters determined by a majority of shareholders at a general meeting to have a material impact on us and should be approved by two-thirds of the voting rights.

All other actions taken by the shareholders will be approved by a majority of the voting rights held by shareholders.

Any shareholder resolution that is in violation of any PRC laws or regulations or the articles of association will be null and void.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, the H shares will rank pari passu with the domestic shares, and any of our assets remaining after payment (in order of priority) of (a) the costs of liquidation (b) wages and social insurance fees payable to or for our employees (c) outstanding taxes and (d) bank loans, and company bonds and other debts, will be divided among our shareholders in accordance with the class of shares and their proportional shareholdings.

Increases in Share Capital

Under our Articles of Association, issuance of new securities, including ordinary shares, securities convertible into ordinary shares, options, warrants or similar rights to subscribe for any ordinary shares or convertible securities, must be approved by two-thirds of all shareholders and two-thirds of each of the class of domestic shares and the H shares, respectively. No such approval is required if, but only to the extent that we issue domestic shares and H shares, either separately or concurrently, in numbers not exceeding 20% of the number of domestic shares and H shares then outstanding, respectively, in any 12-month period, as already approved by two-thirds of all shareholders. New issues of shares must also be approved by relevant PRC authorities.

Shareholders are not liable to make any further contribution to the share capital other than according to the terms that were agreed upon by the subscriber of the relevant shares at the time of subscription.

 

80


Table of Contents

Shareholders do not have preemptive rights with respect to new issues of shares of the Company.

Decrease in Share Capital and Repurchase

We may reduce our registered share capital only upon obtaining the approval of at least two-thirds of our shareholders and, in certain circumstances, of relevant PRC authorities. The number of H shares that may be repurchased is subject to the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases.

Ownership Threshold

There are no provisions under our articles of association which relate to ownership thresholds above which shareholder ownership is required to be disclosed.

Restrictions on Large or Controlling Shareholders

Our Articles of Association define a controlling shareholder as any person who acting alone or in concert with others:

 

   

is in a position to elect more than one-half of the board of directors;

 

   

has the power to exercise, or to control the exercise of, 30% or more of our voting rights;

 

   

holds 30% or more of our issued and outstanding shares; or

 

   

has de facto control of us in any other way.

As of the date of this annual report, China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned company, is our only controlling shareholder.

Our Articles of Association provide that, in addition to any obligation imposed by laws and administrative regulations or required by the Listing Rules, a controlling shareholder shall not exercise its voting rights in a manner prejudicial to the interests of all or some shareholders:

 

   

to relieve a director or supervisor from his or her duty to act honestly in our best interests;

 

   

to approve the appropriation by a director or supervisor (for his or her own benefit or for the benefit of any other person) of our assets in any way, including, without limitation, opportunities which may benefit us; or

 

   

to approve the appropriation by a director or supervisor (for his or her own benefit or for the benefit of any other person) of the individual rights of any other shareholders, including, without limitation, rights to distributions and voting rights (except in accordance with a restructuring of our company which has been submitted for approval by the shareholders at a general meeting in accordance with our articles of association).

If a controlling shareholder exercises its voting rights in violation of the provisions set forth above, a shareholder can sue such controlling shareholder and enforce its rights through arbitration in the PRC or Hong Kong.

Sources of Shareholders’ Rights

Currently, the primary sources of shareholders’ rights are our Articles of Association, the PRC Company Law and the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange that, among other things, impose certain standards of conduct, fairness and disclosure on us, our directors and our controlling shareholder. Our articles of association have incorporated the provisions set forth in the Mandatory Provisions for the Articles of Association of Companies Listed Overseas, or the Mandatory Provisions, adopted in 1994, pursuant to the requirement of the China Securities Regulatory Commission. Any amendment to those provisions will only become effective after

 

81


Table of Contents

approval by the relevant governmental department authorized by the State Council and the China Securities Regulatory Commission. The Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange require a number of additional provisions to the Mandatory Provisions to be included in our articles of association.

The listing agreement between us and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange provides that we may not amend certain provisions of our articles of association that have been mandated by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. These provisions relate to:

 

   

varying the rights of existing classes of shares;

 

   

voting rights;

 

   

our power to purchase our own shares;

 

   

rights of minority shareholders; and

 

   

liquidation procedures.

In addition, for so long as our H shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, we will be subject to the relevant ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, including, among other things, the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Securities & Futures Ordinance and the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases.

Unless otherwise specified, all rights, obligations and protection discussed below are derived from our articles of association and the PRC Company Law.

Enforceability of Shareholders’ Rights

Enforceability of our shareholders’ rights may be limited. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China—The PRC legal system has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to you”.

Restrictions on Transferability and the Share Register

Under our Articles of Association, in order for any PRC shareholder to sell its domestic shares to persons outside the PRC who will receive H shares upon the sale, such sales must be approved by two-thirds of our domestic shareholders and H shareholders at duly convened meetings of domestic shareholders and H shareholders held separately and at a duly convened joint meeting of domestic shareholders and H shareholders. Such sales are also subject to approval by the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the China Securities Regulatory Commission and other relevant governmental authorities.

We are required to keep a register of our shareholders which shall be comprised of various parts, including one part which is to be maintained in Hong Kong in relation to holders of H shares. Shareholders have the right to inspect and, for a reasonable charge, to copy the share register. No transfers of ordinary shares shall be recorded in our share register within 30 days prior to the date of a shareholders’ general meeting or within five days prior to the record date established for the purpose of distributing a dividend.

We have appointed Hong Kong Registrars Limited to act as the registrar of our H shares. This registrar maintains our register of holders of H shares at our offices in Hong Kong and enters transfers of H shares in such register upon the presentation of the documents described above.

 

82


Table of Contents
C. Material Contracts

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for certain arrangements we have entered into with China Telecom Group and/or other entities.

 

D. Exchange Controls

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. Under the existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the PRC government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions if foreign currencies become scarce in the PRC. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs, if the PRC government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities and principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities or foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to remit dividends or to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs imposed by Hong Kong law or by our Articles of Association or other constituent documents.

 

E. Taxation

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of H shares or ADSs is subject to the PRC laws and practices and of jurisdictions in which holders of H shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice.

The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the H shares or ADSs. In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-U.S. federal laws. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the H shares and ADSs.

The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change.

People’s Republic of China

The following is a summary of certain PRC tax provisions relating to the ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs held by the investors as capital assets. This summary does not purport to address all material tax consequences of the ownership of H shares, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors. This summary is based on the PRC tax laws as in effect on the date of this annual report, as well as on the Agreement between the United States of America and the PRC for the Avoidance of Double Taxation, or the PRC-US Treaty, all of which are subject to change (or changes in interpretation), possibly with retroactive effect.

 

83


Table of Contents

This discussion does not address any aspects of PRC taxation other than income taxation, capital taxation, stamp taxation and estate taxation. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding Chinese, Hong Kong and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares.

Taxation of Dividends

Individual Investors. According to the PRC Provisional Regulations Concerning Questions of Taxation on Enterprises Experimenting with the Share System, or the Provisional Regulations, and the PRC Individual Income Tax Law, as amended on December 29, 2007, and its Implementing Regulations, as amended on February 18, 2008, dividends paid by PRC companies are ordinarily subject to a PRC withholding tax levied at a flat rate of 20%. For a foreign individual who is not a PRC resident, the receipt of dividends from a PRC company is normally subject to a withholding tax of 20% unless reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC, or the SAT, the PRC central government tax authority which succeeded the State Tax Bureau, issued, on July 21, 1993, a Notice of the PRC State Administration of Taxation Concerning the Taxation of Gains on Transfer and Dividends from Shares (Equities) Received by Foreign Investment Enterprises, Foreign Enterprises and Foreign Individuals, or the Tax Notice, which states that dividends paid by a PRC company to individuals with respect to shares listed on an overseas stock exchange, or Overseas Shares, such as H shares, are not subject to PRC withholding tax. The relevant tax authority has not collected withholding tax on dividend payments on Overseas Shares, including H shares and ADSs.

Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law, foreign individuals are subject to withholding tax on dividends paid by a PRC company at a rate of 20% unless specifically exempted by the tax authority of the State Council. However, in a letter dated July 26, 1994 to the former State Commission for Restructuring the Economic System, the former State Council Securities Commission and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the SAT reiterated the temporary tax exemption stated in the Tax Notice for dividends received from a PRC company listed overseas. In the event that this letter is withdrawn, a 20% tax may be withheld on dividends in accordance with the Provisional Regulations, the Amendments and the Individual Income Tax Law. Such withholding tax may be reduced under an applicable double-taxation treaty. To date, the relevant tax authorities have not collected withholding tax from dividend payments on such shares exempted under the Tax Notice.

Enterprises. According to the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations which took effect on January 1, 2008, dividends paid by a PRC company to a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise”, which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction and has no establishment or residence in the PRC or whose dividends from the PRC do not relate to its establishment or residence in the PRC, are subject to a 10% tax, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. Dividends paid by a PRC company to a resident enterprise, including an enterprise which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are not subject to any PRC income tax.

Tax Treaties. Investors who do not reside in the PRC and reside in countries that have entered into double-taxation treaties with the PRC may be entitled to a reduction of the withholding tax imposed on the payment of dividends to investors of our Company who do not reside in the PRC. The PRC currently has double-taxation treaties with a number of other countries, which include:

 

   

Australia;

 

   

Canada;

 

   

France;

 

   

Germany;

 

   

Japan;

 

   

Malaysia;

 

84


Table of Contents
   

the Netherlands;

 

   

Singapore;

 

   

the United Kingdom; and

 

   

the United States.

Under the PRC-US Treaty, the PRC may tax a dividend paid by us to an Eligible U.S. Holder up to a maximum of 10% of the gross amount of such dividend. It is arguable that under the PRC-US Treaty, the PRC may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in the Company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the PRC authorities may take a different position. For the purposes of this discussion, an “Eligible U.S. Holder” is a U.S. holder that (i) is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the PRC-US Treaty, (ii) does not maintain a permanent establishment or fixed base in the PRC to which H shares are attributable and through which the beneficial owner carries on or has carried on business (or, in the case of an individual, performs or has performed independent personal services) and (iii) is not otherwise ineligible for benefits under the PRC-US Treaty with respect to income and gains derived in connection with the H shares.

Taxation of Capital Gains

With respect to individual holders of H shares, the Provisions for Implementation of the PRC Individual Income Tax Law, as amended on February 18, 2008, stipulated that gains realized on the sale of equity shares would be subject to income tax at a rate of 20% on the gains, and empowered the Ministry of Finance to draft detailed tax rules on the mechanism for collecting such tax, as per the official publication “China Securities News” of April 13, 1994. However, no income tax on gains realized on the sale of equity shares has been collected. Gains on the sale of shares by individuals were temporarily exempted from individual income tax pursuant to notices issued by the SAT dated June 20, 1994, February 9, 1996 and March 30, 1998. In the event this temporary exemption is withdrawn or ceases to be effective, individual holders of H shares may be subject to capital gains tax at the rate of 20% unless such tax is reduced or eliminated by an applicable double-taxation treaty. If tax on capital gains from the sale of H shares become applicable, it is arguable that under the PRC-US Treaty, the PRC may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in our Company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the PRC authorities may take a different position.

The Tax Notice provides that gains realized by enterprises that are holders of Overseas Shares would, temporarily, not be subject to capital gains taxes. On November 18, 2000, the State Council issued a notice entitled “State Council Notice on the Income Tax Reduction for Interest and Other Income that Foreign Enterprises Derive in the PRC,” or the Tax Reduction Notice. Under the Tax Reduction Notice, beginning January 1, 2000, enterprise income tax at a reduced 10% rate will apply to interest, rental, license fees and other income obtained in the PRC by foreign enterprises without agencies or establishment in the PRC, or by foreign enterprises without any substantive relationship with their agency or establishment in the PRC. Therefore, if the exemption under the Tax Notice does not apply, and the Tax Reduction Notice is found not to apply, a foreign enterprise shareholder may be subject to a 20% tax on capital gains obtained prior to January 1, 2008, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. However, under the New Tax Law and the Implementing Regulations which took effect on January 1, 2008, capital gains realized by a foreign enterprise which is a “non-resident enterprise” upon the sale of the overseas-listed shares of a PRC company are subject to a 10% tax after January 1, 2008, unless reduced by an applicable double-taxation treaty. Capital gains realized by a resident enterprise, including an enterprise which is established under the law of a non-PRC jurisdiction but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC, are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax. Given the above provisions under the New Tax Law, the effectiveness of the tax exemption granted by the Tax Notice to holders of Overseas Shares becomes uncertain.

Additional PRC Tax Considerations

PRC Stamp Duty . PRC stamp duty imposed on the transfer of shares of PRC publicly traded companies under the Provisional Regulations should not apply to the acquisition and disposal by non-PRC investors of H shares or ADSs outside of the PRC by virtue

 

85


Table of Contents

of the PRC Provisional Regulations Concerning Stamp Duty, which became effective on October 1, 1988 and which provide that PRC stamp duty is imposed only on documents executed or received within the PRC that are legally binding in the PRC and are protected under PRC law.

Estate Tax . No liability for estate tax under PRC law will arise from non-PRC nationals holding H shares.

Hong Kong

Tax of Dividends

Under the current practice of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us.

Profits

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property, such as an H share. Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax, which is currently imposed at the rate of 16.5% on corporations and 15% on unincorporated business. Gains from sales of H shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of H shares realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong. There is no tax treaty in effect between the United States and Hong Kong, and the PRC-US Treaty does not apply to Hong Kong.

There will be no liability for Hong Kong profits tax in respect of profits from the sale of ADSs, where purchases and sales of ADSs are effected outside Hong Kong, e.g., on the NYSE.

Stamp Duty

Hong Kong stamp duty will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of H shares registered on the Hong Kong branch register. The duty is charged at the ad valorem rate of 0.1% of the consideration for, or (if greater) the value of, the H shares transferred on each of the seller and the purchaser. In other words, a total 0.2% is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction of H shares. In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares.

If one of the parties to the sale is a non-resident of Hong Kong and does not pay the required stamp duty, the duty not paid will be assessed on the instrument of transfer (if any), and the transferee will be liable for payment of such duty.

The withdrawal of H shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of H shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the H shares under Hong Kong law. The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of H shares issued directly to the Depositary, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of the Depositary, will not be subject to any stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

Estate Duty

The Revenue (Abolition of Estate Duty) Ordinance 2005 came into effect on February 11, 2006. There is no estate duty that is chargeable in respect of deaths occurring on or after that date. The estate duty chargeable in respect of estates of persons who died on or after July 15, 2005 and before February 11, 2006 with aggregate value exceeding HK$7.5 million was reduced to a nominal amount of HK$100.

 

86


Table of Contents

United States

United States Federal Income Taxation

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs. It applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder, as described below, and you hold your H shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

   

a bank;

 

   

a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

   

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

 

   

a tax-exempt organization;

 

   

an insurance company;

 

   

a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

   

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

   

a person that holds H shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction; or

 

   

a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of H shares or ADSs and you are:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a domestic corporation;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds the H shares or ADSs, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. If you hold the H shares or ADSs as a partner in a partnership you should consult your tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in the H shares or ADSs.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

 

87


Table of Contents

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of H shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of H shares for ADRs, and ADRs for H shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, you must include in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum rate of 15% provided that you hold H shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to H shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income. You must include any PRC tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. You must include the dividend in income when you, in the case of H shares, or the depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. Subject to certain limitations, the PRC tax withheld and paid over to the PRC will be creditable against your United States federal income tax liability. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available under PRC law, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be creditable against your United States federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.

The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the Hong Kong dollar/U.S. dollar spot rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the H shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on your circumstances, will be either passive income or general income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your H shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your H shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder that is recognized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

Hong Kong Stamp Duty

Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

PFIC Rules . We believe that H shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If we were to be

 

88


Table of Contents

treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the H shares or ADSs, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of your H shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, if you are a U.S. holder, you would be treated as if you had realized such gain and certain “excess distributions” ratably over your holding period for the H shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, your H shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your H shares or ADSs. Dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents.

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts.

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC, at its public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Our primary market risk exposures are fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies fluctuates and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s and international political and economic conditions. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China, which are set daily based on the previous business day’s inter-bank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates on the world financial markets. From 1994 to July 20, 2005, the official exchange rate for the conversion of Renminbi to U.S. dollars was generally stable. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government introduced a managed floating exchange rate system to allow the value of the Renminbi to fluctuate within a regulated band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of currencies. On the same day, the value of the Renminbi appreciated by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. The PRC government has since made and in the future may make further adjustments to the exchange rate system. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into United States dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends. We cannot give any assurance that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the United States dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information—D.

 

89


Table of Contents

Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China—Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our financial condition” and “—Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations”.

The following tables provide information regarding our financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For debt obligations, the tables present principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.

As of December 31, 2008:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

                 

United States dollars

   1,568      —        —        —        —        —        1,568    1,568

Japanese yen

   1      —        —        —        —        —        1    1

Euro

   2      —        —        —        —        —        2    2

Hong Kong dollars

   36      —        —        —        —        —        36    36

Other currencies

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —      —  

Time deposits

                 

United States dollars

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —      —  

Japanese yen

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —      —  

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   291      546      97      97      97      713      1,841    1,793

Average interest rate

   2.5   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.6   2.6     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   22      74      41      40      40      471      688    605

Average interest rate

   2.3   2.3   2.3   2.2   1.3   1.2     

Variable rate

   33      73      8      8      8      59      189    166

Average interest rate (1)

   1.1   1.1   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   37      40      39      33      45      392      586    494

Average interest rate

   1.9   1.9   1.9   1.8   1.3   1.3     

Variable rate

   1      1      1      7      7      83      100    84

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   1.0   1.0     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   5      5      5      5      5      18      43    40

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5   2.8   2.9   3.0   3.0   3.0     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2008.

As of December 31, 2007:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2008    2009    2010    2011    2012    Thereafter    Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

                       

United States dollars

   1,206    —      —      —      —      —      1,206    1,206

Japanese yen

   1    —      —      —      —      —      1    1

Euro

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Hong Kong dollars

   150    —      —      —      —      —      150    150

 

90


Table of Contents
     Expected Maturity
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total    Fair
Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Other currencies

   —        —        —        —        —        —        —      —  

Time deposits

                 

United States dollars

   69      —        —        —        —        —        69    69

Japanese yen

   2      —        —        —        —        —        2    2

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   466      194      346      88      88      714      1,896    1,835

Average interest rate

   1.2   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.6     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   55      107      47      43      41      489      782    759

Average interest rate

   3.0   2.3   2.3   2.3   2.2   1.2     

Variable rate

   22      58      58      9      9      74      230    220

Average interest rate (1)

   4.4   1.1   1.1   2.0   2.0   2.0     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45      39      40      40      40      436      640    549

Average interest rate

   2.1   1.9   1.9   1.9   1.8   1.3     

Variable rate

   3      3      3      3      11      176      199    158

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   1.0     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8      8      7      7      7      34      71    67

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5   2.5   2.8   2.9   3.0   3.0     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2007.

Interest Rate Risk

The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in the PRC to establish the official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans. Financial institutions in the PRC set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China. Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors.

We are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our short-term and long-term debts. Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to outstanding floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, our debt consisted of fixed and variable rate debt obligations with maturities from 2008 to 2040 and from 2009 to 2060, respectively.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following tables present cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates of our interest rate sensitive financial instruments as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively:

As of December 31, 2008:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total    Fair Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Renminbi

                 

Fixed rate

   83,418      846      10,200      —        9,879      2      104,345    103,939

Average interest rate

   5.1   6.6   5.4   —        4.2   5.2     

Variable rate

   206      91      —        —        —        15,150      15,447    15,143

Average interest rate (1)

   6.1   6.3   —        —        —        5.2     

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   291      546      97      97      97      713      1,841    1,793

Average interest rate

   2.5   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.6   2.6     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   22      74      41      40      40      471      688    605

Average interest rate

   2.3   2.3   2.3   2.2   1.3   1.2     

Variable rate

   33      73      8      8      8      59      189    166

Average interest rate (1)

   1.1   1.1   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   37      40      39      33      45      392      586    494

Average interest rate

   1.9   1.9   1.9   1.8   1.3   1.3     

Variable rate

   1      1      1      7      7      83      100    84

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   1.0   1.0     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   5      5      5      5      5      18      43    40

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5   2.8   2.9   3.0   3.0   3.0     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2008.

As of December 31, 2007:

 

     Expected Maturity
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total    Fair Value
     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                 

Debts in Renminbi

                 

Fixed rate

   70,849      221      382      —        —        7      71,459    71,440

Average interest rate

   4.4   6.0   6.1   —        —        —          

Variable rate

   130      69      100      —        —        30,150      30,449    27,776

Average interest rate (1)

   6.7   6.1   6.4   —        —        5.2     

Debts in Japanese yen

                 

Fixed rate

   466      194      346      88      88      714      1,896    1,835

Average interest rate

   1.2   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.8   2.6     

Debts in United States dollars

                 

Fixed rate

   55      107      47      43      41      489      782    759

Average interest rate

   3.0   2.3   2.3   2.3   2.2   1.2     

Variable rate

   22      58      58      9      9      74      230    220

Average interest rate (1)

   4.4   1.1   1.1   2.0   2.0   2.0     

Debts in Euro

                 

Fixed rate

   45      39      40      40      40      436      640    549

Average interest rate

   2.1   1.9   1.9   1.9   1.8   1.3     

Variable rate

   3      3      3      3      11      176      199    158

Average interest rate (1)

   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   2.0   1.0     

Debts in other currencies

                 

Variable rate

   8      8      7      7      7      34      71    67

Average interest rate (1)

   2.5   2.5   2.8   2.9   3.0   3.0     

 

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2007.

 

92


Table of Contents
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

Not applicable.

 

93


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

None.

Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were designed, and were effective, to give reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and were also effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

As of December 31, 2008, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by KPMG, Hong Kong, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of China Telecom Corporation Limited:

We have audited China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

94


Table of Contents

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG

Hong Kong, China

March 24, 2009

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the financial year ended December 31, 2008, there was no change to our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

Our Audit Committee currently consists of four members, Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, Mr. Wu Jichuan, Mr. Qin Xiao and Mr. Xu Erming. They are all independent non-executive directors. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—Audit Committee”. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Tse Hau Yin, Aloysius, our independent non-executive director, is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

 

95


Table of Contents
Item 16B. Code of Ethics.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other senior officers of our Company. We have filed this code of ethics as an exhibit to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and we hereby incorporate that exhibit into this annual report. The text of this code of ethics is also posted on our Internet website at http://www.chinatelecom-h.com/eng/corpinfo/pdf/gaoguan.pdf . Copies of this code of ethics may also be obtained at no charge by writing to our investor relations department at 38/F, Dah Sing Financial Center, 108 Gloucester Road, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees of our principal accountants and all other fees billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees for each of the fiscal years 2007 and 2008:

 

     Audit Fees    Audit-Related Fees    Tax Fees    Other Fees

2007

   RMB58 million    RMB0.9 million    —      —  

2008

   RMB80 million    RMB0.9 million    RMB0.06 million    RMB45.75 million

Before our principal accountants were engaged by our Company or our subsidiaries to render audit or non-audit services, the engagements were approved by our audit committee.

Audit-related fees in the amount of RMB0.9 million were paid for the advisory services provided to us regarding our internal control.

Tax fees in the amount of RMB0.06 million were paid for profit tax filing assistance service.

Other fees in the amount of RMB45.75 million were paid for due diligence services that our principal accountants provided to us in connection with the acquisition of the CDMA Business in 2008.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

None.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G. Corporate Governance.

Our Company was incorporated under the PRC laws on September 10, 2002 as a joint stock company with limited liability. Our H shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Our ADSs are listed on the NYSE. As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all the corporate governance rules of Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE. However, we are required to disclose the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. domestic companies under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE, the board of directors of all U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE must have a majority of independent directors. Under currently applicable PRC and Hong Kong laws and regulations, our Board of Directors is not required to have a majority of independent directors. Under the Listing Rules, at least one

 

96


Table of Contents

third of the board of directors of a listed company shall be independent directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of 14 directors, of which five are independent directors, making the number of independent directors exceeding one third of the total number of directors on our Board of Directors. These independent directors satisfy the requirements on “independence” under the Listing Rules, however, the requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange differs from the requirements of Section 303A.02 of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Listed Company Manual of the NYSE, U.S. domestic companies whose securities are listed on the NYSE shall formulate corporate governance rules. Pursuant to the currently applicable PRC and Hong Kong laws and regulations, we are not required to formulate any rules for corporate governance. Therefore, our Company has not formulated any separate corporate governance rules. However, our Company has implemented the Code on Corporate Governance Practices of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Item 17. Financial Statements.

We have elected to provide the financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements.

See Index to Financial Statements for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

97


Table of Contents
Item 19. Exhibits.

 

  (a) See Item 18 for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

  (b) Exhibits to this annual report:

 

Exhibits

 

Description

  1.1   Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
  2.1   Form of H Share Certificate. (1)
  2.2   Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
  2.3   We agree to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of our long-term debt.
  4.1   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.2   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.3   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.4   Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
  4.5   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
  4.6   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
  4.7   Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
  4.8   Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
  4.9   Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (9)
  4.10   Underwriting Agreement, dated September 20, 2005, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
  4.11   Supplemental Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (10)
  4.12   Underwriting Agreement, dated April 10, 2006, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
  4.13   Property Leasing Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.14   IT Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.15   Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)

 

98


Table of Contents

Exhibits

 

Description

  4.16   Engineering Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.17   Community Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.18   Ancillary Telecommunications Service Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.19   Strategic Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English summary). (11)
  4.20   Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement, dated June 15, 2007, between the Registrant and the China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English Summary). (11)
  4.21   Master Agreement for sales and purchase of equity interests in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, China Telecom System Group Integration Co., Ltd. and China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.22   Stock Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.23   Share Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.24   Share Transfer Agreement in respect of transfer of shareholdings in China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited, dated June 15, 2007, among China Telecommunications Corporation, China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Economy Development Center and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.25   Agreement on the Transfer of the Entire Equity Interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Translation). (12)
  4.26   Form Merger Agreement, dated January 10, 2008, between the Registrant and each of certain subsidiaries wholly owned by the Registrant (English Translation). (12)
  4.27   Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 26, 2007, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary). (12)
  4.28   Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary). (12)
  4.29   Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated June 2, 2008, among the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English Summary). (12)
  4.30   Supplemental Agreement to the Interconnection Settlement Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.31   Supplemental Agreement to the IT Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.32   Supplemental Agreement to the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.33   Supplemental Agreement to the Engineering Framework Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.34   Supplemental Agreement to the Community Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).

 

99


Table of Contents

Exhibits

 

Description

  4.35   Supplemental Agreement to the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.36   CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation).
  4.37   Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English summary).
  4.38   Merger Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation (English translation).
  4.39   Supplemental Agreement to the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement, dated July 10, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.40   Underwriting Agreement regarding Medium Term Notes of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008, dated April 15, 2008, among the Registrant, Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited and CITIC Securities Company Limited (English summary), and its Supplemental Agreement, dated December 15, 2008 (English summary).
  4.41   Underwriting Agreement regarding the First Tranche of Short-Term Commercial Paper of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008, dated July 7, 2008, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. and China Development Bank (English summary).
  8.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
11.1   Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

 

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(9) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(10) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(11) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(12) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

100


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:   Wang Xiaochu
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 24 , 2009


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Pages

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008

   F-3

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-4

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-6

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

   F-8

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

China Telecom Corporation Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 24, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG
Hong Kong, China
March 24, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in millions)

 

          December 31,
     Note    2007    2008
         

RMB

(restated)

   RMB

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   3    21,427    27,866

Time deposits with original maturity over three months

      222    397

Accounts receivable, net

   4    16,979    17,289

Inventories

   5    2,665    2,561

Prepayments and other current assets

   6    2,817    7,386
            

Total current assets

      44,110    55,499

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment, net

   7    329,292    299,159

Construction in progress

   8    13,626    13,615

Lease prepayments

      5,451    5,608

Goodwill

   9    —      29,922

Intangible assets

   10    2,814    14,235

Interests in associates

   11    800    882

Investments

   12    274    177

Deferred tax assets

   13    9,281    14,628

Other assets

      7,683    6,612
            

Total non-current assets

      369,221    384,838
            

Total assets

      413,331    440,337
            

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

        

Current liabilities

        

Short-term debt

   14    67,767    83,448

Current portion of long-term debt

   14    3,811    565

Accounts payable

   15    29,013    34,458

Accrued expenses and other payables

   16    30,670    53,628

Income tax payable

      3,314    164

Current portion of finance lease obligations

      24    22

Current portion of deferred revenues

   17    5,646    4,505
            

Total current liabilities

      140,245    176,790

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term debt

   14    34,148    39,226

Finance lease obligations

      5    18

Deferred revenues

   17    9,840    6,939

Deferred tax liabilities

   13    3,121    2,816
            

Total non-current liabilities

      47,114    48,999
            

Total liabilities

      187,359    225,789

Equity

        

Share capital

   18    80,932    80,932

Reserves

   19    143,589    132,104
            

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

      224,521    213,036

Minority interests

      1,451    1,512
            

Total equity

      225,972    214,548
            

Total liabilities and equity

      413,331    440,337
            

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

          Year ended December 31,  
     Note    2006     2007     2008  
         

RMB

(restated)

   

RMB

(restated)

    RMB  

Operating revenues

   20    177,485      180,882      186,801   

Operating expenses

         

Depreciation and amortization

      (51,690   (52,607   (53,880

Network operations and support

      (29,487   (29,856   (36,096

Selling, general and administrative

      (22,710   (24,294   (27,935

Personnel expenses

   21    (26,390   (27,419   (28,946

Other operating expenses

   22    (8,208   (8,965   (10,632

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

   7    —        —        (24,167
                     

Total operating expenses

      (138,485   (143,141   (181,656
                     

Operating income

      39,000      37,741      5,145   

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   7    —        (2,755   —     

Net finance costs

   23    (4,472   (4,288   (5,076

Investment (loss)/income

      (25   83      5   

Equity in income of associates

      61      215      112   
                     

Earnings before income tax

      34,564      30,996      186   

Income tax

   24    (6,919   (6,704   793   
                     

Net income

      27,645      24,292      979   
                     

Attributable to

         

Equity holders of the Company

      27,562      24,195      884   

Minority interests

      83      97      95   
                     

Net income

      27,645      24,292      979   
                     

Basic earnings per share

   26    0.34      0.30      0.01   
                     

Weighted average number of shares

   26    80,932      80,932      80,932   
                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in millions)

 

     Attributable to equity holders of the Company              
     Note    Share
capital
   Capital
reserve
    Share
premium
   Re-valuation
reserve
    Statutory
reserves
    Other
reserves
    Exchange
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Minority
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB    RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2006, as previously reported

      80,932    (2,804 )   10,746    7,451     42,216     10,888     (170 )   35,475     184,734     1,444     186,178  

Adjustment for the Fourth Acquisition

   1    —      —       —      —       —       3,023     —       —       3,023     —       3,023  
                                                                   

Balance as of January 1, 2006, as restated

      80,932    (2,804 )   10,746    7,451     42,216     13,911     (170 )   35,475     187,757     1,444     189,201  

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                           

Effect of changes in tax rates

   13    —      —       —      —       —       5     —       —       5     —       5  

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB 22)

      —      —       —      —       —       44     —       —       44     —       44  

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

      —      —       —      —       —       —       (309 )   —       (309 )   —       (309 )
                                                                   
      —      —       —      —       —       49     (309 )   —       (260 )   —       (260 )

Net income, as restated

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       27,562     27,562     83     27,645  
                                                                   

Total recognized income and expenses

      —      —       —      —       —       49     (309 )   27,562     27,302     83     27,385  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

      —      —       —      —       —       33     —       (33 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

      —      —       —      (94 )   —       —       —       94     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —      —       —      —       —       (182 )   —       182     —       —       —    

Distributions to minority interests

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       —       —       (79 )   (79 )

Dividends

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       (6,283 )   (6,283 )   —       (6,283 )

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —      —       —      —       —       420     —       (420 )   —       —       —    

Appropriations

   19    —      —       —      —       7,602     —       —       (7,602 )   —       —       —    

Contribution from China Telecom

      —      —       —      —       —       573     —       —       573     —       573  
                                                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2006, as restated

      80,932    (2,804 )   10,746    7,357     49,818     14,804     (479 )   48,975     209,349     1,448     210,797  

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                           

Effect of changes in tax rates

   13    —      —       —      —       —       (1,577 )   —       —       (1,577 )   —       (1,577 )

Surplus on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

      —      —       —      4,809     —       —       —       —       4,809     —       4,809  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus

   13    —      —       —      —       —       (1,136 )   —       —       (1,136 )   —       (1,136 )

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB14)

      —      —       —      —       —       64     —       —       64     —       64  
                           

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

      —      —       —      —       —       —       (103 )   —       (103 )   —       (103 )
                                                                   
      —      —       —      4,809     —       (2,649 )   (103 )   —       2,057     —       2,057  

Net income, as restated

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       24,195     24,195     97     24,292  
                                                                   

Total recognized income and expenses

      —      —       —      4,809     —       (2,649 )   (103 )   24,195     26,252     97     26,349  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

      —      —       —      —       —       31     —       (31 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

      —      —       —      (194 )   —       —       —       194     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —      —       —      —       —       (169 )   —       169     —       —       —    
                           

Distribution to minority interests

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       —       —       (94 )   (94 )

Dividends

   25    —      —       —      —       —       —       —       (6,741 )   (6,741 )   —       (6,741 )

Appropriations

   19    —      —       —      —       5,388     —       —       (5,388 )   —       —       —    

Distribution to China Telecom

      —      —       —      —       —       (2,931 )   —       —       (2,931 )   —       (2,931 )

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —      —       —      —       —       649     —       (649 )   —       —       —    

Adjustment to statutory reserves

      —      —       —      —       (2,839 )   —       —       2,839     —       —       —    

Considerations for the acquisition of the Third Acquired Group

      —      —       —      —       —       (1,408 )   —       —       (1,408 )   —       (1,408 )
                                                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2007, as restated

      80,932    (2,804 )   10,746    11,972     52,367     8,327     (582 )   63,563     224,521     1,451     225,972  
                           

Gains and losses recognized directly in equity:

                           

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB23)

      —      —       —      —       —       (69 )   —       —       (69 )   —       (69 )
                           

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

      —      —       —      —       —       —       (83 )   —       (83 )   —       (83 )
                                                                   
      —      —       —      —       —       (69 )   (83 )   —       (152 )   —       (152 )

Net income

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       884     884     95     979  
                                                                   

Total recognized income and expenses

      —      —       —      —       —       (69 )   (83 )   884     732     95     827  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

      —      —       —      —       —       127     —       (127 )   —       —       —    

Revaluation surplus realized

      —      —       —      (562 )   —       —       —       562     —       —       —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —      —       —      —       —       (132 )   —       132     —       —       —    
                           

Distributions to minority interests

      —      —       —      —       —       —       —       —       —       (34 )   (34 )

Dividends

   25    —      —       —      —       —       —       —       (6,125 )   (6,125 )   —       (6,125 )

Appropriations

   19    —      —       —      —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Distribution to China Telecom

      —      —       —      —       —       (535 )   —       —       (535 )   —       (535 )

Adjustment to statutory reserves

      —      —       —      —       3,718     —       —       (3,718 )   —       —       —    

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —      —       —      —       —       425     —       (425 )   —       —       —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the Fourth Acquired Company

   1    —      —       —      —       —       (5,557 )   —       —       (5,557 )   —       (5,557 )
                                                                   

Balance as of December 31, 2008

      80,932    (2,804 )   10,746    11,410     56,085     2,586     (665 )   54,746     213,036     1,512     214,548  
                                                                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in millions)

 

         Year ended December 31,  
     Note   2006     2007     2008  
         RMB     RMB     RMB  
         (restated)     (restated)        

Net cash from operating activities

   (a)   75,042      75,783      76,756   
                    

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Capital expenditure

     (50,399   (46,847   (46,652

Purchase of investments

     —        (72   (92

Lease prepayments

     (300   (260   (120

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     453      362      620   

Proceeds from disposal of investments

     —        42      111   

Purchase of time deposits with maturity over three months

     (379   (222   (397

Maturity of time deposits with maturity over three months

     292      379      222   

Payment of purchase price for the acquisition of CDMA business, net of cash acquired

   9   —        —        (29,511
                    

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,333   (46,618   (75,819
                    

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Principal element of finance lease payments

     (108   (48   (24

Proceeds from bank debt and other loans

     95,226      84,990      109,235   

Proceeds from issuance of medium-term notes

     —        —        19,787   

Repayments of bank debt and other loans

     (110,233   (105,037   (96,650

Repayments of loan in connection with the First Acquisition

     —        —        (15,000

Payment of purchase price for the Third Acquisition

     —        (1,408   —     

Payment of purchase price for the Fourth acquisition

     —        —        (5,557

Payment of dividends

     (6,283   (6,273   (6,167

Distribution to China Telecom

     —        (2,931   —     

Contribution from China Telecom

     573      —        —     

Net cash distributions to minority interests

     (79   (40   (39
                    

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

     (20,904   (30,747   5,585   
                    

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,805      (1,582   6,522   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     19,606      23,113      21,427   

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rate

     (298   (104   (83
                    

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     23,113      21,427      27,866   
                    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Reconciliation of earnings before income tax to net cash from operating activities

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  
     (restated)     (restated)        

Earnings before income tax

   34,564      30,996      186   

Adjustments for:

      

Depreciation and amortization

   51,690      52,607      53,880   

Impairment losses on property, plant and equipment

   —        —        24,167   

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   —        2,755      —     

Impairment losses for bad and doubtful debts

   1,245      1,386      1,828   

Investment loss/(income)

   25      (83   (5

Equity in income of associates

   (61   (215   (112

Interest income

   (519   (380   (430

Interest expense

   5,092      4,772      5,336   

Unrealized foreign exchange (gains)/ loss

   (50   (104   170   

Loss on retirement and disposal of property, plant and equipment

   2,143      1,697      2,550   

Increase in accounts receivable

   (902   (1,965   (1,439

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

   (508   550      357   

Decrease/(increase) in prepayments and other current assets

   12      (205   (1,155

Decrease in other non-current assets

   1,516      1,486      1,309   

(Decrease)/increase in accounts payable

   (423   (3,010   3,745   

(Decrease)/increase in accrued expenses and other payables

   (869   2,803      3,000   

Decrease in deferred revenues

   (6,949   (5,279   (4,042
                  

Cash generated from operations

   86,006      87,811      89,345   

Interest received

   506      402      440   

Interest paid

   (5,830   (5,206   (5,055

Investment income received

   26      66      21   

Income tax paid

   (5,666   (7,290   (7,995
                  

Net cash from operating activities

   75,042      75,783      76,756   
                  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Principal activities

China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Group”) provides wireline telecommunications services and related services in Beijing Municipality, Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province, Zhejiang Province, Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality, Sichuan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Hainan Province, Guizhou Province, Yunnan Province, Shaanxi Province, Gansu Province, Qinghai Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). As described in Note 9, following the acquisition of Code Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) mobile communication business in October 2008, the Group began to provide nation-wide mobile telecommunications and related services in the mainland of the PRC and the Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC. The Group also provides leased line and other related services in certain countries of the Asia Pacific, South America and North America regions. The Group offers a comprehensive range of wireline and mobile telecommunications services, including wireline voice, mobile voice, Internet and managed data, leased line, value added services, integrated information application services and other related services.

The operations of the Group in the mainland PRC are subject to the supervision and regulation by the PRC government. The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of the PRC (formerly known as “Ministry of Information Industry”, hereinafter “MIIT”), pursuant to the authority delegated to it by the PRC State Council, is responsible for formulating the telecommunications industry policies and regulations, including the regulation and setting of tariff levels for basic telecommunications services, such as wireline and mobile local and long distance telephony services, managed data services, leased line, roaming and interconnection arrangements.

Organization

China Telecommunications Corporation (“China Telecom” and together with its subsidiaries other than the Group referred to as “China Telecom Group”) is a state-owned enterprise which is under the supervision and regulation of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of the PRC. In November 2001, pursuant to an industry restructuring plan approved by the State Council, China Telecom’s wireline telecommunications networks and related operations in 10 northern provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC were transferred to the former China Netcom Group. China Telecom retained the wireline telecommunications networks and related operations of 21 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC, including those of the Company’s subsidiaries. In accordance with this industry restructuring plan, China Telecom and the former China Netcom Group own 70% and 30%, respectively, of the nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers.

As part of the reorganization (the “Restructuring”) of China Telecom, the Company was incorporated in the PRC on September 10, 2002. In connection with the Restructuring, China Telecom transferred to the Company the wireline telecommunications business and related operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province together with the related assets and liabilities (the “Predecessor Operations”) in consideration for 68,317 million ordinary domestic shares of the Company. The shares issued to China Telecom have a par value of RMB1.00 each and represented the entire registered and issued share capital of the Company at that date.

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on December 15, 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “First Acquired Group”) and certain network management and research and development facilities from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB46,000 on December 31, 2003 (hereinafter, referred to as the “First Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB11,000 and a long-term payable of RMB35,000 (see Note 14).

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANISATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (continued)

 

Organization (continued)

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on June 9, 2004, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “Second Acquired Group”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB27,800 on June 30, 2004 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Second Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB8,340 and a long-term payable of RMB19,460. On June 30, 2004, the Company repaid RMB4,310 of this payable amount using the net proceeds from the issuance of new H shares in May 2004 (see Note 14).

Pursuant to an equity purchase agreement entered into by the Company with China Telecom on June 15, 2007, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in China Telecom System Integration Co., Ltd. (“CTSI”), China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited (“CT (HK)”) and China Telecom (Americas) Corporation (“CT Americas”) (collectively the “Third Acquired Group”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB1,408 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Third Acquisition”). The purchase price was fully paid in July 2007.

Pursuant to an acquisition agreement entered into by the Company and China Telecom on March 31, 2008, the Company acquired the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation (“Beijing Telecom” or the “Fourth Acquired Company”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB5,557 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Fourth Acquisition”). The purchase price was fully paid in July 2008.

Hereinafter, the First Acquired Group, the Second Acquired Group, the Third Acquired Group and the Fourth Acquired Company are collectively referred to as the “Acquired Groups”.

Basis of presentation

Since the Group and the Fourth Acquired Company are under common control of China Telecom, the Fourth Acquisition has been accounted for as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Fourth Acquired Company have been accounted for at historical amounts and the consolidated financial statements of the Group prior to the Fourth Acquisition have been restated to include the results of operations and assets and liabilities of the Fourth Acquired Company on a combined basis. The retained profits of the Fourth Acquired Company prior to June 30, 2008 of RMB535 were distributed to China Telecom and have been reflected as a distribution to China Telecom in the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2008. The consideration for the acquisition of the Fourth Acquired Company has been accounted for as an equity transaction in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANISATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (continued)

 

Basis of presentation (continued)

 

The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the financial position as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 as previously reported by the Group and the combined amounts presented in the accompanying combined consolidated financial statements to reflect the acquisition of the Fourth Acquired Company are set out below:

 

     The
Group (as
previously
reported)
   The
Fourth
Acquired
Company
   The
Group

(as
restated)
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Result of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006:

        

Operating revenues

   175,616    1,869    177,485

Net income for the year

   27,324    321    27,645

Result of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007:

        

Operating revenues

   178,656    2,226    180,882

Net income for the year

   23,799    493    24,292

Financial position

        

Total assets as of December 31, 2007

   408,004    5,327    413,331

Total liabilities as of December 31, 2007

   185,632    1,727    187,359

Total equity

   222,372    3,600    225,972

For the periods presented, all significant balances and transactions between the Group and the Fourth Acquired Company have been eliminated on combination.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of preparation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). IFRS includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and interpretations. The accounting policies described below have been consistently applied by the Group, unless otherwise stated.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis as modified by the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment (Note 2(g)) and available-for-sale equity securities (Note 2(l)).

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Judgement made by management in the application of IFRS that have significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in future financial periods are described in Note 34.

The IASB has issued certain new and revised IFRS which are effective for accounting periods on or after January 1, 2008 (see Note 35). The Group has elected to early adopt IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” for the year ended December 31, 2008 (see Note 2(y)).

 

(b) Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries and the Group’s interests in associates. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases, and the profit attributable to minority interests is separately presented on the face of the consolidated statements of income as an allocation of the profit or loss for the year between the minority interests and the equity holders of the Company. Minority interests at the balance sheet date, being the portion of the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned by the Company, whether directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, are presented in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of changes in equity within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company.

An associate is an entity, not being a subsidiary, in which the Group exercises significant influence, but not control, over its management. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies.

An investment in an associate is accounted for in the consolidated financial statements under the equity method and is initially recorded at cost and adjusted thereafter for the Group’s equity share of the post-acquisition results of the associate.

All significant intercompany balances and transactions and any unrealized gains arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

(c) Translation of foreign currencies

The functional and presentation currency of the Company and its subsidiaries in mainland PRC is Renminbi (“RMB”). The functional currency of CT(HK), CT Americas and CT Macau is Hong Kong dollars (HK$), US dollars (US$) and Macau Pataca (MOP) respectively. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are translated into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the transaction dates. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange differences, other than those capitalized as construction in progress (Note 2(i)), are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statements of income. For the periods presented, no exchange differences were capitalized.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(c) Translation of foreign currencies (continued)

 

When preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the results of operations of CT (HK), CT Americas and CT Macau are translated into Renminbi at average rate prevailing during the year. Balance sheet items of CT (HK), CT Americas and CT Macau are translated into Renminbi at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange differences are recognized directly in exchange reserve, a component of equity.

 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and time deposits with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. None of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is restricted as to withdrawal.

 

(e) Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially recognized at fair value and thereafter stated at amortized cost less allowance for impairment of doubtful debts (Note 2(n)) unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost.

 

(f) Inventories

Inventories consist of materials and supplies used in maintaining the telecommunications network and goods for resale. Materials and supplies are valued at cost using specific identification method or the weighted average cost method, less a provision for obsolescence.

Inventories that are held for resale are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

(g) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (Note 2(n)). The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price, any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to working condition and location for its intended use and the cost of borrowed funds used during the periods of construction. Expenditure incurred after the asset has been put into operation, including cost of replacing part of such an item, is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment and the cost can be measured reliably. All other expenditure, including the cost of repairs and maintenance which is substantially included in network operations and support expenses, is expensed as it is incurred.

Subsequent to the revaluation as described in Note 7, property, plant and equipment are carried at revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is restated proportionately with the change in the gross carrying amount of the asset so that the carrying amount of the asset after revaluation equals its revalued amount. The separate classes into which the Company groups assets for the revaluation are buildings and improvements; telecommunications network plant and transmission and switching equipment; and furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the entire class of property, plant and equipment to which that asset belongs is revalued simultaneously. When an asset’s carrying amount is increased as a result of a revaluation, the increase is credited directly to equity under the component of revaluation reserve. However, a revaluation increase is recognized as income to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognized as an expense. When an asset’s carrying amount is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income. However, a revaluation decrease is charged directly against any related revaluation surplus to the extent that the decrease does not exceed the amount held in the revaluation reserve in respect of that same asset. Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity such that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. Revaluations are performed annually on items which experience significant and volatile movements in fair value while items which experience insignificant movements in fair value are revalued every three years.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(g) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Assets acquired under leasing agreements which effectively transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership from the lessor to the lessee are classified as assets under finance leases. Assets held under finance leases are initially recorded at amounts equivalent to the present value of the minimum lease payments (computed using the rate of interest implicit in the lease) which approximate the fair value at the inception of the lease. The net present value of the future minimum lease payments is recorded correspondingly as a finance lease obligation. Assets held under finance leases are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The carrying amount of assets held under finance leases as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 were RMB32 and RMB93 respectively.

Gains or losses arising from retirement or disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statements of income on the date of disposal. On disposal of a revalued asset, the related revaluation surplus is transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings.

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost/revalued amount of each asset over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis, after taking into account its estimated residual value, as follows:

 

     Depreciable lives
primarily range from

Buildings and improvements

   8 to 30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 to 10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   5 to 10 years

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost or valuation of the item is allocated on a reasonable basis between the parts and each part is depreciated separately. Both the useful life of an asset and its residual value are reviewed annually.

 

(h) Lease prepayments

Lease prepayments represent land use rights paid to the PRC’s land bureau. Land use rights are initially carried at cost and then charged to income on a straight-line basis over the respective periods of the rights which range from 20 years to 70 years.

 

(i) Construction in progress

Construction in progress represents buildings, telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment and other equipment and intangible assets under construction and pending installation, and is stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(n)). The cost of an item comprises direct costs of construction, interest charges, and foreign exchange differences on related borrowed funds to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest charges, during the periods of construction. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets when the asset is substantially ready for its intended use.

No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

 

(j) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the Group’s interest in the net fair value of CDMA business’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is tested annually for impairment (Note 2(n)). On disposal of a cash generating unit during the year, any attributable amount of the goodwill is included in the calculation of the profit or loss on disposal.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(k) Intangible assets

The Group’s intangible assets comprise computer software and customer relationships acquired in the CDMA business combination (Note 9).

The computer software that is not an integral part of any tangible assets, is initially recorded at cost less subsequent accumulated amortization and impairment losses (Note 2(n)). Amortization of computer software is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 5 years.

The customer relationships acquired in the CDMA business combination is recorded at the acquisition-date fair value and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship of 5 years.

 

(l) Investments

Investments in available-for-sale equity securities are carried at fair value with any change in fair value being recognized directly in equity. When these investments are derecognized or impaired, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in equity is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Investments in equity securities that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(n)).

 

(m) Operating lease charges

Where the group has the use of assets held under operating leases, payments made under the leases are charged to profit or loss in equal instalments over the accounting periods covered by the lease term, except where an alternative basis is more representative of the pattern of benefits to be derived from the leased asset. Lease incentives received are recognized in profit or loss as an integral part of the aggregate net lease payments made. Contingent rentals are charged to profit or loss in the accounting period in which they are incurred.

 

(n) Impairment

 

(i) Impairment of investments in equity securities and trade and other receivables

Investments in equity securities and trade and other receivables are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is objective evidence of impairment. If such evidence exists, the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset where the effect of discounting is material, and is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income. Impairment losses for trade and other receivables are reversed through profit and loss if in a subsequent period the amount of the impairment losses decreases. Impairment losses for equity securities are not reversed.

 

(ii) Impairment of long-lived assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, construction in progress and investments are reviewed periodically to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For goodwill, the impairment testing is performed annually at the end of each year balance sheet date.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and the net selling price. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(n) Impairment (continued)

 

(ii) Impairment of long-lived assets (continued)

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment loss is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income. Impairment loss recognized in respect of cash-generating units is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognized for an asset in prior years may no longer exist. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favorable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. A subsequent increase in the recoverable amount of an asset, when the circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist, is recognized as an income in the consolidated statements of income. The reversal is reduced by the amount that would have been recognized as depreciation had the write-down or write-off not occurred. For the years presented, no reversal of impairment loss was recognized in the consolidated statements of income. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

(o) Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenues are principally derived from the provision of local, domestic long distance (“DLD”) and international long distance (“ILD”) wireline and mobile telephony services which consist of (i) usage fees, which vary depending on the day, the time of day, distance and duration of the telephone call, (ii) a monthly service fee, (iii) service activation and installation fees, and (iv) charges for value-added telecommunications services, such as caller ID services, short messaging services, information services and ring tone services. The Group recognizes mobile telephony service revenue over the periods they are earned as follows:

 

  (i) Revenue derived from local, DLD and ILD usage are recognized as the services are provided.

 

  (ii) Upfront fees received for activation of wireline services and wireline installation charges are deferred and recognized over the expected customer relationship period. The direct incremental costs associated with the installation of wireline services are deferred to the extent of the upfront fees and are amortized over the same expected customer relationship period.

 

  (iii) Monthly service fees are recognized in the month during which the services are provided to customers.

 

  (iv) Revenue from sale of prepaid calling cards are recognized as the cards are used by customers.

 

  (v) Revenue derived from value-added services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

Other related telecommunications service revenue are recognized as follows:

 

  (i) Revenue from the provision of Internet and managed data services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

 

  (ii) Interconnection fees from domestic and foreign telecommunications operators are recognized when the services are rendered as measured by the minutes of traffic processed.

 

  (iii) Lease income from operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(o) Revenue recognition (continued)

 

  (iv) Revenue derived from integrated information application services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

 

  (v) Sale of customer-end equipment is recognized on delivery of the equipment to customers and when the significant risks and rewards of ownership and title have been transferred to the customers.

 

(p) Advertising and promotion expense

The costs for advertising and promoting the Group’s telecommunications services are expensed as incurred. Advertising and promotion expense, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were RMB10,543, RMB10,638 and RMB13,210 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively.

 

(q) Net finance costs

Net finance costs comprise interest income on bank deposits, interest expense on borrowings, and foreign exchange gains and losses. Interest income from bank deposits is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest method.

Interest costs incurred in connection with borrowings, calculated using the effective interest method, are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that they are capitalized as being directly attributable to the construction of an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

 

(r) Research and development expense

Research and development expenditure is expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, research and development expense were RMB294, RMB524 and RMB490 respectively.

 

(s) Employee benefits

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution retirement plans administered by the PRC government are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income as incurred. Further information is set out in Note 31.

Compensation expense in respect of the stock appreciation rights granted is accrued as a charge to the consolidated statements of income over the applicable vesting period based on the fair value of the stock appreciation rights. The liability of the accrued compensation expense is re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the effect of changes in the fair value of the liability charged or credited to the consolidated statements of income. Further details of the Group’s stock appreciation rights scheme are set out in Note 32.

 

(t) Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are recognized initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortized cost with any difference between the amount initially recognized and the redemption value recognized in the consolidated statements of income over the period of the borrowings, together with any interest, using the effective interest method.

 

(u) Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value and thereafter stated at amortized cost unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost.

 

(v) Provisions and contingent liabilities

A provision is recognized in the consolidated balance sheet when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditure expected to settle the obligation.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

(v) Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued)

 

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

(w) Income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the consolidated statements of income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. Current tax is calculated on the taxable income for the year by applying the applicable tax rates. Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax is calculated on the basis of the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is charged or credited to the consolidated statements of income, except for the effect of a change in tax rate on the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously charged or credited directly to equity upon initial recognition, in such case the effect of a change in tax rate is also charged or credited to equity.

A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

(x) Dividends

Dividends are recognized as a liability in the period in which they are declared.

 

(y) Segmental reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which the Group may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resource and assess performance of the segment. For the periods presented, management has determined that the Group has no operating segments as the Group is only engaged in telecommunication business. No geographical area information has been presented as such information is immaterial. The Group’s assets located and operating revenues derived from activities outside the PRC are less than 1% of the Group’s assets and operating revenues, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Cash at bank and in hand

   17,002    21,916

Time deposits with original maturity within three months

   4,425    5,950
         
   21,427    27,866
         

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net, are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

    

Third parties

   16,796     17,923  

China Telecom Group

   248     372  

Other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   1,378     1,112  
            
   18,422     19,407  

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (1,443 )   (2,118 )
            
   16,979     17,289  
            

Amounts due from the provision of telecommunications services to customers are generally due within 30 days from the date of billing.

The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for impairment of doubtful debts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

At beginning of year

   1,520     1,522     1,443  

Acquisition of CDMA business

   —       —       491  

Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   1,240     1,361     1,797  

Accounts receivable written off

   (1,238 )   (1,440 )   (1,613 )
                  

At end of year

   1,522     1,443     2,118  
                  

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable from telephone and Internet subscribers is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB  

Current, within 1 month

   11,016     11,282  

1 to 3 months

   2,408     2,170  

4 to 12 months

   1,009     1,514  

More than 12 months

   304     495  
            
   14,737     15,461  

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (1,313 )   (2,009 )
            
   13,424     13,452  
            

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)

 

Ageing analysis of accounts receivable from telecommunications operators and customers is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB  

Current, within 1 month

   1,645      1,397   

1 to 3 months

   1,042      1,210   

4 to 12 months

   498      834   

More than 12 months

   500      505   
            
   3,685      3,946   

Less: Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

   (130   (109
            
   3,555      3,837   
            

 

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories represent:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Materials and supplies

   1,451    1,067

Goods for resale

   1,214    1,494
         
   2,665    2,561
         

 

6. PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepayments and other current assets represent:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Amounts due from China Telecom Group

   435    700

Amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   261    1,052

Amount due from China Unicom in relation to the acquisition of CDMA business

   —      3,471

Prepayments in connection with construction work and equipment purchases

   855    836

Prepaid expenses and deposits

   708    720

Other receivables

   558    607
         
   2,817    7,386
         

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

     Buildings and
improvements
    Telecommunications
network plant
and equipment
    Furniture, fixture,
motor vehicles

and other
equipment
    Total  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cost/valuation:

        

Balance at January 1, 2007

   74,510      525,293      19,299      619,102   

Additions

   199      725      628      1,552   

Transferred from construction in progress

   3,649      43,964      1,460      49,073   

Disposals

   (193   (13,464   (968   (14,625

Reclassification

   (23   230      (207   —     

Revaluations

   3,739      19,405      (4   23,140   
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   81,881      576,153      20,208      678,242   

Additions

   100      1,014      871      1,985   

Transferred from construction in progress

   2,511      40,784      1,584      44,879   

Acquisition of CDMA business

   920      1,622      91      2,633   

Disposals

   (148   (14,564   (991   (15,703

Reclassification

   —        174      (174   —     
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   85,264      605,183      21,589      712,036   
                        

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

        

Balance at January 1, 2007

   (16,867   (260,867   (10,931   (288,665

Depreciation charge for the year

   (3,098   (46,409   (2,258   (51,765

Written back on disposal

   78      11,585      903      12,566   

Reclassification

   (69   59      10      —     

Revaluations

   (161   (20,928   3      (21,086
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   (20,117   (316,560   (12,273   (348,950

Acquisition of CDMA business

   —        (27   (9   (36

Depreciation charge for the year

   (3,436   (46,661   (2,160   (52,257

Provision for impairment

   (36   (24,131   —        (24,167

Written back on disposal

   76      11,545      912      12,533   

Reclassification

   —        (99   99      —     
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   (23,513   (375,933   (13,431   (412,877
                        

Net book value at December 31, 2008

   61,751      229,250      8,158      299,159   
                        

Net book value at December 31, 2007

   61,764      259,593      7,935      329,292   
                        

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy (Note 2(g)), the property, plant and equipment of the Group as of December 31, 2007 were revalued for each asset class by the Company on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2007 was revalued at RMB326,123. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB4,809 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB2,755 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The following is a summary of the carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment (excluding Beijing Telecom) before the revaluation and the revalued amounts of these assets as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Carrying
value
before the
revaluation
   Revaluation
surplus
   Revaluation
deficit
    Revalued
amounts
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB

Buildings and improvements

   56,913    3,578    —        60,491

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   259,349    1,231    (2,754   257,826

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   7,807    —      (1   7,806
                    
   324,069    4,809    (2,755   326,123
                    

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (continued)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2007, no provision for impairment loss on property, plant and equipment was recognized. For the year ended December 31, 2008, an impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment of RMB24,167 was recognized, which included an impairment loss on wireless access service (“PHS”) specific equipment of RMB23,954. The recoverable amounts of the PHS specific equipment were determined based on the asset held in use model that estimated the future cash flows and outflows to be derived from continuing use of the asset for three years and from its ultimate disposal and applying a discount rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The primary factor resulting in the impairment loss was due to lower revenue expected to be generated from this equipment following the acquisition of the CDMA business and operate with full services integrated operations.

In addition, as the Group anticipated that the period for continuing use of the PHS specific equipment will be reduced, the estimated useful lives of these assets will not extend beyond three years accordingly. The Group’s depreciation and amortization expense is expected to be increased by approximately RMB500 for each of the three years ended December 31, 2011.

 

8. CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

 

     RMB  

Balance at January 1, 2007

   19,564  

Additions

   43,135  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

   (49,073 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   13,626  

Additions

   46,328  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

   (44,879 )

Transferred to intangible assets

   (1,460 )
      

Balance at December 31, 2008

   13,615  
      

 

9. GOODWILL

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Cost:

     

Goodwill arising from acquisition of CDMA business

   —      29,922
         

On October 1, 2008, the Group acquired the CDMA mobile communication business and related assets and liabilities, which also included the entire equity interests of China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited and 99.5% equity interests of Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Company Limited (collectively, the “CDMA business”) from China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (collectively “China Unicom”). The purchase price of the business combination was RMB43,800. In addition, pursuant to the acquisition agreement, the Group assumed customer-related assets and liabilities of the CDMA business and will receive a settlement amount of RMB3,471 from China Unicom. The business combination was accounted for using the purchase method.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

9. GOODWILL

The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition date and the purchase price allocation are as follow:

 

     Pre-acquisition
carrying amounts
    Fair value
adjustments
    Recognized
values on
acquisition
 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Property, plant and equipment

   2,892      (295   2,597   

Lease prepayments

   181      —        181   

Deferred tax assets

   23      —        23   

Intangible assets

   15      11,286      11,301   

Other non-current assets

   208      30      238   

Inventories

   487      (234   253   

Accounts receivable

   737      —        737   

Prepayment and other current assets

   16      —        16   

Cash and cash equivalents

   1,150      —        1,150   

Accounts payable

   (385   —        (385

Accrued expenses and other payables

   (5,583   —        (5,583

Tax payable

   (32   —        (32
          

Identifiable net assets acquired

       10,496   

Minority interest

       (5

Goodwill

       29,922   
          

Total cost of acquisition, including direct transaction cost of RMB84

       40,413   

Consideration payable

       (13,223

Settlement amount due from China Unicom in relation to the acquisition (reduction to the original purchase price)

       3,471   

Cash acquired

       (1,150
          

Net cash outflow

       29,511   
          

The goodwill recognized in the business combination is attributable to the skills and technical talent of the acquired business’s workforce, and the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating and combining the CDMA mobile communication business into the Group’s telecommunication business.

For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, the goodwill arising from the acquisition of CDMA business was allocated to the appropriate cash-generating unit of the Group, which is the Group’s telecommunication business. The recoverable amount of the Group’s telecommunication business is estimated based on the value in use model, which considers the Group’s financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period and a pre-tax discount rate of 12%. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are projected to perpetuity at annual growth rate of 1%. Management believes any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount is based would not cause its recoverable amount to be less than its carrying amount.

Key assumptions used for the value in use calculation model are the number of subscribers, average revenue per subscriber and gross margin. Management determined the number of subscribers, average revenue per subscriber and gross margin based on historical trends and financial information.

The operating revenue from CDMA mobile services for the period from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 as RMB6,154. The amount of net income or loss of the acquired CDMA business since the acquisition date included in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the amounts of operating revenues and net income or loss of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2008 as though the CDMA business was acquired as of January 1, 2008 have not been provided because the disclosure of such information was impracticable. The reason why such disclosure was considered impracticable was because no discrete and/or historical profit or loss or operating revenues information of the CDMA business for the relevant periods was available or existed to determine the disclosure amounts. The Group has made every reasonable effort to provide such information, however, after considering the number of significant adjustments and estimates that would be required to be made, the Group determine that, without any objective information, it was impossible to provide such information that is reliable and meaningful.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The Group:    Computer
software
    Customer
relationships
    Total  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cost:

      

Balance at January 1, 2007

   3,065      —        3,065   

Additions

   1,637      —        1,637   

Disposals

   (102   —        (102
                  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   4,600      —        4,600   

Additions

   148      —        148   

Acquisition of CDMA business

   63      11,238      11,301   

Transferred from construction in progress

   1,460      —        1,460   

Disposals

   (113   —        (113
                  

Balance at December 31, 2008

   6,158      11,238      17,396   
                  

Accumulated amortization:

      

Balance at January 1, 2007

   (1,142   —        (1,142

Amortization charge for the year

   (723   —        (723

Written back on disposal

   79      —        79   
                  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   (1,786   —        (1,786

Amortization charge for the year

   (917   (562   (1,479

Provision for impairment

   (5   —        (5

Written back on disposal

   109      —        109   
                  

Balance at December 31, 2008

   (2,599   (562   (3,161
                  

Net book value at December 31, 2008

   3,559      10,676      14,235   
                  

Net book value at December 31, 2007

   2,814      —        2,814   
                  

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

11. INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Unlisted equity investments, at cost

   339    330

Share of post-acquisition changes in net assets

   461    552
         
   800    882
         

The Group’s interests in associates are accounted for under the equity method and are individually and in aggregate not material to the Group’s financial condition or results of operations for all periods presented. Details of the Group’s principal associates are as follows:

 

Name of company

   Attributable
equity interest
   

Principal activities

Shenzhen Shekou Telecommunications Company Limited

   50   Provision of telecommunications services

Shanghai Information Investment Incorporation

   24   Provision of information technology consultancy services

The above associates are established in the PRC and are not traded on any stock exchange.

 

12. INVESTMENTS

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Available-for-sale equity securities

   177    85

Other unlisted equity investments

   97    92
         
   274    177
         

Unlisted equity investments mainly represent the Group’s various interests in PRC private enterprises which are mainly engaged in the provision of information technology services and Internet contents.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

13. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are attributable to the items set out below:

 

     Assets    Liabilities     Net balance  
     2007    2008    2007     2008     2007     2008  
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

              

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

   559    726    —        —        559      726   

Non-current

              

Property, plant and equipment

   1,219    6,738    (2,222   (1,982   (1,003   4,756   

Deferred revenues and installation costs

   1,631    1,424    (863   (821   768      603   

Land use rights

   5,872    5,740    —        —        5,872      5,740   

Available-for-sale equity securities

   —      —      (36   (13   (36   (13
                                  

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   9,281    14,628    (3,121   (2,816   6,160      11,812   
                                  

Movements in temporary differences for the three-year period ended December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

     Note    Balance as
of January 1,
2006
   Recognized
in statement
of income
   Recognized
in equity
   Balance as of
December 31,
2006
          RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Current

              

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

      371    179    —      550

Non-current

              

Property, plant and equipment

      (866)    (99)    —      (965)

Deferred revenues and installation costs

      1,005    27    —      1,032

Land use rights

   (i), (iv)    7,867    (182)    5    7,690

Available-for-sale equity securities

      —      —      (22)    (22)
                      

Net deferred tax assets

      8,377    (75)    (17)    8,285
                      
         (Note 24)      
     Note    Balance as
of January 1,
2007
   Recognized
in statement
of income
   Recognized
in equity
   Balance as of
December 31,

2007
          RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Current

              

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

      550    9    —      559

Non-current

              

Property, plant and equipment

   (ii), (iii)    (965)    1,026    (1,064)    (1,003)

Deferred revenues and installation costs

      1,032    (264)    —      768

Land use rights

   (i), (iii)    7,690    (169)    (1,649)    5,872

Available-for-sale equity securities

      (22)    —      (14)    (36)
                      

Net deferred tax assets

      8,285    602    (2,727)    6,160
                      
         (Note 24)      

 

     Note     Balance as
of January 1,
2008
    Acquisition
of CDMA
business
   Recognized
in statement
of income
    Recognized
in equity
   Balance as of
December 31,

2008
 
           RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB    RMB  

Current

              

Provisions and impairment losses, primarily for receivables

     559      23    144      —      726   

Non-current

              

Property, plant and equipment

     (1,003   —      5,759      —      4,756   

Deferred revenues and installation costs

     768      —      (165   —      603   

Land use rights

   (i   5,872      —      (132   —      5,740   

Available-for-sale equity securities

     (36   —      —        23    (13
                              

Net deferred tax assets

     6,160      23    5,606      23    11,812   
                              
          (Note 24     

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

13. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

The Group recognizes a deferred tax asset only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are utilized, management believes that it is probable the Group will realize the benefits of these temporary differences.

 

Note:

 

(i) In connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, the land use rights of the Predecessor Operations, the First Acquired Group and the Second Acquired Group were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations. The tax bases of the land use rights were adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts. The land use rights were not revalued for financial reporting purposes and accordingly, deferred tax assets were created with corresponding increases in shareholders’ equity under the caption of other reserves.
(ii) As described in Note 7, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the property, plant and equipment of the Group were revalued as of December 31, 2007. The tax bases of these assets were not adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts and accordingly, a deferred tax asset of RMB646 and a deferred tax liability of RMB1,136 in respect of the revaluation deficit and surplus respectively were recognized.
(iii) On March 16, 2007, the Fifth Plenary Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed the Corporate Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China (“new tax law”), which takes effect on January 1, 2008. According to the new tax law, a unified corporate income tax rate of 25% is applied to PRC entities; however certain entities previously taxed at preferential rates are subject to a transition period during which their tax rate will gradually be increased to the unified rate of 25% over a five year period starting from January 1, 2008.

Based on the new tax law, the income tax rate applicable to the Company and certain of its mainland PRC subsidiaries which were previously taxed at 33% is reduced to 25% from January 1, 2008. Based on a tax notice issued by the State Council on December 26, 2007, the applicable tax rates for entities operating in special economic zones, which were previously taxed at the preferential rate of 15%, are 18%, 20%, 22%, 24% and 25% for the year ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 onwards, respectively. According to the same notice, the applicable tax rate for entities operating in the western region of the PRC which were granted a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2004 to 2010, remains at 15% for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and will be increased to 25% from January 1, 2011. Accordingly, deferred tax assets that are expected to be recovered and deferred tax liabilities that are expected to be settled after December 31, 2007 were adjusted to reflect the changes in tax rates. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which were previously credited or charged to consolidated statements of income upon initial recognition, the overall effect of changes in tax rates amounting to RMB117 was charged to the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. For deferred tax assets and liabilities which previously credited or charged to equity, the overall effect of changes in the tax rates amounting to RMB1,577 was recognized in the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2007.

(iv) The amount recognized in equity represent the effect of changes in tax rates on the carrying amount of the deferred tax asset which previously was charged to equity.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

14. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Short-term debt comprises:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Loans from state-controlled banks – unsecured

   29,326    9,693

Short-term commercial paper – unsecured

   —      9,979

Loans from China Telecom Group – unsecured

   38,441    63,776
         

Total short-term debt

   67,767    83,448
         

The weighted average interest rate of the Group’s total short-term debt as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was 4.4% and 5.1% respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the loans from state-controlled banks bear interest at rates ranging from 2.5% to 7.5% per annum and are repayable within one year; the commercial paper bears interest at a fixed rate of 4.72% per annum and repayable in August 2009; the loans from China Telecom Group bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 3.9% to 7.3% per annum and are repayable within one year.

Long-term debt comprises:

 

          December 31,  
    

Interest rates and final maturity

   2007     2008  
          RMB     RMB  

Bank loans – unsecured

    

Renminbi denominated

  

Interest rates ranging from 4.53% to 7.05% per annum with maturities through 2020

   4,113      1,533   

US Dollars denominated

  

Interest rates ranging from 1.00% to 7.55% per annum with maturities through 2060

   1,012      877   

Japanese Yen denominated

  

Interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 3.50% per annum with maturities through 2040

   1,768      1,690   

Euro denominated

  

Interest rates ranging from 2.30% to 4.5% per annum with maturities through 2032

   839      686   

Other currencies denominated

      71      43   
               
      7,803      4,829   

Other loans – unsecured

       

Renminbi denominated

      6      1   

Medium-term notes-unsecured (Note (i))

      —        19,811   

Amount due to China Telecom – unsecured

    

In connection with the First Acquisition—Renminbi denominated (Note (ii))

      15,000      —     

In connection with the Second Acquisition—Renminbi denominated (Note (iii))

      15,150      15,150   
               

Total long-term debt

   37,959      39,791   

Less: current portion

   (3,811   (565
               

Non-current portion

   34,148      39,226   
               

 

Note (i)   On April 22, 2008, the Group issued three-year, 10 billion RMB denominated medium-term note with annual interest rate of 5.3% per annum and incurred issuing costs of RMB88. The medium-term note is unsecured and is repayable on April 21, 2011. On October 23, 2008, the Group issued five-year 10 billion RMB denominated medium-term note with annual interest rate of 4.15% per annum and incurred issuing costs of RMB125. The medium-term note is unsecured and is repayable on October 22, 2013.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

14. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

 

  (ii) Represents the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the First Acquisition (Note 1). The amount bears interest on the outstanding balance at 5.184% per annum until December 31, 2008. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount was repayable on December 31, 2013 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until December 31, 2013 without penalty. In October 2008, the Company repaid the remaining balance of RMB 15,000 to China Telecom.
  (iii) Represents the remaining balance of the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the Second Acquisition (Note 1). The amount bears interest on the outstanding balance at 5.184% per annum until June 30, 2009. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount is repayable on June 30, 2014 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until June 30, 2014 without penalty.

The aggregate maturities of the Group’s long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

     RMB

2009

   565

2010

   1,676

2011

   10,391

2012

   190

2013

   10,081

Thereafter

   16,888
    
   39,791
    

The Group’s short-term and long-term debts do not contain any financial covenants. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Group had available credit facilities of RMB36,823 and RMB128,231 respectively which it can draw upon.

 

15. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

Accounts payable are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Third parties

   23,364    27,698

China Telecom Group

   5,514    6,387

Other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   135    373
         
   29,013    34,458
         

Amounts due to China Telecom Group are repayable in accordance with contractual terms which are similar to those terms offered by third parties.

 

16. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accrued expenses and other payables represent:

 

      December 31,
     Note     2007    2008
           RMB    RMB

Amounts due to China Telecom Group

     947    1,448

Amounts due to other state-controlled telecommunication operators in the PRC

     219    102

Accrued expenses

     14,292    15,452

Customer deposits and receipts in advance

     14,744    23,060

Dividend payable

     468    426

Purchase price payable to China Unicom for the acquisition of CDMA business

   (i   —      13,140
           
     30,670    53,628
           

 

(i) The amount is non-interest bearing and is repayable before March 31, 2009.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

17. DEFERRED REVENUES

Deferred revenues represent the unearned portion of upfront connection fees and installation fees for wireline services received from customers and the unused portion of calling cards. Connection fees and installation fees are amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Beginning July 1, 2001, connection fees were no longer collected from new customers.

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   20,766      15,486   

Additions for the year

    

— installation fees

   795      656   

— calling cards

   4,428      4,119   
            
   5,223      4,775   
            

Reduction for the year

    

— amortization of connection fees

   (3,294   (2,022

— amortization of installation fees

   (2,736   (2,574

— usage of calling cards

   (4,473   (4,221
            

Balance at end of year

   15,486      11,444   
            

Representing:

    

— current portion

   5,646      4,505   

— non-current portion

   9,840      6,939   
            
   15,486      11,444   
            

Included in other non-current assets are capitalized direct incremental costs associated with the installation of wireline services. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the unamortized portion of these costs was RMB6,986 and RMB5,584, respectively.

 

18. SHARE CAPITAL

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Registered, issued and fully paid

     

67,054,958,321 ordinary domestic shares of RMB1.00 each

   67,055    67,055

13,877,410,000 overseas listed H shares of RMB1.00 each

   13,877    13,877
         
   80,932    80,932
         

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

19. RESERVES

 

     Capital
reserve
    Share
premium
   Re-
valuation
reserve
    Statutory
reserves
    Other
reserves
    Exchange
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total  
     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  
     (Note (i))                (Note (iii))     (Note (ii))                    

Balance as of January 1, 2007, as previously reported

   (2,804   10,746    7,357      49,818      11,656      (479   48,975      125,269   

Adjusted for the Fourth Acquisition

   —        —      —        —        3,148      —        —        3,148   
                                               

Balance as of January 1, 2007, as restated

   (2,804   10,746    7,357      49,818      14,804      (479   48,975      128,417   

Effect of changes in tax rates (Note 13)

   —        —      —        —        (1,577   —        —        (1,577

Surplus on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   —        —      4,809      —        —        —        —        4,809   

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus (Note 13)

   —        —      —        —        (1,136   —        —        (1,136

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB14)

   —        —      —        —        64      —        —        64   

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

   —        —      —        —        —        (103   —        (103

Net income

   —        —      —        —        —        —        24,195      24,195   

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

   —        —      —        —        31      —        (31   —     

Revaluation surplus realized

   —        —      (194   —        —        —        194      —     

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

   —        —      —        —        (169   —        169      —     

Dividends (Note 25)

   —        —      —        —        —        —        (6,741   (6,741

Appropriations (Note (iii))

   —        —      —        5,388      —        —        (5,388   —     

Distribution to China Telecom

   —        —      —        —        (2,931   —        —        (2,931

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

   —        —      —        —        649      —        (649   —     

Adjustment to statutory reserves

   —        —      —        (2,839   —        —        2,839      —     

Consideration for the acquisition of the Third Acquired Group

   —        —      —        —        (1,408   —        —        (1,408
                                               

Balance as of December 31, 2007, as restated

   (2,804   10,746    11,972      52,367      8,327      (582   63,563      143,589   

Change in fair value of available-for-sale equity securities (net of deferred tax of RMB23)

   —        —      —        —        (69   —        —        (69

Exchange difference on translation of financial statements of subsidiaries outside mainland PRC

   —        —      —        —        —        (83   —        (83

Net income

   —        —      —        —        —        —        884      884   

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment realized

   —        —      —        —        127      —        (127   —     

Revaluation surplus realized

   —        —      (562   —        —        —        562      —     

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

   —        —      —        —        (132   —        132      —     

Dividends (Note 25)

   —        —      —        —        —        —        (6,125   (6,125

Appropriations (Note (iii))

   —        —      —        —        —        —        —        —     

Distribution to China Telecom Dividends

   —        —      —        —        (535   —        —        (535

Adjustment to statutory reserves (Note (iv))

   —        —      —        3,718      —        —        (3,718   —     

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

   —        —      —        —        425      —        (425   —     

Consideration for the acquisition of the Fourth Acquired Company (Note 1)

   —        —      —        —        (5,557   —        —        (5,557
                                               

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   (2,804   10,746    11,410      56,085      2,586      (665   54,746      132,104   
                                               

 

Note:

 

(i) Capital reserve of the Group represents the sum of (a) the difference between the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets and the par value of the Company’s shares issued upon its formation; and (b) the difference between the consideration paid by the Company for the entities acquired from China Unicom as described in Note 1, which were accounted for as equity transactions as disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements, and the historical carrying amount of the net assets of these acquired entities.
(ii) Other reserves of the Group represent primarily the balance of the deferred tax assets recognized due to the revaluation of land use rights for tax purposes (and not for financial reporting purposes) as described in Note 13(i) and the balance of the deferred tax liabilities recognized due to the the revaluation of property, plant and equipment for financial reporting purposes (and not for tax purposes) as described in Note 13(ii).
(iii) The statutory reserves consist of statutory surplus reserve, discretionary surplus reserve and statutory common welfare fund.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company is required to transfer 10% of its net income, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to the statutory surplus reserve until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the registered capital. The transfer to this reserve must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company does not transfer any amount to this reserve as it has net loss during the year determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company transferred RMB2,072, being 10% of the year’s net profit determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to this reserve.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

19. RESERVES (continued)

 

Note: (continued)

 

(iii) On January 1, 2007, the Group adopted the PRC Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises issued by the PRC Ministry of Finance of the PRC on February 15, 2006, which resulted in the statutory surplus reserve being adjusted accordingly.

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors authorised, subject to shareholders’ approval, the Company does not transfer any amount to the discretionary surplus reserve for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company transfer RMB3,316, being 16% of the year’s net profit determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to the discretionary surplus reserve.

The statutory and discretionary surplus reserves are non-distributable other than in liquidation and can be used to make good of previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into share capital by issuing new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

(iv) Upon the merger of certain subsidiaries of the Company into the Company in connection with an internal organization, the subsidiaries’ non-distributable profits at the date of the internal reorganization were transferred from retained earnings to statutory reserves of the Company as required by the Company’s Articles of Association.
(v) According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution to shareholders of the Company is the lower of the amount determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations and the amount determined in accordance with IFRS. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution was RMB24,414 and RMB35,173 respectively, being the amount determined in accordance with IFRS. Final dividend of approximately RMB6,063 in respect of the financial year 2008 proposed after the balance sheet date has not been recognized as a liability at the balance sheet date (Note 25).

 

20. OPERATING REVENUES

Operating revenues represent revenues from the provision of telecommunications services. The components of the Group’s operating revenues are as follows:

 

          Year ended December 31,
     Note    2006    2007    2008
          RMB    RMB    RMB

Wireline voice

   (i)    121,689    111,625    96,331

Mobile voice

   (ii)    —      —      3,972

Internet

   (iii)    24,348    31,817    40,786

Value-added services

   (iv)    10,741    13,208    16,274

Integrated information application services

   (v)    3,633    6,573    10,853

Managed data and leased line

   (vi)    7,920    9,183    10,231

Others

   (vii)    4,183    5,182    6,332

Upfront connection fees

   (viii)    4,971    3,294    2,022
                 
      177,485    180,882    186,801
                 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

20. OPERATING REVENUES (continued)

 

In the prior year financial statements, the revenues from wireline services including monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees, interconnections, upfront installation fees, managed data and leased line revenue were separately disclosed in notes to the financial statements. The amounts of revenue from value-added services and integrated information application services were not separately disclosed in notes to the financial statements but were disclosed in aggregate under the caption of “value-added and integrated information application service revenue”.

In 2008, the Group changed its internal reporting system by aggregating the revenues from wireline services including monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees, interconnections and upfront installation fees as “wireline voice revenue”, aggregating the amounts of managed data and leased line revenue as “managed data and leased line revenue” and by separating the amounts of revenue from value-added and integrated information application services as “value-added service revenue” and “integrated information application service revenue”.

The related comparative figures have been aggregated or separated to conform with the current year’s figures.

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent the aggregate amount of monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees, interconnections and upfront installation fees charged to customers for the provision of wireline telephony services.
(ii) Represent the aggregate amount of monthly fees, local usage fees, domestic long distance usage fees, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance usage fees and interconnections fees charged to customers for the provision of mobile telephony services.
(iii) Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of Internet access services.
(iv) Represent the aggregate amount of fees charged to customers for the provision of wireline, mobile and Internet value-added services, which comprise primarily caller ID services, short messaging services, ring tone services, Internet data centre and IP-Virtual Private Network services.
(v) Represent the aggregate amount of fees charged to customers for the provision of integrated information application services, which comprise primarily voice-based hotline services, IPTV services, video monitoring services and system integration and consulting services.
(vi) Represent primarily the aggregate amount of fees charged to customers for the provision of managed data transmission services and lease income from other domestic telecommunications operators and business customers for the usage of the Group’s wireline telecommunication networks and equipment.
(vii) Represent primarily revenue from sale, rental and repairs and maintenance of customer-end terminal equipment.
(viii) Represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for initial activation of wireline services.

 

21. PERSONNEL EXPENSES

Personnel expenses are attributable to the following functions:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Network operations and support

   17,674    17,440    19,162

Selling, general and administrative

   8,716    9,979    9,784
              
   26,390    27,419    28,946
              

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

22. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Other operating expenses consist of:

 

          Year ended December 31,
       Note    2006    2007    2008
          RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection charges

   (i)    6,366    6,938    7,543

Cost of goods sold

      1,797    1,931    3,009

Donations

      23    54    42

Others

      22    42    38
                 
      8,208    8,965    10,632
                 

 

Note:

 

(i) Interconnection charges represent amounts incurred for the use of other domestic and foreign telecommunications operators’ networks for delivery of voice and data traffic that originate from the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks.

 

23. NET FINANCE COSTS

Net finance costs comprise:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     2008  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Interest expense incurred

   5,808      5,227      5,753   

Less: Interest expense capitalized*

   (716   (455   (417
                  

Net interest expense

   5,092      4,772      5,336   

Interest income

   (519   (380   (430

Foreign exchange losses

   60      44      371   

Foreign exchange gains

   (161   (148   (201
                  
   4,472      4,288      5,076   
                  

 

*  Interest expense was capitalized in construction in progress at the following rates per annum

   1.9%- 5.0%      2.3%- 6.7%      2.7%- 7.1%   
                  

 

24. INCOME TAX

Income tax in the consolidated statements of income comprises:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006    2007     2008  
     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Provision for PRC income tax

   6,829    7,274      4,792   

Provision for income tax of other jurisdictions

   15    32      21   

Deferred taxation (Note 13)

   75    (602   (5,606
                 
   6,919    6,704      (793
                 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

24. INCOME TAX (continued)

 

A reconciliation of the expected tax with the actual tax expense is as follows:

 

         Year ended December 31,  
     Note   2006     2007     2008  
         RMB     RMB     RMB  

Earnings before income tax and minority interests

     34,564      30,996      186   
                    

Expected PRC income tax expense at statutory tax rate of 25% (2006 and 2007: 33%)

   (i)   11,406      10,229      47   

Differential tax rate on PRC subsidiaries’ and branches’ income

   (i)   (1,714   (1,678   248   

Differential tax rate on other subsidiaries’ income

   (ii)   (6   (41   (19

Non-deductible expenses

   (iii)   1,220      1,362      660   

Non-taxable income

   (iv)   (2,574   (1,966   (1,071

Effect on changes in tax rates

   13 (iii)   —        117      —     

Tax credit for domestic equipment purchases and other tax benefits

     (1,413   (1,319   (658
                    

Actual income tax expense/ (benefit)

     6,919      6,704      (793
                    

 

Note:

 

(i) The provision for PRC current income tax is based on a statutory rate of 25% (2006 and 2007: 33%) of the assessable income of the Company, its subsidiaries and branches as determined in accordance with the relevant income tax rules and regulations of the PRC, except for certain subsidiaries and branches which are taxed at a preferential rate of 15% or 18%.
(ii) Income tax provision of the Company’s subsidiaries in the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions of PRC, and in other countries is based on the subsidiaries’ assessable income and income tax rates applicable in the respective tax jurisdictions which range from 12% to 35%.
(iii) Amounts represent miscellaneous expenses in excess of statutory deductible limits for tax purpose.
(iv) Amounts primarily represent connection fees received from customers which are not subject to income tax.

 

25. DIVIDENDS

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the Directors’ meeting on March 24, 2009, a final dividend of equivalent to HK$0.085 per share totalling approximately RMB6,063 for the year ended December 31, 2008 was proposed for shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 30, 2008, a final dividend of RMB0.075747 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totalling RMB6,125 in respect of the year ended December 31, 2007 was declared, of which RMB5,699 and RMB426 were paid on June 16, 2008 and February 25, 2009 respectively.

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 29, 2007, a final dividend of RMB0.083302 (equivalent to HK$0.085) per share totalling RMB6,741 in respect of the year ended December 31, 2006 was declared, of which RMB6,273 and RMB468 were paid on June 15, 2007 and January 23, 2008 respectively.

 

26. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 is based on the net income attributable to equity holders of the Company of RMB27,562, RMB24,195 and RMB884 respectively, divided by 80,932,368,321 shares.

The amount of diluted earnings per share is not presented as there were no dilutive potential ordinary shares in existence for all periods presented.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

27. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

The Group leases business premises and equipment through non-cancellable operating leases. Other than the CDMA network lease arrangements as set out in Note 30(a), these operating leases do not contain provisions for contingent lease rentals. None of the rental agreements contain escalation provisions that may require higher future rental payments nor impose restrictions on dividends, additional debt and/or further leasing.

As of December 31, 2008, the Group’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases were as follows:

 

     RMB

2009

   830

2010

   595

2011

   479

2012

   380

2013

   300

Thereafter

   508
    

Total minimum lease payments

   3,092
    

Total rental expense in respect of operating leases charged to the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were RMB1,392, RMB1,832 and RMB3,645, respectively.

Capital commitments

As of December 31, 2008, the Group had capital commitments as follows:

 

     RMB

Authorized and contracted for

  

- property

   629

- telecommunications network plant and equipment

   3,283
    
   3,912
    

 

     RMB

Authorized but not contracted for

  

- property

   764

- telecommunications network plant and equipment

   3,857
    
   4,621
    

Contingent liabilities

 

(a) The Company and the Group were advised by their PRC lawyers that, except for liabilities arising out of or relating to the businesses of the Predecessor Operations and the Acquired Groups transferred to the Company in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, no other liabilities were assumed by the Company or the Group, and the Company or the Group are not jointly and severally liable for other debts and obligations incurred by China Telecom Group prior to the Restructuring and the Acquisitions.

 

(b) As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Group did not have contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees given to banks in respect of banking facilities granted to other parties, or other forms of contingent liabilities.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

27. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)

 

Legal contingencies

The Group is a defendant in certain lawsuits as well as the named party in other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management has assessed the likelihood of an unfavourable outcome of such contingencies, lawsuits or other proceedings and believes that any resulting liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, operating results, or cash flows of the Group.

 

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets of the Group include cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, investments, accounts receivable, amounts due from China Telecom Group, advances and other receivables. Financial liabilities of the Group include short-term and long-term debts, accounts payable, amounts due to China Telecom Group, accrued expenses and other payables. The Group does not hold nor issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

  (a) Fair Value

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by management using market information and valuation methodologies considered appropriate. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair values. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Group could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The fair values of the Group’s financial instruments (other than long-term debt and investment securities) approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair values of long-term indebtedness are estimated by discounting future cash flows using current market interest rates offered to the Group for debt with substantially the same characteristics and maturities. The interest rates used in estimating the fair values of long-term debt, having considered the foreign currency denomination of the debt, ranged from 1.5% to 5.94% (2007: 1.5% to 7.047%). As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s long-term debt were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2007    December 31, 2008
     Carrying
amount
   Fair
value
   Carrying
amount
   Fair
value
     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Long-term debt

   37,959    35,037    39,791    38,871
                   

The fair value of available-for-sale equity investment securities, which amounted to RMB177 and RMB85 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively, was based on quoted market price on a PRC stock exchange. The Group’s long term investments are unlisted equity interests for which no quoted market prices exist in the PRC and accordingly, a reasonable estimate of their fair values could not be made without incurring excessive costs.

 

  (b) Risks

The Group’s financial instruments are exposed to three main types of risks, namely, credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (which comprises of interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk). The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as liquidity risk, credit risk, and market risk. The Board regularly reviews these policies and authorizes changes if necessary based on operating and market conditions and other relevant risks. The following summarizes the qualitative and quantitative disclosures for each of the three main types of risks:

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

  (i) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full when due. For the Group, this arises mainly from deposits it maintains at financial institutions and credit it provides to customers for the provision of telecommunication services. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Group primarily places cash deposits only with large state-owned financial institution in the PRC with acceptable credit ratings. For accounts receivable, management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. Furthermore, the Group has a diversified base of customers with no single customer contributing more than 10% of revenues for the periods presented. Further details of the Group’s credit policy for, and quantitative disclosures in respect of the Group’s exposure on credit risk for trade receivables are set out in Note 4.

The amounts of cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, accounts receivable and other receivables represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

 

  (ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that funds will not be available to meet liabilities as they fall due, and results from timing and amount mismatches of cash inflow and outflow. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash balances and adequate amount of committed banking facilities to meet its funding needs, including working capital, principal and interest payments on debts, dividend payments, capital expenditures and new investments for a set minimum period of between 3 to 6 months.

The following table sets out the remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date of the Group’s financial liabilities, which are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows (including interest payments computed using contractual rates or, if floating, based on prevailing rates at the balance sheet date) and the earliest date the Group would be required to repay:

 

       2007  
     Carrying
amount
   Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
    Within 1
year or on
demand
    More than 1
year but less
than 2 years
    More than 2
years but less
than 5 years
    More
than 5
years
 
     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Short-term debt

   67,767    (69,258   (69,258   —        —        —     

Long-term debt

   37,959    (48,524   (5,539   (2,407   (6,178   (34,400

Accounts payable

   29,013    (29,013   (29,013   —        —        —     

Accrued expenses and other payables

   30,670    (30,670   (30,670   —        —        —     

Income tax payable

   3,314    (3,314   (3,314   —        —        —     

Finance lease obligations

   29    (29   (24   (5   —        —     
                                   
   168,752    (180,808   (137,818   (2,412   (6,178   (34,400
                                   

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

  (ii) Liquidity risk (continued)

 

     2008  
     Carrying
amount
   Total
contractual
undiscounted
cash flow
    Within 1
year or on
demand
    More than 1
year but less
than 2 years
    More than 2
years but less
than 5 years
    More
than 5
years
 
     RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Short-term debt

   83,448    (85,576   (85,576   —        —        —     

Long-term debt

   39,791    (48,407   (2,498   (3,558   (24,813   (17,538

Accounts payable

   34,458    (34,458   (34,458   —        —        —     

Accrued expenses and other payables

   53,628    (53,628   (53,628   —        —        —     

Income tax payable

   164    (164   (164   —        —        —     

Finance lease obligations

   40    (40   (22   (18   —        —     
                                   
   211,529    (222,273   (176,346   (3,576   (24,813   (17,538
                                   

Management believes that the Group’s current cash on hand, expected cash flows from operations and available credit facilities from banks (Note 14) will be sufficient to meet the Group’s working capital requirements and repay its borrowings and obligations when they become due.

 

  (iii) Interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk exposure arises primarily from its short-term and long-term debts. Debts carrying interest at variable rates and at fixed rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk and fair value interest rate risk respectively. The Group manages its exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining high proportion of fixed rate debts with maturity within one year.

The following table sets out the interest rate profile of the Group’s debt at the balance sheet date:

 

     2007     2008  
     Effective
interest rate
         Effective
interest rate
      
     %    RMB     %    RMB  

Fixed rate debt:

          

Short-term debt

   4.4    67,767      5.1    83,448   

Long-term debt

   3.9    7,010      4.8    24,012   
                  
      74,777         107,460   

Variable rate debt:

          

Long-term debt

   5.2    30,949      5.2    15,779   
                  

Total debt

      105,726         123,239   
                  

Fixed rate debt as a percentage of total debt

      70.7      87.2
                  

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, it is estimated that an increase of 100 basis points in interest rate, with all other variables held constant, would decrease the Group’s net income and retained earnings by approximately RMB207 and RMB118 respectively.

The above sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the assumptions that the change in interest rate had occurred at the balance sheet date and the change was applied to the Group’s debt in existence at that date with exposure to cash flow interest rate risk. The analysis is prepared on the same basis for 2007.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

28. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

  (iv) Foreign currency exchange rate risk

Foreign currency exchange rate risk arises on financial instruments that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in which they are measured. The Group’s foreign currency risk exposure relates to bank deposits and borrowings denominated primarily in US dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen and Hong Kong dollars.

Management does not expect the appreciation or depreciation of the Renminbi against foreign currencies will materially affect the Group’s financial position and result of operations because 94.2% (2007: 93.0%) of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and 97.2% (2007: 96.4%) of the Group’s short-term and long-term debt as of December 31, 2008 are denominated in Renminbi. Details of bank loans denominated in other currencies are set out in Note 14.

 

29. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group’s primary objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide investment returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk and by securing access to finance at a reasonable cost.

Management regularly reviews and manages its capital structure to maintain a balance between the higher shareholder returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position, and makes adjustments to the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions.

Management monitors its capital structure on the basis of total debt-to-total assets ratio. For this purpose the Group defines total debt as the sum of short-term debt, long-term debt and finance lease obligations. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Group’s total debt-to-total assets ratio was 25.6% and 28.0% respectively, which is within the range of management’s expectation.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Companies are considered to be related if one company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control or jointly control the other company or have significant influence over the other company in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control.

 

(a) Transactions with China Telecom Group

The Group is a part of companies under China Telecom, a company owned by the PRC government, and has significant transactions and relationships with members of China Telecom. Because of these relationships, it is possible that the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from transactions among unrelated parties.

The principal transactions with China Telecom Group which were carried out in the ordinary course of business are as follows:

 

          Year ended
December 31,
     Note    2006    2007    2008
          RMB    RMB    RMB

Purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials

   (i)    155    120    145

Construction, engineering and information technology services

   (ii)    8,216    8,179    8,334

Provision of community services

   (iii)    2,378    2,266    2,297

Provision of ancillary services

   (iv)    3,238    3,574    4,536

Provision of comprehensive services

   (v)    1,149    1,361    1,190

Operating lease expenses

   (vi)    364    373    378

Centralized service expenses

   (vii)    306    250    250

Interconnection revenues

   (viii)    41    82    78

Interconnection charges

   (viii)    577    670    677

Interest on amounts due to and loans from China Telecom Group

   (ix)    2,361    2,501    3,537

CDMA network capacity lease fee

   (x)    —      —      1,504

Constructed capacity related costs of CDMA network

   (xi)    —      —      107

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent commission paid and payable for procurement services provided by China Telecom Group.
(ii) Represent network construction, engineering and information technology services provided by China Telecom Group.
(iii) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group in respect of cultural, educational, hygiene and other community services.
(iv) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group in respect of ancillary services such as repairs and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities and certain customer services.
(v) Represent amounts paid and payable to entities of China Telecom Group which were not within the scope of other related party service agreements in respect of services for procurement of telecommunications equipment, network design, software upgrade, system integration and manufacturing of calling cards.
(vi) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group for leases of business premises and inter-provincial transmission optic fibres.
(vii) Represent net amount shared between the Company and China Telecom Group for costs associated with common corporate services and international telecommunications facilities.
(viii) Represent amounts charged from/to China Telecom Group for interconnection of local and domestic long distance calls.
(ix) Represent interest paid and payable to China Telecom Group with respect to the amounts due to China Telecom and loans from China Telecom Group (Note 14).
(x) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group for lease of CDMA mobile communications network capacity (“CDMA network”) (see note below).
(xi) Represent amounts shared between the Company and China Telecom Group for the capacity maintenance related costs in connection with the CDMA network capacity used by the Company (see note below).

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(a) Transactions with China Telecom Group (continued)

 

Amounts due from/to China Telecom Group included in the following balances are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Accounts receivable

   248    372

Prepayments and other current assets

   435    700
         

Total amounts due from China Telecom Group

   683    1,072
         

Accounts payable

   5,514    6,387

Accrued expenses and other payables

   947    1,448

Short-term debt

   38,441    63,776

Long-term debt

   30,150    15,150
         

Total amounts due to China Telecom Group

   75,052    86,761
         

Amounts due from/to China Telecom Group, other than short-term debt and long-term debt, bear no interest, are unsecured and are repayable in accordance with contractual terms which are similar to those terms offered by third parties. The term and conditions associated with short-term debt and long-term debt payable to China Telecom Group are set out in Note 14.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, no material allowance for impairment of doubtful debts was recognized in respect of amounts due from China Telecom Group.

On August 30, 2006, the Company entered into a strategic agreement (“the Agreement”) with China Communication Services Corporation Limited (“CCS”), a company under the common control of China Telecom. The Agreement was approved by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on October 25, 2006. The Agreement is effective from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009, pursuant to which the Company’s subsidiaries (and their successors) in the Shanghai, Guangdong, Zhejiang, Fujian, Hubei and Hainan regions procure design, construction and engineering services provided by CCS for at least 12.5% of these subsidiaries’ annual capital expenditure. In return, CCS agreed to provide an additional price discount of at least 5% for the above services. In addition, the above subsidiaries will also procure facilities management services provided by CCS of not less than RMB1,330 during the effective period of the Agreement.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

As a result of the expansion of services areas of CCS, an amendment to the strategic agreement (“the Supplemental Agreement”) was approved by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on August 7, 2007. The Supplemental Agreement extends the scope of the Agreement to the Company’s subsidiaries (and their successors) in the Jiangsu, Anhui, Jiangxi, Hunan, Guangxi, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai and Xinjiang regions, amends that the Company’s subsidiaries will on an annual basis, procure design, construction and engineering services provided by CCS for at least 10.6% of these subsidiaries’ annual capital expenditure, and increases the commitment for facilities management services provided by CSS by RMB450. The Supplemental Agreement is effective from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2009.

On September 16, 2008, the Company’s independent shareholders approved at an Extraordinary General Meeting the CDMA network capacity lease agreement (“the CDMA Network Lease”) with China Telecom. The lease is effective from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 and can be renewed at the option of the Company, pursuant to which the Company agreed to lease the capacity on the constructed CDMA network from China Telecom Group to provide CDMA mobile communication services in the mainland PRC. The lease fee for the capacity on the constructed CDMA network shall be 28% of the CDMA service revenue (which is calculated by the total revenue from the CDMA business minus any upfront non-refundable revenue arising out of the CDMA business and any revenue from sale of telecommunication products) for the period from October 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and for each of the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2010. There shall be no minimum annual lease fee for the period ended December 31, 2008 and the year ending December 31, 2009. For the year ending December 31, 2010, the minimum lease fee shall be 90% of the total amount of the lease fee paid by the Company to China Telecom Group in the year ending December 31, 2009. The Group accounts for the CDMA Network Lease as operating lease.

Under the CDMA Network Lease, China Telecom has granted to the Company an option to purchase the CDMA network. The option may be exercised, at the discretion of the Company, at any time during the term of the CDMA Network Lease or within one year after the expiry of the CDMA Network Lease. The purchase price will be determined with reference to the appraised value of the CDMA network in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations and taking into account prevailing market conditions and other factors, provided that the purchase price would enable China Telecom to recover its investment in the CDMA network plus an internal rate of return on the investment of not exceeding 8%.

In addition, in accordance with the CDMA Network Lease, the Company shall be responsible for the operation, management and maintenance of the CDMA network. The capacity maintenance related costs, which comprise the rental fees for the exchange centers and the base stations, maintenance costs and other related costs such as water and electricity charges, heating charges and fuel charges for the relevant equipment as well as the maintenance costs of a non-capital nature, shall be shared between the Company and China Telecom. The proportion of the constructed capacity related costs to be borne by the Company shall be calculated on a monthly basis by reference to the followings:

 

  (i) the actual number of cumulative CDMA subscribers of the Company at the end of the month prior to the occurrence of the costs divided by 90%, divided by

 

  (ii) the total capacity available on the CDMA network.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(b) Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including directors and supervisors of the Group.

Key management personnel compensation of the Group is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands
   RMB
thousands

Short-term employee benefits

   10,323    13,876    8,397

Post-employment benefits

   641    594    687

Equity-based compensation benefits

   2,204    5,375    5,696
              
   13,168    19,845    14,780
              

The above remuneration is included in personnel expenses (Note 21).

 

(c) Contributions to post-employment benefit plans

The Group participates in various defined contribution post-employment benefit plans organized by municipal and provincial governments for its employees. Further details of the Group’s post-employment benefit plans are disclosed in Note 31.

 

(d) Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC

The Group is a state-controlled public utilities enterprise and operates in an economic regime currently dominated by entities directly or indirectly controlled by the State through government authorities, agencies, affiliations and other organizations (collectively referred to as “state-controlled entities”).

Apart from transactions with parent company and its affiliates, the Group have transactions with other state-controlled entities which include but not limited to the following:

 

   

sales and purchases of goods, properties and other assets

 

   

rendering and receiving services

 

   

lease of assets

 

   

depositing and borrowing money

 

   

use of public utilities

These transactions are conducted in the ordinary course of the Group’s business on terms comparable to the terms of transactions with other entities that are not state-controlled. The Group prices its telecommunications services and products based on government-regulated tariff rates, where applicable, or based on commercial negotiations. The Group has also established its procurement policies and approval processes for purchases of products and services, which do not depend on whether the counterparties are state-controlled entities or not.

Having considered the transactions potentially affected by related party relationships, the entity’s pricing strategy, procurement policies and approval processes, and the information that would be necessary for an understanding of the potential effect of the related party relationship on the financial statements, the directors are of the opinion that the following related party transactions require disclosure of numeric details:

 

  (i) Transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

The Group’s telecommunications networks interconnect with the networks of other state-controlled telecommunications operators. The Group also leases telecommunications networks to these operators in the normal course of business. The interconnection and leased line charges are regulated by the MIIT. The extent of the Group’s interconnection and leased line transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection revenues

   12,110    12,264    11,257

Interconnection charges

   3,620    4,121    4,912

Leased line revenues

   1,088    867    786
              

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

30. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(d) Transactions with other state-controlled entities in the PRC (continued)

 

  (i) Transactions with other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC (continued)

 

Amounts due from/to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC included in the following balances are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Accounts receivable

   1,378    1,112

Prepayments and other current assets

   261    4,523
         

Total amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   1,639    5,635
         

Accounts payable

   135    373

Accrued expenses and other payables

   219    13,242
         

Total amounts due to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC

   354    13,615
         

Amounts due from/to other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC bear no interest, are unsecured and are repayable in accordance with normal commercial terms.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there were no material allowance for impairment of doubtful debts in respect of amounts due from other state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

  (ii) Transactions with state-controlled banks

The Group deposits its cash balances primarily with several state-controlled banks in the PRC and obtains short-term and long-term loans from these banks in the ordinary course of business. The interest rates of these bank deposits and loans are regulated by the People’s Bank of China. The Group’s interest income earned from deposits with and interest expenses incurred on loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008
     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interest income

   467    374    428

Interest expense

   2,994    2,726    2,216
              

The amounts of cash deposited with and loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,
     2007    2008
     RMB    RMB

Cash at bank

   16,893    21,674

Time deposits with original maturity within three months

   4,425    5,950

Time deposits with original maturity over three months

   172    397
         

Total deposits at state-controlled banks in the PRC

   21,490    28,021
         

Short-term loans

   29,326    9,693

Long-term loans

   7,803    4,829
         

Total loans from state-controlled banks in the PRC

   37,129    14,522
         

Further details of interest rates and repayment terms of loans from state-controlled banks are set out in Note 14.

The directors believe the above information provides meaningful disclosure of related party transactions.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

31. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS PLAN

As stipulated by the regulations of the PRC, the Group participates in various defined contribution retirement plans organized by municipal and provincial governments for its employees. The Group is required to make contributions to the retirement plans at rates ranging from 18% to 20% of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of the employees. A member of the plan is entitled to a pension equal to a fixed proportion of the salary prevailing at the member’s retirement date. The Group has no other material obligation for the payment of pension benefits associated with these plans beyond the annual contributions described above.

The Group’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were RMB2,385, RMB2,547 and RMB2,647 respectively.

The amount payable for contributions to defined contribution retirement plans as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was RMB561 and RMB257 respectively.

 

32. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The Group implemented a stock appreciation rights plan for members of its management to provide incentives to these employees. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights are granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in RMB, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of the Company’s H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between RMB and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise. The Company recognizes compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period.

In March 2003, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 276.5 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$1.48 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In April 2005, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 560.0 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.78 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and six anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

In January 2006, the Company’s compensation committee approved the granting of 837.3 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees. Under the terms of this grant, all stock appreciation rights had a contractual life of six years from date of grant and an exercise price of HK$2.85 per unit. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 24 months after the date of grant. As of each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, RMB67, RMB204 and RMB346 stock appreciation right units were exercised respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008, reversal of compensation expense of RMB148 was recognized by the Group in respect of stock appreciation rights as a result of decline in share price of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, compensation expense recognized by the Group in respect of stock appreciation rights were RMB514 and RMB689 respectively.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the carrying amount of liability arising from unvested stock appreciation rights was RMB998 and RMB366 respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, all vested stock appreciation rights were exercised.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

33. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on February 25, 2008, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries were merged into the Company in an internal reorganization. Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

Name of Company

  

Type of legal entity

  

Date of incorporation

  

Registered capital

(in RMB millions unless
otherwise stated)

   Registered capital
(in RMB millions unless
otherwise stated)
China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited    Limited Company    September 13, 2001   

PRC

     392

China Telecom (Hong Kong)

International Limited

   Limited Company    February 25, 2000   

Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC

   HK$ 100,000
China Telecom (Americas) Corporation    Limited Company    November 22, 2001   

The United States of America

   US$ 23 million
China Telecom Best Tone Information Service Co., Limited    Limited Company    August 15, 2007   

PRC

     350
China Telecom (Macau) Company Limited (formerly known as “ China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited”)    Limited Company    October 15, 2004   

Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC

   MOP 60 million
Tianyi Telecom Terminals Company Limited (formerly known as Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Company Limited”)    Limited Company    July 1, 2005   

PRC

     500

 

34. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The Group’s financial position and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Management bases the assumptions and estimates on historical experience and on other factors that the management believes to be reasonable and which form the basis for making judgements about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

The selection of significant accounting policies, the judgements and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing the consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies are set forth in Note 2. Management believes the following significant accounting policies involve the most significant judgements and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition for upfront connection and installation fees

The Group defers the recognition of upfront fees for activation of wireline services and wireline installation fees and amortizes such fees over the expected customer relationship period of ten years. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs (including direct costs of installation) are also deferred and amortized over the same expected customer relationship period. Management estimates the expected customer relationship period based on the historical customer retention experience with consideration of the expected level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of its services, technological innovation, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. If management’s estimate of the expected customer relationship period changes as a result of increased competition, changes in telecommunications technology or other factors, the amount and timing of recognition of deferred revenue and deferred customer acquisition costs would change for future periods. There have been no changes to the estimated customer relationship period for the years presented.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

34. ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS (continued)

 

Allowance for impairment of doubtful debts

Management estimates allowance for impairment of doubtful debts resulting from the inability of the customers to make the required payments. Management bases its estimates on the ageing of the accounts receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, and historical write-off experience. If the financial condition of the customers were to deteriorate, actual write-offs might be higher than expected and could significantly affect the results of future periods.

Impairment of long-lived assets

If circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, the asset may be considered “impaired”, and an impairment loss would be recognized in accordance with accounting policy for impairment of long-lived assets as described in Note 2(n). The carrying amounts of the Group’s long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, construction in progress, investments in subsidiaries and investments, are reviewed periodically to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For goodwill, the impairment testing is performed annually at the end of each year balance sheet date. The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and the net selling price. When an asset does not generate cash flows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. It is difficult to precisely estimate selling price of the Group’s long-lived assets because quoted market prices for such assets may not be readily available. In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the asset are discounted to their present value, which requires significant judgement relating to level of revenue, amount of operating costs and applicable discount rate. Management uses all readily available information in determining an amount that is a reasonable approximation of recoverable amount, including estimates based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of revenue and amount of operating costs.

For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, no provision for impairment loss was made on property, plant and equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2008, a provision for impairment loss of RMB24,167 was made against the carrying value of certain wireless access service equipment (see Note 7). In determining the recoverable amount of these equipment, significant judgment was required in estimating future cash flows, level of revenue, amount of operating costs and applicable discount rate.

Changes in these estimates could have a significant impact on the carrying value of the assets and could result in additional impairment charge or reversal of impairment in future periods.

Depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account their estimated residual value. Management reviews the estimated useful lives and residual values of the assets annually in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The useful lives and residual values are based on the Group’s historical experience with similar assets and taking into account anticipated technological changes. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.

Amortization of customer relationships is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship period of five years. Management reviews the expected customer relationship period annually in order to estimate the amount of amortization expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The expected customer relationship period is based on the estimate period over which future economic benefits will be received by the Group and taking into account the level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence of its services, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. The amortization expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All Renminbi amounts in millions, except per share data and except otherwise stated)

 

35. POSSIBLE IMPACT OF AMENDMENTS, NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE FOR THE ANNUAL ACCOUNTING PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

Up to the date of issue of these financial statements, the IASB has issued the following amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the annual accounting period ended December 31, 2008:

 

    

Effective for accounting period
beginning on or after

IAS 1 (September 2007), “Presentation of financial statements”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 23 (March 2007), “Borrowing costs”

   January 1, 2009

IAS 32 (February 2008), “Financial instruments: Presentation” and IAS 1, “Presentation January 1, 2009 of financial statements - Puttable financial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation”

   January 1, 2009

IFRS 1 (May 2008), “First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”

   January 1, 2009

IFRS 2 (January 2008), “Share-based payment - Vesting conditions and cancellations”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 13, “Customer loyalty programmes”

   July 1, 2008

IFRIC 15, “Agreements for the construction of real estate”

   January 1, 2009

IFRIC 16, “Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation

   October 1, 2008

IFRIC 17, “Distributions of non-cash assets to owners

   July 1, 2009

IFRIC 18, “Transfer of assets from customers”

   July 1, 2009

IFRS 3 (January 2008), “Business combinations”

   July 1, 2009

IAS 27 (January 2008), “Consolidated and separate financial statements”

   July 1, 2009

IAS 39 (July 2008), “Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement - Eligible hedged items”

   July 1, 2009

The Group has not early adopted the above amendments, new standards and new interpretations. Management is in the process of making an assessment of what the impact of these amendments, new standards and new interpretations is expected to be in the period of initial application. So far management believes that amendments to IFRS 1, IAS 32 and IAS 39, and IFRIC 15 and IFRIC 16 are not applicable to the Group’s operations and the rest of the above amendments, new standards and new interpretations are unlikely to have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial position.

 

36. PARENT AND ULTIMATE HOLDING COMPANY

The parent and ultimate holding company of the Group as of December 31, 2008 is China Telecommunications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise established in the PRC. This entity does not produce financial statements available for public use.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibits

  

Description

  1.1    Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
  2.1    Form of H Share Certificate. (1)
  2.2    Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
  2.3    We agree to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of our long-term debt.
  4.1    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.2    Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.3    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
  4.4    Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
  4.5    Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
  4.6    Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
  4.7    Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
  4.8    Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
  4.9    Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (9)
  4.10    Underwriting Agreement, dated September 20, 2005, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
  4.11    Supplemental Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 15, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (10)
  4.12    Underwriting Agreement, dated April 10, 2006, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank Corporation (English summary). (10)
  4.13    Property Leasing Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.14    IT Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.15    Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.16    Engineering Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.17    Community Services Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)
  4.18    Ancillary Telecommunications Service Framework Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary). (11)


Table of Contents

Exhibits

  

Description

  4.19    Strategic Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between the Registrant and China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English summary). (11)
  4.20    Supplemental Agreement to the Strategic Agreement, dated June 15, 2007, between the Registrant and the China Communications Services Corporation Limited (English Summary). (11)
  4.21    Master Agreement for sales and purchase of equity interests in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, China Telecom System Group Integration Co., Ltd. and China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.22    Stock Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (USA) Corporation, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.23    Share Purchase Agreement in respect of sales and purchase of shares in China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, dated June 15, 2007, between China Telecommunications Corporation and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.24    Share Transfer Agreement in respect of transfer of shareholdings in China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited, dated June 15, 2007, among China Telecommunications Corporation, China Huaxin Post and Telecommunications Economy Development Center and China Telecom Corporation Limited. (11)
  4.25    Agreement on the Transfer of the Entire Equity Interests in China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Translation). (12)
  4.26    Form Merger Agreement, dated January 10, 2008, between the Registrant and each of certain subsidiaries wholly owned by the Registrant (English Translation). (12)
  4.27    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated December 26, 2007, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary). (12)
  4.28    Supplemental Agreement to the Centralized Services Agreement, dated March 31, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English Summary). (12)
  4.29    Framework Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated June 2, 2008, among the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English Summary). (12)
  4.30    Supplemental Agreement to the Interconnection Settlement Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.31    Supplemental Agreement to the IT Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.32    Supplemental Agreement to the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.33    Supplemental Agreement to the Engineering Framework Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.34    Supplemental Agreement to the Community Services Framework Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.35    Supplemental Agreement to the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.36    CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation).


Table of Contents

Exhibits

  

Description

  4.37    Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business, dated July 27, 2008, between the Registrant, China Unicom Limited and China Unicom Corporation Limited (English summary).
  4.38    Merger Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation (English translation).
  4.39    Supplemental Agreement to the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement, dated July 10, 2008, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary).
  4.40    Underwriting Agreement regarding Medium Term Notes of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008, dated April 15, 2008, among the Registrant, Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited and CITIC Securities Company Limited (English summary), and its Supplemental Agreement, dated December 15, 2008 (English summary).
  4.41    Underwriting Agreement regarding the First Tranche of Short-Term Commercial Paper of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008, dated July 7, 2008, among the Registrant, Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. and China Development Bank (English summary).
  8.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
11.1    Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

 

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(9) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(10) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(11) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(12) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

[English Translation of Chinese Original]

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

(Amended at the 2009 first extraordinary general meeting held on March 12, 2009)


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

      PAGE
CHAPTER 1:   GENERAL PROVISIONS   1
CHAPTER 2:   THE COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS   3
CHAPTER 3:   SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL   4
CHAPTER 4:   REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES   7
CHAPTER 5:   FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES   9
CHAPTER 6:   SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS   11
CHAPTER 7:   SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS   16
CHAPTER 8:   SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETINGS   18
CHAPTER 9:   SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF SHAREHOLDERS   27
CHAPTER 10:   BOARD OF DIRECTORS   30
CHAPTER 11:   SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS   35
CHAPTER 12:   GENERAL MANAGER   38
CHAPTER 13:   SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE   39
CHAPTER 14:   THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS, SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY   41
CHAPTER 15:   FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT DISTRIBUTION   49
CHAPTER 16:   APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM   52
CHAPTER 17:   MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY   55
CHAPTER 18:   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION   56
CHAPTER 19:   PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION   59
CHAPTER 20:   NOTICES   59
CHAPTER 21:   DISPUTE RESOLUTION   61
CHAPTER 22:   SUPPLEMENTARY   62

 

i


Note: In the right-hand column of these Articles of Association, “ MP ” means Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas promulgated by the former China Securities Committee under the State Council and the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “App.” means the Listing Rules promulgated by the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; “Zheng Jian Hai Han” means Circular Regarding Comments on the Amendment of Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas in Hong Kong (Zheng Jian Hai Han [1995] No.1), which was promulgated by the Overseas-Listing Department of China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Production System Department of the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “Opinions” means Opinions Regarding the Promotion of Legally Compliant Operations and the Further Reform of Companies Listing Overseas, which was promulgated by the State Economic and Trade Commission and China Securities Regulatory Commission; and “Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary” means Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary of Companies Listing Overseas.

 

ii


  

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATON LIMITED

  

App.13d

1(a)

   CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS   
Article 1.    China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) is a joint stock limited company established in accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Company Law”), the State Council’s Special Regulations Regarding the Issue of Shares Overseas and the Listing of Shares Overseas by Companies Limited by Shares (the “Special Regulations”) and other relevant laws and regulations of the State.    MP1
   The Company was established by way of promotion with the approval of the State Economic and Trade Commission of the People’s Republic of China on 10 September 2002, as evidenced by approval document Guo Jing Mao Qi Gai [2002] no. 656 of 2002. It is registered with and has obtained a business licence from the State Administration Bureau of Industry and Commerce on 10 September 2002. The Company’s business licence number is: 1000001003712.   
   The promoter of the Company is: China Telecommunications Corporation.   
Article 2.   

The Company’s registered Chinese name: LOGO

 

The Company’s registered English name: China Telecom Corporation Limited.

   MP2
Article 3.    The Company’s address    :     

31 Jinrong Street

Xicheng District

Beijing China

   MP3
   Telephone number    :      6642-8166   
   Facsimile number    :      6641-5280   
   Postal code    :      100032   
Article 4.    The Company’s legal representative is the Chairman of the board of directors of the Company.    MP4
Article 5.   

The Company is a joint stock limited company which has perpetual existence.

 

The liability of a shareholder is limited to the value of the shares held by him, while the Company undertakes all of its liabilities with all of its assets.

 

The Company is an independent corporate legal person, governed by, and existing under the protection of, the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

   MP5

 

1


Article 6.    The Company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles of Association” or “these Articles of Association”) are enacted in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law, the Special Regulations and the Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies to be Listed Overseas (the “Mandatory Provisions”) and other PRC laws and administrative regulations.”   
Article 7.   

The original Articles of Association took effect from the corporation date of the Company.

 

These Articles of Association shall take effect after being adopted by a special resolution at the Company’s general meeting and upon approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council. After these Articles of Association come into effect, the original Articles of Association shall be superseded by these Articles of Association.

   MP6
Article 8.    From the date on which the Company’s Articles of Association come into effect, the Company’s Articles of Association constitute the legally binding document regulating the Company’s organisation and activities, and the rights and obligations between the Company and each shareholder and among the shareholders.    MP6
Article 9.    The Company’s Articles of Association are binding on the Company and its shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior management personnel; all of whom may, according to the Company’s Articles of Association, assert rights in respect of the affairs of the Company.    MP7
   Subject to Chapter 21 of these Articles of Association, a shareholder may take action against the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, and vice versa. A shareholder may also take action against another shareholder, and may take action against the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   The actions referred to in the preceding paragraph include court proceedings and arbitration proceedings.   
Article 10.   

The Company may invest in other limited liability companies or joint stock limited companies. The Company’s liabilities to an invested company shall be limited to the amount of its capital contribution to the invested company.

 

The Company shall not be a shareholder with unlimited liabilities of any other organisations operating for profits.

   MP8

 

2


   The Company may, according to its operating and management needs, operate as a holding company in accordance with the law.   
Article 11.    Subject to compliance with PRC laws and regulations, the Company shall have the right to raise funds, including (but not limited to) taking loans and issuing company bonds, and have the right to charge or pledge its assets.   
CHAPTER 2: THE COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS
Article 12.    The Company’s objectives are: comply with state laws and regulations, be market driven, actively adopt advanced communications technologies, and develop telecommunications and information businesses; strengthen management and increase service quality; provide fast, convenient and accurate communication services to society and satisfy the needs of society; improve enterprise efficiency, increase enterprise competitiveness and create profits for shareholders.    MP9
Article 13.    The Company’s scope of business shall be consistent with and subject to the scope of business approved by the authority responsible for the registration of the Company.    MP10
  

Basic telecommunications businesses include: engage in second generation 800MHz CDMA digital cellular mobile communications business and third generation CDMA2000 digital cellular mobile communications business in the People’s Republic of China; engage in local fixed telephone business (including local wireless ring circuit business), domestic fixed long-distance telephone business, international fixed long-distance telephone business, IP telephone (limited to Phone-to-Phone) business, satellite international private line business, Internet data transfer business, international data communications business, public telegraph and subscriber telegraph business, 26GHz wireless access business, domestic communications facilities servicing business in the twenty-one provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hainan, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang; engage in 3.5GHz wireless access business in Nanjing, Hefei, Kunming, Hubei, Hunan, Hainan, Sichuan, Guizhou and Gansu.

 

Value-added telecommunications businesses include: engage in Type 2 basic telecommunications businesses, namely, domestic Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) communications business, domestic fixed data transfer business, wireless data transfer business, Customer Premises Network (CPN) business, network hosting business in the twenty-one provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Hubei, Hunan, Guangdong, Guangxi, Hainan, Chongqing, Sichuan, Guizhou, Yunnan,

  

 

3


  

Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang; Type 1 value-added telecommunications businesses, namely, online data processing and transaction processing business, domestic Internet virtual private network business, Internet data center business; Type 2 value-added telecommunications businesses, namely, storage and forwarding business, call center business, Internet access services business and information services business; information services business (limited to mobile information services) in the ten provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of Tianjin, Hebei, Shanxi, Inner Mongolia, Liaoning, Jilin, Heilongjiang, Shandong, Henan and Tibet.

 

General businesses include: engage in system integration, technology development, technology services, technology training, technology consulting, information consulting, the manufacture, sale, installation, design and construction of equipment, computer hardware and software in connection with communications and information businesses; leasing of properties; leasing of communications facilities; design, construction and repair of safety technologies and security systems; advertising.

  
Article 14.   

The Company may, based on its business development needs, establish subsidiaries, controlled subsidiaries, branches, representative offices and other branch organisations.

 

Based on its business development needs and upon approval of the relevant governmental authorities, the Company may adjust its scope of business and manner of operation from time to time, and may establish branch organisations and/or representative offices (irrespective of whether controlled or owned by it) in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region.

  
CHAPTER 3: SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL
Article 15.    There must, at all times, be ordinary shares in the Company. The ordinary shares issued by the Company include domestic-invested shares and foreign-invested shares. Subject to the approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council, the Company may, according to its requirements, create different classes of shares.    MP11 App.3 9
Article 16.   

The shares issued by the Company shall each have a par value of Renminbi one (1.00) yuan.

 

“Renminbi” referred to in the previous paragraph means the legal currency of the PRC.

   MP12
Article 17.    Subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, the Company may issue shares to Domestic Investors and Foreign Investors.    MP13

 

4


   “Foreign Investors” referred to in the previous paragraph mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located in foreign countries and in the regions of Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan. “Domestic Investors” mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located within the territory of the PRC.   
Article 18.   

Shares which the Company issues to Domestic Investors for subscription in Renminbi shall be referred to as “Domestic-Invested Shares”. Shares which the Company issues to Foreign Investors for subscription in foreign currencies shall be referred to as “Foreign-Invested Shares”. Foreign-Invested Shares which are listed overseas are called “Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares”. Both holders of Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares are holders of ordinary shares, and have the same obligations and rights.

 

“Foreign currencies” mean the legal currencies of countries or districts outside the PRC which are recognised by the foreign exchange authority of the State and which can be used to pay the share price to the Company.

   MP14 App.3 9
Article 19.    Foreign-Invested Shares issued by the Company and which are listed in Hong Kong shall be referred to as “H Shares”. H Shares are shares which have been admitted for listing on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”), the par value of which is denominated in Renminbi and which are subscribed for and traded in Hong Kong dollars.   
Article 20.    By the approval of the relevant companies department authorised by the State Council, the Company may issue a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares, of which 68,317,270,803 were issued to the promoter of the Company at the time when the Company was established, representing 84.41% of the entire issued share capital.    MP15
Article 21.   

All the 12,615,097,518 ordinary shares issued by the Company after its incorporation are the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares). Pursuant to the Provisional Measures on the Administration of the Reduction of the State-Owned Shares for Raising Social Security Funds, the number of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) converted from a reduction by holders of State-owned shares of their shareholdings of the State-owned shares amounted to 1,262,312,482 shares. The total of the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) issued by the Company shall be 13,877,410,000 shares, representing 17.15% of the issued share capital of the Company.

 

The share capital structure of the Company is as follows: there are a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares issued, of which 57,377,053,317 shares are held by the promoter, China Telecommunications Corporation, representing 70.89% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. The other holders of the

   MP16 App.3 9

 

5


   domestic shares are Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., holding a total of 5,614,082,653 shares representing 6.94% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd., holding a total of 957,031,543 shares representing 1.18% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Zhejiang Financial Development Company, holding a total of 2,137,473,626 shares representing 2.64% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company and Fujian State-Owned Assets Investment Holdings Co., Ltd., holding a total of 969,317,182 shares representing 1.20% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. A total of 13,877,410,000 shares are held by holders of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H shares), representing 17.15% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company.   
Article 22.    The Company’s board of directors may take all necessary action for the issuance of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares after proposals for issuance of the same have been approved by the securities authority of the State Council.    MP17
   The Company may implement its proposal to issue Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares pursuant to the preceding paragraph within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”).   
Article 23.    Where the total number of shares stated in the proposal for the issuance of shares includes Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares, such shares should be fully subscribed for at their respective offerings. If the shares cannot be fully subscribed for all at once due to special circumstances, the shares may, subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, be issued in separate branches.    MP18
Article 24.    The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB 80,932,368,321.    MP19
Article 25.    The Company may, based on its operating and development needs, authorize the increase of its capital pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP20
   The Company may increase its capital in the following ways:   
   (1)    by offering new shares for subscription by unspecified investors;   
   (2)    by issuing new shares to its existing shareholders;   
   (3)    by allotting bonus shares to its existing shareholders;   
   (4)    by any other means which is permitted by law and administrative regulation.   

 

6


   After the Company’s increase of share capital by means of the issuance of new shares has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the issuance thereof should be made in accordance with the procedures set out in the relevant State laws and administrative regulations.   
Article 26.    Except as provided for by other provisions of law and administrative regulations, shares of the Company may be freely transferred without any right of lien.   

MP21 App.3

1(2)

CHAPTER 4: REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES
Article 27.    According to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company may reduce its registered capital.    MP22
Article 28.    The Company must prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets when it reduces its registered capital.    MP23
   The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s resolution for reduction of capital and shall publish an announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of such resolution. A creditor has the right within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice from the Company or, in the case of a creditor who does not receive such notice, within ninety (90) days of the date of the first public announcement, to require the Company to repay its debts or to provide a corresponding guarantee for such debt.   
   The Company’s registered capital may not, after the reduction in capital, be less than the minimum amount prescribed by law.   
Article 29.    The Company may, in accordance with the procedures set out in the Company’s Articles of Association and with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State, repurchase its issued shares under the following circumstances:    MP24
   (1)    cancellation of shares for the purposes of reducing its capital;   
   (2)    merging with another company that holds shares in the Company;   
   (3)    other circumstances permitted by laws and administrative regulations.   
   The Company’s repurchase of its issued shares shall comply with the provisions of Articles 30 to 33.   
Article 30.    The Company may repurchase shares in one of the following ways, with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State:    MP25
   (1)    by making a general offer for the repurchase of shares to all its shareholders on a pro rata basis;   

 

7


   (2)    by repurchasing shares through public dealing on a stock exchange;   

App.3

8(2)

  

 

(3)

  

 

by repurchasing shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement.

  
Article 31.    The Company must obtain the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the manner stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association) before it can repurchase shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement. The Company may, by obtaining the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the same manner), release, vary or waive its rights under an agreement which has been so entered into.    MP26
   An agreement for the repurchase shares referred to in the preceding paragraph includes (but is not limited to) an agreement to become liable to repurchase shares or an agreement to have the right to repurchase shares.   
   The Company may not assign an agreement for the repurchase of its shares or any right contained in such an agreement.   
Article 32.    Shares which have been legally repurchased by the Company shall be cancelled within the period prescribed by law and administrative regulation, and the Company shall apply to the original companies registration authority for registration of the change in its registered capital and make a public announcement.    MP27
   The aggregate par value of the cancelled shares shall be deducted from the Company’s registered share capital.   
Article 33.    Unless the Company is in the course of liquidation, it must comply with the following provisions in relation to repurchase of its issued shares:    MP28
   (1)    where the Company repurchases shares at par value, payment shall be made out of book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose;   

App.3

8

   (2)    where the Company repurchases shares of the Company at a premium to its par value, payment up to the par value may be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose. Payment of the portion in excess of the par value shall be effected as follows:   
      (i)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company;   

 

8


      (ii)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at a premium to its par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose, provided that the amount paid out of the proceeds of the new issue shall not exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received by the Company on the issue of the shares repurchased nor shall it exceed the book value of the Company’s capital common reserve fund account (including the premiums on the new issue) at the time of the repurchase;   
   (3)    the Company shall make the following payments out of the Company’s distributable profits:   
      (i)    payment for the acquisition of the right to repurchase its own shares;   
      (ii)    payment for variation of any contract for the repurchase of its shares;   
      (iii)    payment for the release of its obligation(s) under any contract for the repurchase of its shares;   
   (4)    after the Company’s registered capital has been reduced by the aggregate par value of the cancelled shares in accordance with the relevant provisions, the amount deducted from the distributable profits of the Company for payment of the par value of shares which have been repurchased shall be transferred to the Company’s capital common reserve fund account.   
CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES
Article 34.    The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to a person who is acquiring or is proposing to acquire shares in the Company. This includes any person who directly or indirectly incurs any obligations as a result of the acquisition of shares in the Company (the “Obligor”).    MP29
   The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to the Obligor for the purposes of reducing or discharging the obligations assumed by such Obligor.   
   This Article shall not apply to the circumstances specified in Article 36 of this Chapter.   

 

9


Article 35.    For the purposes of this Chapter, “financial assistance” includes (without limitation) the following:    MP30
   (1)    gift;   
   (2)    guarantee (including the assumption of liability by the guarantor or the provision of assets by the guarantor to secure the performance of obligations by the Obligor), compensation (other than compensation in respect of the Company’s own default) or release or waiver of any rights;   
   (3)    provision of loan or any other agreement under which the obligations of the Company are to be fulfilled before the obligations of another party, or the change in parties to, or the assignment of rights under, such loan or agreement;   
   (4)    any other form of financial assistance given by the Company when the Company is insolvent or has no net assets or when its net assets would thereby be reduced to a material extent.   
   For the purposes of this Chapter, “assumption of obligations” includes the assumption of obligations by way of contract or by way of arrangement (irrespective of whether such contract or arrangement is enforceable or not and irrespective of whether such obligation is to be borne solely by the Obligor or jointly with other persons) or by any other means which results in a change in his financial position.   
Article 36.    The following actions shall not be deemed to be activities prohibited by Article 34 of this Chapter:    MP31
   (1)    the provision of financial assistance by the Company where the financial assistance is given in good faith in the interests of the Company, and the principal purpose of which is not for the acquisition of shares in the Company, or the giving of the financial assistance is an incidental part of some larger purpose of the Company;   
   (2)    the lawful distribution of the Company’s assets by way of dividend;   
   (3)    the allotment of bonus shares as dividends;   
   (4)    a reduction of registered capital, a repurchase of shares of the Company or a reorganisation of the share capital structure of the Company effected in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    the lending of money by the Company within its scope of business and in the ordinary course of its   

 

10


      business, where the lending of money is part of the scope of business of the Company (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits);   
   (6)    contributions made by the Company to employee share ownership schemes (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits).   
CHAPTER 6: SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS
Article 37.    Share certificates of the Company shall be in registered form.    MP32
   The share certificate of the Company shall contain following main particulars:   
   (1)    the name of the Company;   
   (2)    the corporation date of the Company;   
   (3)    the class of shares, par value and number of shares it represents;   
   (4)    the share certificate number;   
   (5)    other matters required to be stated therein by the Company Law, Special Regulations and the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed.   
Article 38.    Share certificates of the Company may be assigned, given as a gift, inherited or charged in accordance with relevant provisions of laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.   

App.3

1(1)

   For assignment and transfer of share certificates, relevant registration shall be carried out with the share registration institution authorized by the Company.   
Article 39.    Share certificates of the Company shall be signed by the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors. Where the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed require other senior officer(s) of the Company to sign on the share certificates, the share certificates shall also be signed by such senior officer(s). The share certificates shall take effect after being imprinted with the seal of the Company (including the seal of the Company especially for securities). The share certificate shall be imprinted with the seal of the Company or the seal of the Company especially for securities under the authorization of the board of directors. The signatures of the Chairman of the board of directors or other senior officer(s) of the Company may be printed in mechanical form.   

MP33

C.1  Zheng Jian  Hai Han

App.3

2(1)

 

11


Article 40.    The Company shall keep a register of shareholders which shall contain the following particulars:    MP34
   (1)    the name (title) and address (residence), the occupation or nature of each shareholder;   
   (2)    the class and quantity of shares held by each shareholder;   
   (3)    the amount paid-up on or agreed to be paid-up on the shares held by each shareholder;   
   (4)    the share certificate number(s) of the shares held by each shareholder;   
   (5)    the date on which each person was entered in the register as a shareholder;   
   (6)    the date on which any shareholder ceased to be a shareholder.   
   Unless there is evidence to the contrary, the register of shareholders shall be sufficient evidence of the shareholders’ shareholdings in the Company.   
Article 41.    The Company may, in accordance with the mutual understanding and agreements made between the securities authority of the State Council and overseas securities regulatory organisations, maintain the register of shareholders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares overseas and appoint overseas agent(s) to manage such register of shareholders. The original register for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall be maintained in Hong Kong.   

MP35,

C.2  Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(b)

   A duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be maintained at the Company’s residence. The appointed overseas agent(s) shall ensure consistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders at all times.   
   If there is any inconsistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares, the original register of shareholders shall prevail.   
Article 42.    The Company shall have a complete register of shareholders which shall comprise the following parts:    MP36
   (1)    the register of shareholders which is maintained at the Company’s residence (other than those share registers which are described in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Article);   

 

12


   (2)    the register of shareholders in respect of the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares of the Company which is maintained in the same place as the overseas stock exchange on which the shares are listed; and   
   (3)    the register of shareholders which are maintained in such other place as the board of directors may consider necessary for the purposes of the listing of the Company’s shares.   
Article 43.    Different parts of the register of shareholders shall not overlap. No transfer of any shares registered in any part of the register shall, during the continuance of that registration, be registered in any other part of the register.    MP37
   All Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong which have been fully paid-up may be freely transferred in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. However, unless such transfer complies with the following requirements, the board of directors may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer and would not need to provide any reason therefore:   

C.12  Zheng Jian  Hai Han

App.3

1(1)

   (1)    a fee of HK$2.50 per instrument of transfer or such higher amount agreed from time to time by the Stock Exchange for registration of the instrument of transfer and other documents relating to or which will affect the right of ownership of the shares;   

App.3

1(1)

   (2)    the instrument of transfer only relates to Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong;   
   (3)    the stamp duty which is chargeable on the instrument of transfer has already been paid;   
   (4)    the relevant share certificate(s) and any other evidence which the board of directors may reasonably require to show that the transferor has the right to transfer the shares have been provided;   
   (5)    if it is intended that the shares be transferred to joint owners, the maximum number of joint owners shall not be more than four (4);   

App.3

1(3)

   (6)    the Company does not have any lien on the relevant shares.   
   The transfer of Overseas-Listed Foreign Invested Shares in the Company listed in Hong Kong shall be carried out in writing on normal or standard instruments of transfer or on a form acceptable to the Board of Directors; and such transfer instrument can be signed only by hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a securities clearing institution or its representative recognised in accordance with section 37 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Hong Kong Law Chapter 571), signed by hand or signed in printed mechanical form. All the transfer instruments shall be maintained in the legal address of the Company or other place the Board of Director may designate from time to time.   

 

13


   Any change or correction to various parts of the register of shareholders shall be carried out in accordance with the law of the place where such parts of the register of shareholders are maintained.   
Article 44.    No change may be made in the register of shareholders as a result of a transfer of shares within thirty (30) days prior to the date of a shareholders’ general meeting or within five (5) days before the record date for the Company’s distribution of dividends.    MP38
Article 45.    When the Company needs to determine the rights attaching to shares in the Company for the purposes of convening a shareholders’ meeting, for dividend distribution, for liquidation or for any other purpose, the board of directors shall decide on a date for the determination of rights attaching to shares in the Company. The shareholders of the Company shall be such persons who appear in the register of shareholders at the close of such determination date.    MP39
Article 46.    Any person aggrieved and claiming to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in or removed from the register of shareholders may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for rectification of the register.    MP40
Article 47.    Any person who is a registered shareholder or who claims to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in the register of shareholders in respect of shares in the Company may, if his share certificate (the “original certificate”) relating to the shares is lost, apply to the Company for a replacement share certificate in respect of such shares (the “Relevant Shares”).    MP41
   Application by a holder of Domestic-Invested Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate shall be dealt with in accordance with the requirements of the Company Law.   
   Application by a holder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate may be dealt with in accordance with the law of the place where the original register of shareholders of holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares is maintained, the rules of the stock exchange or other relevant regulations.   
   The issue of a replacement share certificate to a holder of H Shares, who has lost his share certificate, shall comply with the following requirements:   

App.3

2(2)

   (1)    The applicant shall submit an application to the Company in a prescribed form accompanied by a notarial certificate or a statutory declaration, stating the grounds upon which the application is made, the circumstances and evidence of the loss; and declaring that no other person is entitled to have his name entered in the register of shareholders in respect of the Relevant Shares.   

 

14


   (2)    The Company has not received any declaration made by any person other than the applicant declaring that his name shall be entered into the register of shareholders in respect of such shares before it decides to issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant.   
   (3)    The Company shall, if it intends to issue a replacement share certificate, publish a notice of its intention to do so at least once every thirty (30) days within a period of ninety (90) consecutive days in such newspapers as may be prescribed by the board of directors.    App.3 7(1)
   (4)    The Company shall, prior to publication of its intention to issue a replacement share certificate, deliver to the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, a copy of the notice to be published and may publish the notice upon receipt of confirmation from such stock exchange that the notice has been exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange. Such notice shall be exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange for a period of ninety (90) days.   
      In the case of an application which is made without the consent of the registered holder of the Relevant Shares, the Company shall deliver by mail to such registered shareholder a copy of the notice to be published.   
   (5)    If, by the expiration of the 90-day period referred to in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Article, the Company has not have received any challenge from any person in respect of the issuance of the replacement share certificate, it may issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant pursuant to his application.   
   (6)    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to this Article, it shall forthwith cancel the original share certificate and document the cancellation of the original share certificate and issuance of a replacement share certificate in the register of shareholders accordingly.   
   (7)    All expenses relating to the cancellation of an original share certificate and the issuance of a replacement share certificate shall be borne by the applicant and the Company is entitled to refuse to take any action until reasonable security is provided by the applicant therefore.   
Article 48.    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association and a bona fide purchaser acquires or becomes the registered owner of such shares, his name (title) shall not be removed from the register of shareholders.    MP42

 

15


Article 49.    The Company shall not be liable for any damages sustained by any person by reason of the cancellation of the original share certificate or the issuance of the replacement share certificate unless the claimant is able to prove that the Company has acted in a deceitful manner.    MP43
CHAPTER 7: SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
Article 50.    A shareholder of the Company is a person who lawfully holds shares in the Company and whose name (title) is entered in the register of shareholders.   

MP44

App.3

9

   A shareholder shall enjoy rights and assume obligations according to the class and amount of shares held by him; shareholders who hold shares of the same class shall enjoy the same rights and assume the same obligations.   
   In the case of the joint shareholders, if one of the joint shareholders is deceased, only the other existing shareholders of the joint shareholders shall be deemed as the persons who have the ownership of the relevant shares. But the board of directors has the power to require them to provide a certificate of death as necessary for the purpose of modifying the register of shareholders, or any of the joint shareholders of the shares, only the joint shareholders ranking first in the register of shareholders have the right to accept certificates of the relevant shares, receive notices of the Company, attend and vote at shareholders’ general meetings of the Company. Any notice which is delivered to the shareholder shall be considered as all the joint shareholders of the relevant shares who have been delivered.   

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

Article 51.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP45
   (1)    the right to receive dividends and other distributions in proportion to the number of shares held;   

App.3

9

   (2)    the right to attend or appoint a proxy to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to vote thereat;   
   (3)    the right of supervisory management over the Company’s business operations and the right to present proposals or to raise queries;   
   (4)    the right to transfer shares in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    the right to obtain relevant information in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, including:   
      (i)    the right to obtain a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association, subject to payment of costs;   
      (ii)    the right to inspect and copy, subject to payment of a reasonable fee:   
               (a)    all parts of the register of shareholders;     

 

16


         (b)   personal particulars of each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, including:   
          (aa)   present and former name and alias;   
          (bb)   principal address (place of residence);   
          (cc)   nationality;   
          (dd)   primary and all other part-time occupations and duties;   
          (ee)   identification documents and the numbers thereof;   
         (c)   report on the state of the Company’s share capital;   
         (d)   reports showing the aggregate par value, quantity, highest and lowest price paid in respect of each class of shares repurchased by the Company since the end of the last accounting year and the aggregate amount paid by the Company for this purpose;   
         (e)   minutes of shareholders’ general meetings;   
   (6)   in the event of the termination or liquidation of the Company, the right to participate in the distribution of surplus assets of the Company in accordance with the number of shares held;   
   (7)   other rights conferred by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 52.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall assume the following obligations:    MP46
   (1)   to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (2)   to pay subscription monies according to the number of shares subscribed and the method of subscription;   
   (3)   other obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   Shareholders are not liable to make any further contribution to the share capital other than according to the terms which were agreed by the subscriber of the relevant shares at the time of subscription.   

 

17


Article 53.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws and administrative regulations or required by the listing rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed, a controlling shareholder shall not exercise his voting rights in respect of the following matters in a manner prejudicial to the interests of all or part of the shareholders of the Company:    MP47
   (1)    to relieve a director or supervisor of his duty to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;   
   (2)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the Company’s assets in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which are beneficial to the Company;   
   (3)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the individual rights of other shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distributions and voting rights (save pursuant to a restructuring which has been submitted for approval by the shareholders in a general meeting in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association).   
Article 54.    For the purpose of the foregoing Article, a “controlling shareholder” means a person who satisfies any one of the following conditions:    MP48
   (1)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to elect more than half of the board of directors;   
   (2)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to exercise or to control the exercise of 30% or more of the voting rights in the Company;   
   (3)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, holds 30 % or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;   
   (4)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has de facto control of the Company in any other way.   
CHAPTER 8: SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETINGS
Article 55.    The shareholders’ general meeting is the organ of authority of the Company and shall exercise its functions and powers in accordance with law.    MP49
Article 56.    The shareholders’ general meeting shall have the following functions and powers:    MP50
   (1)    to decide on the Company’s operational policies and investment plans;   

 

18


   (2)    to elect and replace directors and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of directors;   
   (3)    to elect and replace supervisors who represent the shareholders and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of supervisors;   
   (4)    to examine and approve the board of directors’ reports;   
   (5)    to examine and approve the supervisory committee’s reports;   
   (6)    to examine and approve the Company’s proposed preliminary and final annual financial budgets;   
   (7)    to examine and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans;   
   (8)    to decide on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;   
   (9)    to decide on matters such as merger, division, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;   
   (10)    to decide on the issue of debentures by the Company;   
   (11)    to decide on the appointment, dismissal and non-reappointment of the accountants of the Company;   
   (12)    to amend the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (13)    to consider motions raised by shareholders who represent 5 % or more of the total number of voting shares of the Company;   
   (14)    to decide on other matters which, according to law, administrative regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association, need to be approved by shareholders in general meetings;   
   The shareholders in a general meeting may authorize the board of directors to carry out matters on their behalf, or may sub-delegate the carrying out of such matters to the board of directors.   
Article 57.    The Company shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into any contract with any person (other than a director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers) pursuant to which such person shall be responsible for the management and administration of the whole or any substantial part of the Company’s business.    MP51

 

19


Article 58.    Shareholders’ general meetings are divided into annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings. Shareholders’ general meetings shall be convened by the board of directors. Annual general meetings are held once every year and within six (6) months from the end of the preceding financial year.    MP52
   The board of directors shall convene an extraordinary general meeting within two (2) months of the occurrence of any one of the following events:   
   (1)    where the number of directors is less than the number stipulated in the Company Law or two-thirds of the number specified in the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (2)    where the unrecovered losses of the Company amount to one-third of the total amount of its share capital;   
   (3)    where shareholder(s) holding 10 % or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding voting shares request(s) in writing for the convening of an extraordinary general meeting;   
   (4)   

whenever the board of directors deems necessary or the supervisory committee so requests;

  
   (5)    whenever two or more independent directors so request.   

Opinions

C6

Article 59.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ general meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given forty-five (45) days before the date of the meeting to notify all of the shareholders whose names appear in the share register of the matters to be considered and the date and place of the meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the meeting shall deliver to the Company his written reply concerning his attendance at such meeting twenty (20) days before the date of the meeting.    MP53
Article 60.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ annual general meeting, shareholder(s) holding 5% or more of the total voting shares of the Company shall have the right to propose new motions in writing, and the Company shall place such proposed motions on the agenda for such annual general meeting if they are matters falling within the functions and powers of shareholders in general meetings.    MP54
Article 61.    The Company shall, based on the written replies which it receives from the shareholders twenty (20) days before the date of the shareholders’ general meeting, calculate the number of voting shares represented by the shareholders who intend to attend the meeting. If the number of voting shares represented by the shareholders who intend to attend the meeting amount to more than one-half of the Company’s total voting shares, the    MP55

 

20


   Company may hold the meeting; if not, then the Company shall, within five (5) days, notify the shareholders by way of public announcement the matters to be considered at, and the place and date for, the meeting. The Company may then hold the meeting after publication of such announcement.   
   A shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting shall not decide on any matter not stated in the notice for the meeting.   
Article 62.    A notice of a meeting of the shareholders of the Company shall satisfy the following criteria:    MP56
   (1)    be in writing;   
   (2)    specify the place, date and time of the meeting;   
   (3)    state the matters to be discussed at the meeting;   
   (4)    provide such information and explanation as are necessary for the shareholders to make an informed decision on the proposals put before them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where a proposal is made to amalgamate the Company with another, to repurchase the shares of the Company, to reorganise its share capital, or to restructure the Company in any other way, the terms of the proposed transaction must be provided in detail together with copies of the proposed agreement, if any, and the cause and effect of such proposal must be properly explained;   
   (5)    contain a disclosure of the nature and extent, if any, of the material interests of any director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers in the proposed transaction and the effect which the proposed transaction will have on them in their capacity as shareholders in so far as it is different from the effect on the interests of shareholders of the same class;   
   (6)    contain the full text of any special resolution to be proposed at the meeting;   
   (7)    contain a conspicuous statement that a shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting is entitled to appoint one (1) or more proxies to attend and vote at such meeting on his behalf and that a proxy need not be a shareholder;   
   (8)    specify the time and place for lodging proxy forms for the relevant meeting.   
Article 63.    Notice of shareholders’ general meetings shall be served on each shareholder (whether or not such shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting), by personal delivery or prepaid airmail to the address of the shareholder as shown in the register of shareholders. For the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, notice of the meetings may also be issued by way of public announcement.   

MP57

App.3

7(1)

 

21


   The public announcement referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be published in one (1) or more national newspapers designated by the securities authority of the State Council within the interval of forty-five (45) days to fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting; after the publication of such announcement, the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares shall be deemed to have received the notice of the relevant shareholders’ general meeting.   

App.3

7(1)

Article 64.    The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to receive the notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the meeting and the resolutions adopted thereat.    MP58
Article 65.    Any shareholder who is entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint one (1) or more persons (whether such person is a shareholder or not) as his proxies to attend and vote on his behalf, and a proxy so appointed shall be entitled to exercise the following rights pursuant to the authorization from that shareholder:    MP59
   (1)    the shareholders’ right to speak at the meeting;   
   (2)    the right to demand or join in demanding a poll;   
   (3)    the right to vote by hand or on a poll, but a proxy of a shareholder who has appointed more than one (1) proxy may only vote on a poll.   
   Where any member, under the Listing Rules, is required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or is restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.   

App.3

14

Article 66.    The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or his attorney duly authorized in writing, or if the appointor is a legal entity, either under seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized attorney. The letter of authorization shall contain the number of the shares to be represented by the attorney. If several persons are authorized as the attorney of the shareholder, the letter of authorization shall specify the number of shares to be represented by each attorney.   

MP60

App.3

11(2)

Article 67.    The instrument appointing a voting proxy and, if such instrument is signed by a person under a power of attorney or other authority on behalf of the appointor, a notarially certified copy of that power of attorney or other authority shall be deposited at the residence of the Company or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time for holding the meeting at which the proxy propose to vote or the time appointed for the passing of the resolution.    MP61

 

22


   If the appointor is a legal person, its legal representative or such person as is authorized by resolution of its board of directors or other governing body may attend any meeting of shareholders of the Company as a representative of the appointor.   
   If the shareholder is the recognized clearing house, such shareholder is entitled to appoint one or more persons as his proxies to attend on his behalf at a general meeting or at any class meeting, but, if one or more persons have such authority, the letter of authorization shall contain the number and class of the shares in connection with such authorization. Such person can exercise the right on behalf of the recognized clearing house (or its attorney) as if he is the individual shareholder of the Company.   

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

Article 68.    Any form issued to a shareholder by the directors for use by such shareholder for the appointment of a proxy to attend and vote at meetings of the Company shall be such as to enable the shareholder to freely instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against the motions, such instructions being given in respect of each individual matter to be voted on at the meeting. Such a form shall contain a statement that, in the absence of specific instructions from the shareholder, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit.   

MP62

App.3

11(1)

Article 69.    A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death or loss of capacity of the appointor or revocation of the proxy or the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given, provided that the Company did not receive any written notice in respect of such matters before the commencement of the relevant meeting.    MP63
Article 70.    A proxy attending a shareholder’s general meeting shall present his identity certification and the proxy form signed by the appointor or the legal representative of the appointor. The proxy form shall specify the issuing date. If a shareholder as a legal person appoints its legal representative to attend a meeting, such legal representative shall present his identity certification and a notarially certified copy of the resolutions of such shareholder’s board of directors or other authorities in respect of the appointment of the proxy or any other copy certified in a manner accepted by the Company.    MP63
Article 71.    Resolutions of shareholders’ general meetings shall be divided into ordinary resolutions and special resolutions.    MP64
   An ordinary resolution must be passed by votes representing more than one-half of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.   

 

23


  

A special resolution must be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.

 

Shareholders (including proxies) shall expressly specify they are in favour of or against any matter under voting. Any abstention from or waiver of voting shall not be regarded as valid votes when the Company counts the votes in respect of the relevant matter.

  

Article 72.

   A shareholder (including a proxy), when voting at a shareholders’ general meeting, may exercise such voting rights as are attached to the number of voting shares which he represents. Each share shall have one (1) vote.    MP65

Article 73.

   At any shareholders’ general meeting, a resolution shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded:    MP66
   (1)    by the chairman of the meeting;   
   (2)    by at least two (2) shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote thereat;   
   (3)    by one (1) or more shareholders (including proxies) representing 10 % or more of shares (held solely or in combination) carrying the right to vote at the meeting, before or after a vote is carried out by a show of hands.   
   Unless a poll is demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been passed on a show of hands and the record of such in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact that such resolution has been passed. There is no need to provide evidence of the number or proportion of votes in favour of or against such resolution.   
   The demand for a poll may be withdrawn by the person who demands the same.   

Article 74.

   A poll demanded on the election of the chairman of the meeting, or on a question of adjournment of the meeting, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with, pending the taking of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.    MP67

Article 75.

   On a poll taken at a meeting, a shareholder (including a proxy) entitled to two (2) or more votes need not cast all his votes in the same way.    MP68

Article 76.

   In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall have a casting vote.    MP69

 

24


Article 77.    The following matters shall be resolved by an ordinary resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP70
   (1)    work reports of the board of directors and the supervisory committee;   
   (2)    profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans formulated by the board of directors;   
   (3)    election or removal of members of the board of directors and members of the supervisory committee, their remuneration and manner of payment;   
   (4)    annual preliminary and final budgets, balance sheets and profit and loss accounts and other financial statements of the Company;   
   (5)    matters other than those which are required by the laws and administrative regulations or by the Company’s Articles of Association to be adopted by special resolution.   
Article 78.    The following matters shall be resolved by a special resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP71
   (1)    the increase or reduction in share capital and the issue of shares of any class, warrants and other similar securities;   
   (2)    the issue of debentures of the Company;   
   (3)    the division, merger, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;   
   (4)    amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (5)    amendment to rights of shareholders of any class; and   
   (6)    any other matter considered by the shareholders in general meeting, and resolved by way of an ordinary resolution, which is of a nature which may have a material impact on the Company and should be adopted by special resolution.   

App.3

6(2)

Article 79.    Any resolution adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall comply with relevant provisions of PRC laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.   
Article 80.    Shareholders who request for the convening of an extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting shall comply with the following procedures:    MP72
   (1)    Two (2) or more shareholders holding in aggregate 10 % or more of the shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting sought to be held shall sign one (1) or more counterpart requisitions stating the object of the meeting and requiring the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting thereof. The board of directors shall as soon as possible proceed to convene the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders or a class meeting thereof after receipt of such requisition(s). The amount of shareholdings referred to above shall be calculated as at the date of deposit of the requisition(s).   

 

25


   (2)    If the board of directors fails to issue a notice of such a meeting within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the requisition(s), the requisitionists may themselves convene such a meeting (in a manner as similar as possible to the manner in which shareholders’ meetings are convened by the board of directors) within four (4) months from the date of receipt of the requisition(s) by the board of directors.   
   Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by reason of failure by the board of directors to duly convene a meeting shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the Company and any sum so repaid shall be set-off against sums owed by the Company to the defaulting directors.   
Article 81    The Chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair every shareholders’ general meeting. If the Chairman is unable to attend the meeting for any reason, the vice-chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair the meeting. If both the Chairman and vice-chairman of the board of directors are unable to attend the meeting, then the board of directors may designate a director to convene and chair the meeting. If no chairman of the meeting has been so designated, shareholders present shall choose one (1) person to act as the chairman of the meeting. If for any reason, the shareholders shall fail to elect a chairman, then the shareholder (including a proxy) holding the largest number of shares carrying the right to vote thereat shall be the chairman of the meeting.    MP73
Article 82.    The chairman of the meeting shall be responsible for determining whether a resolution has been passed. His decision, which shall be final and conclusive, shall be announced at the meeting and recorded in the minute book.    MP74
Article 83.    If the chairman of the meeting has any doubt as to the result of a resolution which has been put to vote at a shareholders’ meeting, he may have the votes counted. If the chairman of the meeting has not counted the votes, any shareholder who is present in person or by proxy and who objects to the result announced by the chairman of the meeting may, immediately after the declaration of the result, demand that the votes be counted and the chairman of the meeting shall have the votes counted immediately.    MP75

 

26


Article 84.    If votes are counted at a shareholders’ general meeting, the result of the count shall be recorded in the minute book.    MP76
   The Company secretary shall make the record of the shareholders’ general meeting, which shall be signed by directors attending the meeting.   
   Resolutions adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall be included in the minutes of the meeting. The record and minutes of the meeting shall be in Chinese. Such record and minutes, shareholders’ attendance lists and proxy forms shall be kept at the Company’s place of residence.   
Article 85.    Copies of the minutes of proceedings of any shareholders’ meeting shall, during business hours of the Company, be open for inspection by any shareholder without charge. If a shareholder requests for a copy of such minutes from the Company, the Company shall send a copy of such minutes to him within seven (7) days after receipt of reasonable fees therefor.    MP77

CHAPTER 9: SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF

SHAREHOLDERS

Article 86.    Those shareholders who hold different classes of shares are class shareholders.    MP78
   Class shareholders shall enjoy rights and assume obligations in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 87.    Rights conferred on any class of shareholders may not be varied or abrogated save with the approval of a special resolution of shareholders in a general meeting and by holders of shares of that class at a separate meeting convened in accordance with Articles 89 to 93.   

MP79

App.3

6(2)

Article 88.    The following circumstances shall be deemed to be variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to a particular class of shares:    MP80
   (1)    to increase or decrease the number of shares of that class, or to increase or decrease the number of shares of a class having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of shares of that class;   
   (2)    to exchange all or part of the shares of that class for shares of another class or to exchange or to create a right to exchange all or part of the shares of another class for shares of that class;   
   (3)    to remove or reduce rights to accrued dividends or rights to cumulative dividends attached to shares of that class;   

 

27


   (4)    to reduce or remove preferential rights attached to shares of that class to receive dividends or to the distribution of assets in the event that the Company is liquidated;   
   (5)    to add, remove or reduce conversion privileges, options, voting rights, transfer or pre-emptive rights, or rights to acquire securities of the Company attached to shares of that class;   
   (6)    to remove or reduce rights to receive payment payable by the Company in particular currencies attached to shares of that class;   
   (7)    to create a new class of shares having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of the shares of that class;   
   (8)    to restrict the transfer or ownership of shares of that class or to increase the types of restrictions attaching thereto;   
   (9)    to allot and issue rights to subscribe for, or to convert the existing shares into, shares in the Company of that class or another class;   
   (10)    to increase the rights or privileges of shares of another class;   
   (11)    to restructure the Company in such a way so as to result in the disproportionate distribution of obligations between the various classes of shareholders;   
   (12)    to vary or abrogate the provisions of this Chapter.   

Article 89.

   Shareholders of the affected class, whether or not otherwise having the right to vote at shareholders’ general meetings, have the right to vote at class meetings in respect of matters concerning sub-paragraphs (2) to (8), (11) and (12) of Article 88, but interested shareholder(s) shall not be entitled to vote at such class meetings.    MP81
   “(An) interested shareholder(s)”, as such term is used in the preceding paragraph, means:   
  

(1)

   in the case of a repurchase of shares by way of a general offer to all shareholders of the Company or by way of public dealing on a stock exchange pursuant to Article 30, a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54;   
   (2)    in the case of a repurchase of shares by an off-market agreement pursuant to Article 30, a holder of the shares to which the proposed agreement relates;   
   (3)    in the case of a restructuring of the Company, a shareholder who assumes a relatively lower proportion   

 

28


      of obligation than the obligations imposed on shareholders of that class under the proposed restructuring or who has an interest in the proposed restructuring different from the general interests of the shareholders of that class.   

Article 90.

   Resolutions of a class of shareholders shall be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights of shareholders of that class represented at the relevant meeting who, according to Article 89, are entitled to vote thereat.    MP82

Article 91.

  

Written notice of a class meeting shall be given to all shareholders who are registered as holders of that class in the register of shareholders forty-five (45) days before the date of the class meeting. Such notice shall give such shareholders notice of the matters to be considered at such meeting, the date and the place of the class meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the class meeting shall deliver his written reply in respect thereof to the Company twenty (20) days before the date of the class meeting.

 

If the shareholders who intend to attend such class meeting represent more than half of the total number of shares of that class which have the right to vote at such meeting, the Company may hold the class meeting; if not, the Company shall within five (5) days give the shareholders further notice of the matters to be considered, the date and the place of the class meeting by way of public announcement. The Company may then hold the class meeting after such public announcement has been made.

   MP83

Article 92.

   Notice of class meetings need only be served on shareholders entitled to vote thereat.    MP84
   Class meetings shall be conducted in a manner which is as similar as possible to that of shareholders’ general meetings. The provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association relating to the manner for the conduct of shareholders’ general meetings are also applicable to class meetings.   

Article 93.

   Apart from the holders of other classes of shares, the holders of the Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be deemed to be holders of different classes of shares.   
   The special procedures for approval by a class of shareholders shall not apply in the following circumstances:   

MP85

C.3  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

   (1)    where the Company issues, upon the approval by special resolution of its shareholders in a general meeting, either separately or concurrently once every twelve (12) months, not more than 20% of each of its existing issued Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares; or   

App.13 Pt.D

1f

 

29


   (2)    where the Company’s plan to issue Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares at the time of its establishment is carried out within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval of the securities authority of the State Council.   

App.13 Pt.D

1f(ii)

CHAPTER 10: BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Article 94.   

The Company shall have a board of directors. The board of directors shall consist of fourteen (14) directors, of which five (5) shall be independent (non-executive) directors (meaning directors who are independent from the Company’s shareholders and do not hold office in the Company).

 

The board of directors shall have one (1) Chairman.

 

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish audit, wages, nomination and other specialised committees.

  

MP86

Opinions 6

Article 95.    Directors shall be elected at the shareholders’ general meeting each for a term of three (3) years. At the expiry of a director’s term, the term is renewable upon re-election.    MP87
   The minimal length of the period during which written notice to the Company of the intention to propose a person for election as a director, and during which written notice to the Company by such person of his willingness to be elected may be given, will be at least 7 days. Such period will commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and end no later than 7 days prior to the date of such meeting.   

C.4 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.3

4(4), 4(5)

   Nine (9) members of the first board of directors shall be nominated by the promoters of the Company and elected at the Company’s inaugural meeting. The number of directors elected for each subsequent board of directors shall not be less than that stipulated in Article 94 or more than the maximum determined at the shareholders’ general meeting by an ordinary resolution. Where the number of directors elected by voting exceeds the maximum number of directors proposed, directors shall be appointed according to the maximum number proposed and on the basis that those who get the highest votes shall be appointed.   
   Subject to compliance with all relevant laws and administrative regulations, the shareholders’ general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove any director before the expiration of his term of office. However, the director’s right to claim for damages which arises out from his removal shall not be affected thereby.   

C4 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.3

4(3)

   The Chairman shall be elected and removed by more than one-half of all of the members of the board of directors. The term of office of each of the Chairman is three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election.   

 

30


  

The outside directors shall have sufficient time and necessary knowledge and ability to perform its duties. When an outside director performs his duties, the Company must provide necessary information and independent (non-executive) directors may directly report to the shareholders’ meeting, the securities regulatory authority under the State Council and other relevant departments thereon.

  
  

The executive directors shall handle matters as authorized by the board of directors.

 

The Directors shall not be required to hold shares in the Company.

   Opinions 6
Article 96.    The board of directors is accountable to the shareholders in general meeting and exercises the following functions and powers:    MP88
   (1)    to be responsible for the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting and to report on its work to the shareholders in general meetings;   
   (2)    to implement the resolutions passed by the shareholders in general meetings;   
   (3)    to determine the Company’s business plans and investment proposals;   
   (4)    to formulate the Company’s preliminary and final annual financial budgets;   
   (5)    to formulate the Company’s profit distribution proposal and loss recovery proposal;   
   (6)    to formulate the Company’s debt and financial policies, proposals for the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital and for the issuance of the Company’s debentures;   
   (7)    to draw up the Company’s material acquisition and disposal proposals and plans for the merger, division or dissolution of the Company;   
   (8)    to decide on the Company’s internal management structure;   
   (9)    to appoint or remove the Company’s general manager and to appoint or remove the deputy general managers, and financial deputy general manager of the Company), based on the recommendations of the general manager; to appoint and remove the secretary of the board of directors, and to decide on their remuneration;   

 

31


      to appoint or replace members of the board of directors and supervisory committee of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, to appoint, replace or recommend shareholders’ representatives, directors and supervisors of the subsidiaries controlled by the Company or subsidiaries in which the Company holds interest;   
   (10)    to decide on the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;   
   (11)    to formulate proposals for any amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (12)    to formulate the basic management structure of the Company;   
   (13)    except matters that the Company Law and these Articles of Association require to be resolved by the shareholders in general meeting, to decide on other important and administrative matters of the Company and to execute other important agreements;   
   (14)    to exercise any other powers conferred by the shareholders in general meetings.   
   Other than the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of the matters specified in sub-paragraphs (6), (7) and (11) of this Article which shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all the directors, the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of all other matters may be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors.   
   Resolutions made by the board of directors on the Company’s connected transactions shall come into effect only after they are signed by the independent (non-executive) directors.    Opinions 6
Article 97.    The board of directors shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, dispose or agree to dispose of any fixed assets of the Company where the aggregate of the amount or value of the consideration for the proposed disposition, and the amount or value of the consideration for any such disposition of any fixed assets of the Company that has been completed in the period of four (4) months immediately preceding the proposed disposition, exceeds 33 % of the value of the Company’s fixed assets as shown in the latest balance sheet which was tabled at a shareholders’ general meeting.    MP89
   For the purposes of this Article, “disposition” includes an act involving the transfer of an interest in assets but does not include the usage of fixed assets for the provision of security.   

 

32


   The validity of a disposition by the Company shall not be affected by any breach of the first paragraph of this Article.   
   Before the board of directors makes a decision on market development, merger and acquisition, investment in new areas, etc., in relation to projects involving investment or acquisition or merger amounting to more than 10% of the total assets of the Company, an independent consulting agency shall be engaged to provide professional opinions which shall be an important basis of the decisions of the board of directors.    Opinions 4
Article 98.    The Chairman of the board of directors shall exercise the following powers:    MP90
   (1)    to preside over shareholders’ general meetings and to convene and preside over meetings of the board of directors;   
   (2)    to organise the implementation of the duties of the board of directors and to check on the implementation of resolutions passed by the board of directors at directors’ meetings;   
   (3)    to sign the securities certificates issued by the Company;   
   (4)    to exercise other powers conferred by the board of directors.   
   When the Chairman is unable to exercise his powers, such powers shall be exercised by the executive director who has been designated by the Chairman to exercise such powers on his behalf.   
Article 99.    Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at least twice every year and shall be convened by the Chairman of the board of directors. All of the directors should be notified about the meeting ten (10) days beforehand. Where there is an urgent matter, an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held if it is so requested by six (6) of the directors, the Chairman of the board of directors or the Company’s general manager, not subject to the provisions of Article 100 on notice of the meetings.    MP91
Article 100.    Notice of meetings of the board of directors shall be delivered as follows:    MP92
  

(1)

   For regular meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have been stipulated by the board of directors beforehand, no notice of the convening of such meetings will be needed.   
  

(2)

   For meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have not been decided by the board of directors beforehand, the Chairman of the board of directors shall notify the directors of the time and venue of such meeting 10 days in advance by telex, by telegram, by facsimile, by express delivery service or by registered mail or in person, unless otherwise provided for in Article 99.   

 

33


   (3)    Notice of meetings may be served in Chinese, with an English translation attached thereto when necessary, and in each case accompanied by a meeting agenda. A director may waive his right to receive notice of a board meeting.   
Article 101.   

All the executive and outside directors must be notified about the important matters that must be decided by the board of directors within the time limit stipulated in Article 100 and sufficient materials must be provided at the same time in strict compliance with the required procedures. Directors may request for supplementary information. If more than one-fourth of the directors or more than two outside directors consider that the materials provided are not sufficient or supporting arguments are not clear, they may jointly propose to postpone the meeting or postpone the discussion of certain matters on the agenda of the meeting and the board of directors shall accept such proposal.

 

Notice of a meeting shall be deemed to have been given to any director who attends the meeting without protesting against, before or at its commencement, any lack of notice.

   Opinions 3
   Any regular or extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held by way of telephone conferencing or similar communication equipment so long as all directors participating in the meeting can clearly hear and communicate with each other. All such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.   
Article 102.    A board of directors meeting shall only be convened if more than half of the board of directors are present (including any directors appointed pursuant to Article 103 to attend the meeting as the representatives of other directors). Each director has one vote. Any resolution requires the affirmative votes of more than half of all the board of directors in order to be passed. In the case of equal division of votes, the Chairman of the board of directors is entitled to a casting vote.    MP93
Article 103.    Directors shall attend the meetings of the board of directors in person. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting for any reason, he may by a written power of attorney appoint another director to attend the meeting on his behalf. The power of attorney shall set out the scope of the authorization.    MP94
   A Director appointed as the representative of another director to attend the meeting shall exercise the rights of a director within the scope of authority conferred by the appointing director. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting of the board of directors and has not appointed the representative to attend the meeting on his behalf, he shall be deemed to have waived his right to vote at the meeting.   
   Expenses incurred by a director for attending a meeting of the board of directors shall be paid by the   

 

34


   Company. These expenses include the costs of transportation between the premises of the director and the venue of the meeting in different cities and accommodation expenses during the meeting. Rent of the meeting place, local transportation costs and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses shall be paid by the Company.   
Article 104.    The board of directors may accept a written resolution in lieu of a board meeting provided that a draft of such written resolution shall be delivered to each director in person, by mail, by telegram or by facsimile. If the board of directors has delivered such proposed written resolution to all the directors and the directors who signed and approved such resolution have reached the required quorum, and the same have been delivered to the secretary of the board of directors, such resolution shall become a board resolution and there is no need to hold a board meeting.   
Article 105.   

The board of directors shall keep minutes of resolutions passed at meetings of the board of directors in Chinese. Opinions of the independent (non-executive) directors shall be clearly stated in the resolutions of the board of directors. The minutes of each board meeting shall be provided to all the directors promptly. Directors who wish to amend or supplement the minutes shall submit the proposed amendments to the Chairman in writing within one week after receipt of the meeting minutes. The minutes shall be signed by the directors present at the meeting and the person who recorded the minutes after they are finalised. The minutes of board meetings shall be kept at the premises of the Company in the PRC and a complete copy of the minutes shall be promptly sent to each director.

 

The directors shall be liable for the resolutions of the board of directors. If a resolution of the board of directors violates the laws, administrative regulations or the Company’s Articles of Association and the Company suffers serious losses as a result thereof, the directors who participated in the passing of such resolution are liable to compensate the Company therefor. However, if it can be proven that a director expressly objected to the resolution when the resolution was voted on, and that such objection was recorded in the minutes of the meeting, such director may be released from such liability.

  

MP95

Opinions 6

CHAPTER 11: SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Article 106.   

The Company shall have one (1) secretary of the board of directors. The secretary shall be a senior officer of the Company.

 

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish a secretariat of the board of directors.

   MP96
Article 107.    The secretary of the Company’s board of directors shall be a natural person who has the requisite professional knowledge and experience, and shall be appointed by the board of directors.    MP97

 

35


   The main tasks of the secretary of the board of directors include:   

Practice

Guidelines for

Company

Secretary

Chapter 1

   (1)    assist the directors in the day-to-day work of the board of directors, continuously provide the directors with, warn the directors of and ensure that the directors understand the regulations, policies and requirements of the foreign and domestic regulatory authorities on the operation of the Company, assist the directors and the general manager in effectively implement relevant foreign and domestic laws, regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations;   
   (2)    responsible for the organization and preparation of documents for board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, take proper meeting minutes, ensure that the resolutions passed at the meetings comply with statutory procedures and know about the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;   
   (3)    responsible for the organization and coordination of information disclosure, coordinate the relationship with investors and increase transparency of the Company;   
   (4)    participate in the structuring of financing through capital market;   
   (5)    deal with intermediaries, regulatory authorities and media, maintain good public relations work.   
   Duties of the secretary of the board of directors include:   

Practice

Guidelines

for

Company

Secretary

Chapter 2

  

 

(1)

  

 

to organise and prepare for the board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, to prepare documents for the meetings, to make relevant arrangements for the meetings, to be responsible for taking meeting minutes, to keep meeting documents and minutes and take initiative to know about the implementation of relevant resolutions; to report to and advise the board of directors on important issues in implementation.

  
  

 

(2)

  

 

to ensure that important decisions of the board of directors will be implemented in strict compliance with the required procedures; to participate in, and organise the consultation and analysis of matters to be decided by the board of directors and provide relevant advice and recommendations thereon; to carry out the day-to-day work of the board of directors and its relevant committees upon authorization.

  
   (3)    to act as a contact between the Company and securities regulatory authority, to be responsible for the   

 

36


      organisation of the preparation and timely submission of documents required by the regulatory authorities, responsible for undertaking the tasks given by the regulatory authorities and organising the accomplishment thereof.   
   (4)    to be responsible for coordinating and organizing the Company’s information disclosure, to set up a sound information disclosure system, participate in all the meetings of the Company in relation to information disclosure, to timely obtain import important business decisions and relevant information of the Company.   
   (5)    to be responsible for keeping confidential price sensitive information of the Company and formulating effective confidentiality rules and measures; to take necessary remedial measures in the event of the disclosure for whatever reasons of any price sensitive information of the Company, to make prompt explanations and clarifications and notify the regulatory authority of the overseas listing place and CSRC thereof.   
   (6)    to be responsible for the coordination and organisation of market promotions, to coordinate visits to the Company, to deal with relationship with investors, to maintain contact with investors, intermediaries and media, to be responsible for coordinating and answering questions raised by the public, to ensure that the investors promptly obtain the information disclosed by the Company; to organise and prepare for marketing and promotion activities outside and in the PRC, to draw up a summary report on market promotion activities and important visits to the Company and organise the reporting of the same to CSRC.   
   (7)    to be responsible for administering and keeping the register of the members of the Company, register of the directors of the Company, shareholding of major shareholders and directors and list of the holders of the outstanding debentures of the Company in issue.   
   (8)    to assist the directors and the general manager in implementing foreign and domestic laws, regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations in exercising their powers. After becoming aware that any resolutions made or likely to be made by the Company are in breach of relevant regulations, the secretary is obliged to give prompt warnings and entitled to report such facts to CSRC and other regulatory authorities.   
   (9)    to coordinate the provision of necessary information required for exercising supervisory functions to the Company’s supervisory committee and other examination body.   
   (10)    to exercise other powers and duties authorized by the board of directors and other powers and duties required in the overseas listing jurisdiction.   

 

37


Article 108.    A director or other senior officer of the Company may also act as the secretary of the board of directors. The certified public accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company to act as its auditors shall not act as the secretary of the board of directors.    MP98
   Where the office of secretary is held concurrently by a director, and an act is required to be done by a director and a secretary separately, the person who holds the office of director and secretary may not perform the act in a dual capacity.   
Article 109.    The secretary of the board of directors shall diligently exercise his duties in accordance with the relevant provisions of these Articles of Association.   
   The secretary of the board of directors shall assist the Company in complying with the relevant PRC laws and the rules of the securities exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed.   
CHAPTER 12: GENERAL MANAGER
Article 110.    The Company shall have a general manager who shall be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors.    MP99
   The Company shall have several deputy general managers and one financial deputy general manager who shall assist the General Manager. The deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall be nominated by the general manager and appointed or dismissed by the board of the directors.   
   A member of the board of directors may act concurrently as the general manager or a deputy general manager.   
Article 111.    The general manager shall be accountable to the board of directors and shall exercise the following functions and powers:    MP100        
   (1)    to be in charge of the Company’s production, operation and management and to organise the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;   
   (2)    to organise the implementation of the Company’s annual business plan and investment proposal;   
   (3)    to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s internal management structure;   
   (4)    to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;   

 

38


   (5)    to draft the Company’s basic management system;   
   (6)    to formulate basic rules and regulations for the Company;   
   (7)    to propose the appointment or dismissal of the deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company;   
   (8)    to appoint or dismiss management personnel other than those required to be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors;   
   (9)    other powers conferred by the Company’s Articles of Association and the board of directors.   
Article 112.    The general manager who is not a director shall be entitled to attend meetings of the board of directors and receive relevant documents. The general manager who is not a director does not have any voting rights at board meetings.    MP101
Article 113.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall not depart from the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings and the board of directors or exceed their authority.   
Article 114.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall act honestly and diligently and in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP102
Article 115.    The general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers who wish to resign shall give a three- month written notice to the board of directors. Department managers who wish to resign shall give a two-month written notice to the general manager.   
CHAPTER 13: SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE
Article 116.    The Company shall have a supervisory committee. The supervisory committee is a permanent supervisory body of the Company responsible for supervising the board of directors and its members, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers of the Company to prevent them from abusing their powers and infringing the legitimate rights and interests of the shareholders, the Company and its employees.    MP103
Article 117.    The supervisory committee shall compose of five (5) supervisors including one outside supervisor (hereinafter meaning supervisors who do not hold office in the Company).   

MP104

Opinions 7

 

39


   The supervisory committee shall have one (1) chairman. Each supervisor shall serve for a term of three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election and re-appointment.   
  

The election or removal of the chairman of the supervisory committee shall be determined by the affirmative votes of two-thirds or more of the members of the supervisory committee.

 

The chairman of the supervisory committee shall organise the implementation of the duties of the supervisory committee.

  

C.5  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1d(i)

Article 118.    The supervisory committee shall include four (4) supervisors who shall represent the shareholders (hereinafter including qualified outside supervisors and independent supervisors) and one (1) supervisor who shall represent the employees. Supervisors who represent the shareholders shall be elected or removed by the shareholders in general meetings, and the supervisor who represents employees shall be elected or removed by the employees democratically.   

MP105

Opinions 7

   Where necessary, the supervisory committee may establish an office responsible for the day-to-day work of the supervisory committee.   
Article 119.    The directors, general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company shall not act concurrently as supervisors.    MP106
Article 120.    Meetings of the supervisory committee shall be held at least twice every year, and shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory committee.    MP107
Article 121.    The supervisory committee shall be accountable to the shareholders in a general meeting and shall exercise the following functions and powers in accordance with law:    MP108
   (1)    to review the Company’s financial position;   
   (2)    to supervise the directors, general manager, deputy general managers, financial controller and other senior officers to ensure that they do not act in contravention of any law, regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association;   
   (3)    to demand any director, general manager, deputy general manager, financial controller or any other senior officer who acts in a manner which is harmful to the Company’s interest to rectify such behaviour;   
   (4)    to check the financial information such as the financial report, business report and plans for distribution of profits to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ general meetings and to authorize, in the Company’s name, publicly certified accountants and practising auditors to assist in the re-examination of such information should any doubt arise in respect thereof;   

 

40


   (5)    to propose to convene an extraordinary general meeting;   
   (6)    to represent the Company in negotiations with or in bringing actions against a director;   
   (7)    other functions and powers specified in the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   The supervisory committee may provide its opinions on the appointment of accountancy firm by the Company, may appoint another accountancy firm in the name of the Company when necessary to examine financial affairs of the Company independently, and may directly report relevant information to the securities authorities of the State Council and other relevant authorities.    Opinions 7
   Outside supervisors shall report independently to the shareholders’ meeting on whether the senior officers perform their duties honestly and diligently.   
   Supervisors shall attend meetings of the board of directors as observers.   
Article 122.    Resolutions of the supervisory committee shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all of its members.   

MP109

C.6  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(d)(ii)

Article 123.    All reasonable fees incurred in respect of the employment of professionals (such as, lawyers, certified public accountants or practising auditors) which are required by the supervisory committee in the exercise of its functions and powers shall be borne by the Company.    MP110
Article 124.    A supervisor shall carry out his duties honestly and faithfully in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP111

CHAPTER 14: THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS,

SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF

THE COMPANY

Article 125.    A person may not serve as a director, supervisor, general manager or any other senior officer of the Company if any of the following circumstances apply:    MP112
   (1)    a person who does not have or who has limited capacity for civil conduct;   

 

41


   (2)    a person who has been sentenced for corruption, bribery, infringement of property or misappropriation of property or other crimes which disrupt the social economic order, where less than a term of five (5) years has lapsed since the sentence was served, or a person who has been deprived of his political rights and not more than five (5) years have lapsed since the sentence was served;   
   (3)    a person who is a former director, factory manager or manager of a company or enterprise which has been dissolved or put into liquidation as a result of mismanagement and who was personally liable for the winding up of such company or enterprise, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of completion of the insolvent liquidation of the company or enterprise;   
   (4)    a person who is a former legal representative of a company or enterprise the business licence of which was revoked due to violation of law and who are personally liable therefor, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of the revocation of the business licence;   
   (5)    a person who has a relatively large amount of debts which have become overdue;   
   (6)    a person who is currently under investigation by judicial organs for violation of criminal law;   
   (7)    a person who, according to laws and administrative regulations, cannot act as a leader of an enterprise;   
   (8)    a person other than a natural person;   
   (9)    a person who has been convicted by the competent authority for violation of relevant securities regulations and such conviction involves a finding that such person has acted fraudulently or dishonestly, where less than five (5) years have lapsed from the date of such conviction.   
Article 126.    The validity of an act carried out by a director, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial controller or other senior officers of the Company on behalf of the Company as against a bona fide third party, shall not be affected by any irregularity in his office, election or any defect in his qualification.    MP113            

 

42


Article 127.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations or the listing rules of the stock exchange on which shares of the Company are listed, each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers owes a duty to each shareholder, in the exercise of the functions and powers entrusted to him by the Company:    MP114
   (1)    not to cause the Company to exceed the scope of business stipulated in its business licence;   
   (2)    to act honestly and in the best interests of the Company;   
   (3)    not to expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) usurpation of opportunities which benefit the Company;   
   (4)    not to expropriate the individual rights of shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distribution and voting rights, save and except pursuant to a restructuring of the Company which has been submitted to the shareholders for approval in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.   
Article 128.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers owes a duty, in the exercise of his powers and in the discharge of his duties, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.    MP115
Article 129.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers shall exercise his powers or perform his duties in accordance with the fiduciary principle; and shall not put himself in a position where his duty and his interest may conflict. This principle includes (without limitation) discharging the following obligations:    MP116
   (1)    to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;   
   (2)    to act within the scope of his powers and not to exceed such powers;   
   (3)    to exercise the discretion vested in him personally and not to allow himself to act under the control of another and, unless and to the extent permitted by laws, administrative regulations or with the informed consent of shareholders given in a general meeting, not to delegate the exercise of his discretion;   
   (4)    to treat shareholders of the same class equally and to treat shareholders of different classes fairly;   
   (5)    unless otherwise provided for in the Company’s Articles of Association or except with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting, not to enter into any contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company;   

 

43


   (6)    not to use the Company’s property for his own benefit, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (7)    not to exploit his position to accept bribes or other illegal income or expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which benefit the Company;   
   (8)    not to accept commissions in connection with the Company’s transactions, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (9)    to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association, to perform his official duties faithfully, to protect the Company’s interests and not to exploit his position and power in the Company to advance his own interests;   
   (10)    not to compete with the Company in any way, save with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;   
   (11)    not to misappropriate the Company’s funds or to lend such funds to any other person, not to use the Company’s assets to set up deposit accounts in his own name or in any other name or to use such assets to guarantee the debts of a shareholder of the Company or any other personal liabilities;   
   (12)    not to release any confidential information which he has obtained during his term of office, without the informed consent of the shareholders in a general meeting; nor shall he use such information otherwise than for the Company’s benefit, save that disclosure of such information to the court or other governmental authorities is permitted if:   
      (i)    disclosure is made under compulsion of law;   
      (ii)    public interests so warrants;   
      (iii)    the interests of the relevant director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer so requires.   
Article 130.    Each director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer of the Company shall not direct the following persons or institutions (“associates”) to act in a manner which he is prohibited from so acting:    MP117
   (1)    the spouse or minor child of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer;   
   (2)    the trustee of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or of any person described in sub-paragraph (1) above;   

 

44


   (3)    the partner of that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or any person referred to in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article;   
   (4)    a company in which that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer, whether alone or jointly with one (1) or more of the persons referred to in sub-paragraphs (l), (2) and (3) of this Article and other directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, has de facto controlling interest;   
   (5)    the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of a company which is being controlled in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (4) above.   
Article 131.    The fiduciary duties of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company do not necessarily cease with the termination of their tenure. The duty of confidentiality in respect of trade secrets of the Company survives the termination of their tenure. Other duties may continue for such period as the principle of fairness may require depending on the amount of time which has lapsed between the termination and the act concerned and the circumstances and the terms under which the relationship between the relevant director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer on the one hand and the Company on the other hand was terminated.    MP118
Article 132.    Subject to Article 53 hereof, a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company may be relieved of liability for specific breaches of his duty with the informed consent of the shareholders given at a general meeting.    MP119
Article 133.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is in any way, directly or indirectly, materially interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company, (other than his contract of service with the Company), he shall declare the nature and extent of his interests to the board of directors at the earliest opportunity, whether or not the contract, transaction or arrangement or proposal therefore is otherwise subject to the approval of the board of directors.    MP120
   If a director or his associate (as defined in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) has a material interest in any contract, transaction, arrangement or other matters that requires the approval of the board of directors, the relevant director shall not vote for the relevant matter at the meeting of the board of directors, and shall not be listed in the quorum of the meeting.    App.3 4(1)

 

45


   Unless the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer discloses his interests in accordance with the preceding sub-paragraph of this Article and he is not counted as part of the quorum and refrains from voting, such contract, transaction or arrangement is voidable at the instance of the Company except as against a bona fide party thereto who does not have notice of the breach of duty by the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer.   
   A director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is deemed to be interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement in which his associate is interested.   
Article 134.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company gives to the board of directors a notice in writing stating that, by reason of the facts specified in the notice, he is interested in contracts, transactions or arrangements which may subsequently be made by the Company, that notice shall be deemed for the purposes of the preceding Article to be a sufficient declaration of his interests, so far as the content stated in such notice is concerned, provided that such notice shall have been given before the date on which the question of entering into the relevant contract, transaction or arrangement is first taken into consideration by the Company.    MP121
Article 135.    The Company shall not pay taxes for or on behalf of a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer in any manner.    MP122
Article 136.    The Company shall not directly or indirectly make a loan to or provide any guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company or of the Company’s holding company or any of their respective associates.    MP123
   The foregoing prohibition shall not apply to the following circumstances:   
   (1)    the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to its subsidiary:   
   (2)    the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan or any other funds available to any of its directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him for the purposes of the Company or for the purpose of enabling him to perform his duties properly, in accordance with the terms of a service contract approved by the shareholders in a general meeting;   
   (3)    if the ordinary course of business of the Company includes the lending of money or the giving of guarantees, the Company may make a loan to or provide a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to any of the relevant directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers or their respective associates in the ordinary course of its business on normal commercial terms.   

 

46


Article 137.    Any person who receives funds from a loan which has been made by the Company acting in breach of the preceding Article shall, irrespective of the terms of the loan, forthwith repay such funds.    MP124
Article 138.    A guarantee for the repayment of a loan which has been provided by the Company acting in breach of Article 136(1) shall not be enforceable against the Company, save in respect of the following circumstances:    MP125
   (1)    the guarantee was provided in connection with a loan which was made to an associate of any of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company or of the Company’s holding company and the lender of such funds did not know of the relevant circumstances at the time of the making of the loan; or   
   (2)    the collateral which has been provided by the Company has already been lawfully disposed of by the lender to a bona fide purchaser.   
Article 139.    For the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, a “guarantee” includes an undertaking or property provided to secure the obligor’s performance of his obligations.    MP126
Article 140.    In addition to any rights and remedies provided by the laws and administrative regulations, where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company breaches the duties which he owes to the Company, the Company has a right:    MP127
   (1)    to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to compensate it for losses sustained by the Company as a result of such breach;   
   (2)    to rescind any contract or transaction which has been entered into between the Company and such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or between the Company and a third party (where such third party knows or should have known that such director, supervisor, general manager other senior officer representing the Company has breached his duties owed to the Company);   
   (3)    to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to account for profits made as result of the breach of his duties;   
   (4)    to recover any monies which should have been received by the Company and which were received by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer instead, including (without limitation) commissions; and   

 

47


   (5)    to demand repayment of interest earned or which may have been earned by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer on monies that should have been paid to the Company.   
Article 141.    The Company shall, with the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into a contract in writing with a director or supervisor wherein his emoluments are stipulated. The aforesaid emoluments include:    MP128
   (1)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of the Company;   
   (2)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of any subsidiary of the Company;   
   (3)    emoluments in respect of the provision of other services in connection with the management of the affairs of the Company and any of its subsidiaries;   
   (4)    payment by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office.   
   No proceedings may be brought by a director or supervisor against the Company for anything due to him in respect of the matters mentioned in this Article except pursuant to the contract mentioned above.   
Article 142.    The contract concerning the emoluments between the Company and its directors or supervisors should provide that in the event that the Company is acquired, the Company’s directors and supervisors shall, subject to the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, have the right to receive compensation or other payment in respect of his loss of office or retirement. For the purposes of this paragraph, the acquisition of the Company includes any of the following:    MP129
   (1)    an offer made by any person to the general body of shareholders;   
   (2)    an offer made by any person with a view to the offeror becoming a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54 hereof.   
   If the relevant director or supervisor does not comply with this Article, any sum so received by him shall belong to those persons who have sold their shares as a result of such offer. The expenses incurred in distributing such sum on a pro rata basis amongst such persons shall be borne by the relevant director or supervisor and shall not be paid out of such sum.   

 

48


CHAPTER 15: FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT

DISTRIBUTION

Article 143.    The Company shall establish its financial and accounting systems in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and PRC accounting standards formulated by the finance regulatory department of the State Council.    MP130
Article 144.   

The fiscal year of the Company shall be on the basis of the solar calendar beginning on 1 January and ending on 31 December of the same year.

 

The Company shall use Renminbi as its standard unit of account. The accounts shall be prepared in Chinese.

 

At the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall prepare a financial report which shall be examined and verified in a manner prescribed by law.

   MP131
Article 145.    The board of directors of the Company shall place before the shareholders at every annual general meeting such financial reports which the relevant laws, administrative regulations and directives promulgated by competent regional and central governmental authorities require the Company to prepare. Such reports must be verified and certified.   

MP132

App.3

5

Article 146.    The Company’s financial reports shall be made available for shareholders’ inspection at the Company twenty (20) days before the date of every shareholders’ annual general meeting. Each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain a copy of the financial reports referred to in this Chapter.    MP133
   The Company shall deliver or send to each shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares by prepaid mail at the address registered in the register of shareholders the said reports not later than twenty-one (21) days before the date of every annual general meeting of the shareholders.   

C.7  Zheng

Jian  Hai

Han

App.3

5

Article 147.    The financial statements of the Company shall, in addition to being prepared in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, be prepared in accordance with either international accounting standards, or that of the place outside the PRC where the Company’s shares are listed. If there is any material difference between the financial statements prepared respectively in accordance with the two accounting standards, such difference shall be stated in the financial statements. In distributing its after-tax profits, the lower of the two amounts shown in the financial statements shall be adopted.    MP134
Article 148.    Any interim results or financial information published or disclosed by the Company must also be prepared and presented in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and also in accordance with either international accounting standards or that of the place overseas where the Company’s shares are listed.    MP135

 

49


Article 149.    The Company shall publish its financial reports twice every fiscal year, that is, the interim financial report shall be published within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the first six (6) months of each fiscal year; the annual financial report shall be published within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the expiration of each fiscal year.    MP136
Article 150.    The Company shall not keep accounts other than those required by law.    MP137
Article 151.    When distributing its after-tax profits in a given year, the Company shall contribute 10% of the profits to the Company’s statutory common reserve fund. Where the accumulated amount of the statutory common reserve fund reaches 50% or more of the registered capital of the Company, no further contribution is required.   
   Where the statutory common reserve fund is insufficient to make for the losses of the Company in the previous year, before making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund, the profits made in the current year shall be used to make up for the losses first.   
   After making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund from its after-tax profits, the Company may, subject to resolutions adopted at a general meeting, make contributions to discretionary common reserve fund.   
   After making up for the losses and making contributions to the common reserve fund, any remaining profits shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholdings.   
Article 152.    The Company shall not allocate dividends or carry out other allocations in the form of bonuses before it has compensated for its losses and made allocations to the statutory common reserve fund. Dividends paid by the Company shall not carry any interest except where the Company has failed to pay the dividends to the shareholders on the date on which such dividends become payable.   

App.3

3(1), 3(2)

   Any amount paid up in advance of calls on any share shall carry interest, but shall not entitle the holder of the share to receive, by way of advance payment, the dividend declared and distributed thereafter   
Article 153.    Capital surplus fund includes the following items:    MP138
   (1)    premium on shares issued at a premium price;   
   (2)    any other income designated for the capital surplus fund by the regulations of the finance regulatory department of the State Council.   
Article 154.    The common reserve funds of the Company shall be applied for making up for losses, expanding the Company’s production and operation or capitalisation. However, the capital surplus fund shall not be applied for making up losses of the Company.   

 

50


   If a general meeting of the Company resolves to capitalise any common reserve fund, the Company shall issue new shares to the existing shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings or increase the par value of each share provided that when capitalising the statutory common reserve fund, the balance of such fund shall not be less than 25% of the registered capital.   
Article 155.    The Company may distribute dividends in the form of:    MP139
   (1)    cash;   
   (2)    shares.   
Article 156.    The Company shall declare and pay cash dividends and other amounts which are payable to holders of Domestic-Invested Shares in Renminbi. The Company shall calculate and declare cash dividends and other payments which are payable to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares in Renminbi, and shall pay such amounts in Hong Kong dollars. The foreign exchange required by the Company to pay cash dividends and other amounts to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be obtained in accordance with the relevant foreign exchange administrative regulations of the State.   
Article 157.    Unless otherwise provided for in relevant laws and administrative regulations, where cash dividends and other amounts are to be paid in Hong Kong dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be the average closing rate for the relevant foreign currency announced by the Peoples’ Bank of China during the week prior to the announcement of payment of dividend and other amounts.   
Article 158.    Subject to Article 56(2) and 96(14) of these Regulations, the board of directors may decide to distribute interim or special dividends.   
Article 159.    When distributing dividends to its shareholders, the Company shall withhold and pay on behalf of its shareholders the taxes levied on the dividends in accordance with the provisions of the PRC tax law.   
Article 160.    The Company shall appoint receiving agents for holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares. Such receiving agents shall receive dividends which have been declared by the Company and all other amounts which the Company should pay to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares on such shareholders’ behalf.   

MP140

App.13 Pt.D

1(c)

   The receiving agents appointed by the Company shall meet the relevant requirements of the laws of the place at which the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed or the relevant regulations of such stock exchange.   

 

51


   The receiving agents appointed for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall each be a company registered as a trust company under the Trustee Ordinance of Hong Kong.   

C.8  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

 

CHAPTER 16: APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM

Article 161.    The Company shall appoint an independent firm of accountants which is qualified under the relevant regulations of the State to audit the Company’s annual report and review the Company’s other financial reports.    MP141
   The first auditors of the Company may be appointed before the first annual general meeting of the Company at the inaugural meeting. Auditors so appointed shall hold office until the conclusion of the first annual general meeting.   
   If the inaugural meeting does not exercise the powers under the preceding paragraph, those powers shall be exercised by the board of directors.   
Article 162.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall hold office from the conclusion of the annual general meeting of shareholders at which they were appointed until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of shareholders.    MP142
Article 163.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP143
   (1)    a right to review to the books, records and vouchers of the Company at any time, the right to require the directors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company to supply relevant information and explanations;   
   (2)    a right to require the Company to take all reasonable steps to obtain from its subsidiaries such information and explanation as are necessary for the discharge of its duties;   
   (3)    a right to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any shareholders’ general meeting which any shareholder is entitled to receive, and to speak at any shareholders’ general meeting in relation to matters concerning its role as the Company’s accountancy firm.   
Article 164.    If there is a vacancy in the position of accountant of the Company, the board of directors may appoint an accountancy firm to fill such vacancy before the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting. Any other accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company may continue to act during the period during which a vacancy arises.    MP144

 

52


Article 165.    The shareholders in a general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove the Company’s accountancy firms before the expiration of its term of office, irrespective of the provisions in the contract between the Company and the Company’s accountant firm. However, the accountancy firm’s right to claim for damages which arise from its removal shall not be affected thereby.    MP145
Article 166.    The remuneration of an accountancy firm or the manner in which such firm is to be remunerated shall be determined by the shareholders in a general meeting. The remuneration of an accountancy firm appointed by the board of directors shall be determined by the board of directors.    MP146
Article 167.    The Company’s appointment, removal or non-reappointment of an accountancy firm shall be resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting. Such resolution shall be filed with the securities authority of the State Council.    MP147
   Where a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders is passed to appoint as accountant a person other than an incumbent accountancy firm to fill a casual vacancy in the office of accountant, to reappoint as accountant a retiring accountancy firm that was appointed by the board of directors to fill a casual vacancy, or to dismiss an accountancy firm before the expiration of its term of office, the following provisions shall apply:   

C.9  Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

   (1)    A copy of the appointment or removal proposal shall be sent (before notice of meeting is given to the shareholders) to the accountancy firm proposed to be appointed or proposing to leave its post or the firm which has left its post in the relevant fiscal year (leaving includes leaving by removal, resignation and retirement).   
   (2)    If the accountancy firm leaving its post makes representations in writing and requests the Company to give the shareholders notice of such representations, the Company shall (unless the representations have been received too late) take the following measures:   
      (a)    in any notice of the resolution given to shareholders, state the fact of the representations having been made; and   
      (b)    attach a copy of the representations to the notice and deliver it to the shareholders in the manner stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association.   
   (3)    If the Company fails to send out the accountancy firm’s representations in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (2) above, such accountancy firm may require that the representations be read out at the meeting.   

 

53


  

(4)

   An accountancy firm which is leaving its post shall be entitled to attend the following shareholders’ general meetings:   
     

(a)

   the general meeting at which its term of office would otherwise have expired;   
     

(b)

   the general meeting at which it is proposed to fill the vacancy caused by its removal; and   
     

(c)

   the general meeting which convened as a result of its resignation,   
      and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any such meeting, and to speak at any such meeting which concerns it as former auditor of the Company.   

Article 168.

  

Prior notice should be given to the accountancy firm if the Company decides to remove such accountancy firm or not to renew the appointment thereof. Such accountancy firm shall be entitled to make representations at the shareholders’ general meeting. Where the accountancy firm resigns from its position, it shall make clear to the shareholders in a general meeting whether there has been any impropriety on the part of the Company.

 

An accountancy firm may resign its office by depositing at the Company’s legal address a resignation notice which shall become effective on the date of such deposit or on such later date as may be stipulated in such notice. Such notice shall contain the following statements:

  

MP148,

C.10 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

  

 

(1)

  

 

a statement to the effect that there are no circumstances connected with its resignation which it considers should be brought to the notice of the shareholders or creditors of the Company; or

  
  

 

(2)

  

 

a statement of any such circumstances.

  
   The Company shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the notice referred to in the preceding paragraph, send a copy of the notice to the relevant governing authority. If the notice contains a statement under the preceding sub-paragraph (2), a copy of such statement shall be placed at the Company for shareholders’ inspection. The Company should also send a copy of such statement by prepaid mail to every shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares at the address registered in the register of shareholders.   
   Where the accountancy firm’s notice of resignation contains a statement in respect of the above, it may require the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting for the purpose of receiving an explanation of the circumstances connected with its resignation.   

 

54


CHAPTER 17: MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY

 

Article 169.

  

In the event of the merger or division of the Company, a plan shall be presented by the Company’s board of directors and shall be approved in accordance with the procedures stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association. The Company shall then go through the relevant approval process. A shareholder who objects to the plan of merger or division shall have the right to demand the Company or the shareholders who consent to the plan of merger or division to acquire such dissenting shareholders’ shareholding at a fair price.

 

The contents of the resolution of merger or division of the Company shall constitute special documents which shall be available for inspection by the shareholders of the Company. Such special documents shall be sent by mail to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares.

   MP149

Article 170.

   The merger of the Company may take the form of either merger by absorption or merger by the establishment of a new company.    MP150
   In the event of a merger, the merging parties shall execute a merger agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution.   
   Upon the merger, rights in relation to debtors and indebtedness of each of the merged parties shall be assumed by the company which survives the merger or the newly established company.   

Article 171.

  

Where there is a division of the Company, its assets shall be divided up accordingly.

 

In the event of division of the Company, the parties to such division shall execute a division agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution.

 

Debts of the Company prior to division shall be assumed by the companies which exist after the division in accordance with the agreement of the parties.

  

MP151,

App.3

7(1)

Article 172.

   The Company shall, in accordance with law, apply for change in its registration with the companies    MP152

 

55


     registration authority where a change in any item in its registration arises as a result of any merger or
division. Where the Company is dissolved, the Company shall apply for cancellation of its registration in
accordance with law. Where a new company is established, the Company shall apply for registration thereof
in accordance with law.
    
CHAPTER 18: DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Article 173.

   The Company shall be dissolved and liquidated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:    MP153
  

(1)

   a resolution for dissolution is passed by shareholders at a general meeting;   
  

(2)

   dissolution is necessary due to a merger or division of the Company;   
  

(3)

   the Company is legally declared insolvent due to its failure to repay debts as they become due; and   
  

(4)

   the Company is ordered to close down because of its violation of laws and administrative regulations.   

Article 174.

   A liquidation committee shall be set up within fifteen (15) days of the Company being dissolved pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) of the preceding Article, and the composition of the liquidation committee of the Company shall be determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders in a general meeting. If the Company fails to set up the liquidation committee within the time limit, the creditors may apply to the People’s Court for appointment of relevant persons to form a liquidation committee and carry out liquidation.    MP154
   Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (3) of the preceding Article, the People’s Court shall in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and relevant professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.   
   Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (4) of the preceding Article, the relevant governing authorities shall organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.   

Article 175.

   Where the board of directors proposes to liquidate the Company for any reason other than the Company’s declaration of its own insolvency, the board shall include a statement in its notice convening a shareholders’ general meeting to consider the proposal to the effect that, after making full inquiry into the affairs of the    MP155

 

56


   Company, the board of directors is of the opinion that the Company will be able to pay its debts in full within twelve (12) months from the commencement of the liquidation.   
   Upon the passing of the resolution by the shareholders in a general meeting for the liquidation of the Company, all functions and powers of the board of directors shall cease.   
   The liquidation committee shall act in accordance with the instructions of the shareholders’ general meeting to make a report at least once every year to the shareholders’ general meeting on the committee’s income and expenses, the business of the Company and the progress of the liquidation; and to present a final report to the shareholders’ general meeting on completion of the liquidation.   

Article 176.

   The liquidation committee shall, within ten (10) days of its establishment, send notices to creditors and shall, within sixty (60) days of its establishment, publish a public announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times.    MP156

Article 177.

   During the liquidation period, the liquidation committee shall exercise the following functions and powers:    MP157
   (1)    to sort out the Company’s assets and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets respectively;   
   (2)    to notify the creditors or to publish public announcements;   
   (3)    to dispose of and liquidate any unfinished businesses of the Company;   
   (4)    to pay all outstanding taxes;   
   (5)    to settle claims and debts;   
   (6)    to deal with the surplus assets remaining after the Company’s debts have been repaid;   
   (7)    to represent the Company in any civil proceedings.   

Article 178.

   After it has sorted out the Company’s assets and after it has prepared the balance sheet and an inventory of assets, the liquidation committee shall formulate a liquidation plan and present it to a shareholders’ general meeting or to the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP158
   After the payment of liquidation expenses with priority, the Company’s assets shall be distributed in accordance with the following sequence: (i) salaries and labour insurance expenses of employees of the Company; (ii) outstanding taxes; (iii) bank loans, and company bonds and other debts of the Company.   

 

57


   Any surplus assets of the Company remaining after payment referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be distributed to its shareholders according to the class of shares and the proportion of shares held in the following sequence:   
   (1)    In the case of preferential shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such preferential shares according to the par value thereof; if the surplus assets are not sufficient to repay the amount of preferential shares in full, the distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.   
   (2)    In the case of ordinary shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.   
   During the liquidation period, the Company shall not commence any new business activities.   

Article 179.

   If after putting the Company’s assets in order and preparing a balance sheet and an inventory of assets in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the liquidation committee discovers that the Company’s assets are insufficient to repay the Company’s debts in full, the liquidation committee shall immediately apply to the People’s Court for a declaration of insolvency.    MP159
   After a Company is declared insolvent by a ruling of the People’s Court, the liquidation committee shall transfer all matters arising from the liquidation to the People’s Court.   

Article 180.

   Following the completion of the liquidation, the liquidation committee shall prepare a liquidation report, a statement of income and expenses received and made during the liquidation period and a financial report, which shall be verified by a Chinese registered accountant and submitted to the shareholders’ general meeting or the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP160
   The liquidation committee shall, within thirty (30) days after such confirmation, submit the documents referred to in the preceding paragraph to the companies registration authority and apply for cancellation of registration of the Company, and publish a public announcement relating to the termination of the Company.   

 

58


CHAPTER 19: PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

Article 181.

   The Company may amend its Articles of Association in accordance with the requirements of laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP161

Article 182.

   In addition to provisions of Articles 60 and 80 hereof, the following procedure shall be followed when amending the Company’s Articles of Association:   
   (1)    The board of directors shall adopt a resolution thereon in accordance with these Articles of Associations and prepare a proposal for amendment of the Articles; or shareholders may present a motion for amendment of the Articles;   
   (2)    The foregoing proposal shall be furnished to the shareholders and a shareholders’ meeting shall be convened for voting on it;   
   (3)    The amendments presented to the shareholders’ meeting shall be adopted through a special resolution.   

Article 183.

   Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association which involve the contents of the Mandatory Provisions of Overseas-Listed Companies’ Articles of Association shall become effective upon receipt of approvals from the companies approving department authorized by the State Council.    MP162

Article 184.

   Where amendments of the Articles of Association involve the registered particulars of the Company, procedures for alteration of registration shall be handled in accordance with the law.   
CHAPTER 20: NOTICES

Article 185.

   Subject to the proper compliance of all the applicable laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to the rules of the designated stock exchanges) and obtaining all the required consent (if any), any notice or document published by the Company (including but not limited to the “Corporate Communication” as defined by the rules of the designated stock exchanges) could be delivered by the following methods:   
   (1)    by hand;   
   (2)    by post;   
   (3)    by sending it to the facsimile number or other number of electronic communication (including but not limited to email address) or website as provided by the addressee to the Company for the said purpose;   

 

59


  

(4)

   by public announcement;   
  

 

(5)

  

 

by uploading the notice or document to the website of the Company or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and issuing a notice to the addressee for notifying him/her on the availability of such notice or document on such website (the “Availability Notice”). The Company shall deliver the Availability Notice to the holders of overseas listed foreign shares by hand or by post in pre-paid envelopes;

  
  

(6)

   by any other methods as agreed between the Company and the addressee or as accepted by the addressee after the notice is received; or   
  

(7)

   by any other methods as authorized by the relevant regulatory body of the place of listing of the Company or as stipulated by the Articles of Association.   
   In case of joint holders of shares, all the notices or documents shall be delivered to the holder whose name stands first in the register of members and such notices or documents delivered thereby shall be deemed duly delivered to and received by all such joint holders.   
   Unless as otherwise provided for in these Articles of Association, all the notices, materials or written statements issued by the Company to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be delivered by messenger or by pre-paid mails to the registered address of each holders of such shares.    App.3 7(3)

Article 186.

   Any notice or document shall be:   
  

(1)

   deemed issued when the envelope containing such notice was put into postbox and deemed duly received after 48 hours thereafter if it was delivered by post, provided that the address was clearly written, postage fee pre-paid and the notice was put inside such envelope.   
  

(2)

   deemed delivered on the receiving date (i.e. the sending date) if it was sent by facsimile, in such case the receiving date shall be the date shown on the facsimile transmission report. If it was sent as an electronic message, it shall be deemed delivered on the date when the message was transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent.   
  

(3)

   deemed delivered on the date when the availability notice is deemed delivered to the shareholder if the notice or document was uploaded onto the website of the Company.   

 

60


   (4)    deemed delivered on the date when the notice or document is published for the first time if it is published as a public announcement, provided that such announcement shall be published on newspaper stipulated by the relevant rules.   
   (5)   

deemed delivered at the time it is delivered by hand or (as the case may be) at the time of such delivery is deemed delivered if the notice or document is sent or delivered by any other methods as stipulated in the Articles of Association.

  

Article 187.

   If the listing rules in the listing place require the Company to dispatch, mail, distribute, issue or otherwise provide the relevant document of the Company in English and in Chinese, the Company shall be allowed to deliver either the English or the Chinese version in accordance with the choice of the shareholder, provided that the Company has made appropriate arrangement to confirm whether the shareholders would like to receive either the English or the Chinese version and subject to and to the extent as permitted by the applicable laws and regulations.   
CHAPTER 21: DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Article 188.

   The Company shall abide by the following principles for dispute resolution:    MP163
   (1)    Whenever any disputes or claims arise between: holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company; holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager or other senior officers; or holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, in respect of any rights or obligations arising from these Articles of Association, the Company Law or any rights or obligations conferred or imposed by the Company Law and other relevant laws and administrative regulations concerning the affairs of the Company, such disputes or claims shall be referred by the relevant parties to arbitration.   

C.11 Zheng

Jian Hai

Han

      Where a dispute or claim of rights referred to in the preceding paragraph is referred to arbitration, the entire claim or dispute must be referred to arbitration, and all persons who have a cause of action based on the same facts giving rise to the dispute or claim or whose participation is necessary for the resolution of such dispute or claim, shall, where such person is the Company, the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager, or other senior officers of the Company, comply with the arbitration.   

 

61


      Disputes in respect of the definition of shareholders and disputes in relation to the register of shareholders need not be resolved by arbitration.   
  

(2)

   A claimant may elect for arbitration to be carried out at either the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in accordance with its Rules or the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre in accordance with its Securities Arbitration Rules. Once a claimant refers a dispute or claim to arbitration, the other party must submit to the arbitral body elected by the claimant.   
      If a claimant elects for arbitration to be carried out at Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre, any party to the dispute or claim may apply for a hearing to take place in Shenzhen in accordance with the Securities Arbitration Rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.   
  

(3)

   If any disputes or claims of rights are settled by way of arbitration in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) of this Article, the laws of the PRC shall apply, save as otherwise provided in the laws and administrative regulations.   
  

(4)

   The award of an arbitral body shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties.   
CHAPTER 22: SUPPLEMENTARY

Article 189.

   The newspapers required by these Articles of Association for the publication of announcements shall be those designated or required by the relevant State laws and administrative regulations. If it is necessary to make an announcement to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares as required by these Articles of Association, the relevant announcement shall at the same time be published in the newspapers designated by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited in accordance with the stipulation for “press announcements” set out therein.   

Article 190.

   The board of directors of the Company shall be responsible for the interpretation of these Articles of Association, and the shareholders in general meeting shall have the right to amend the Articles of Association.   

Article 191.

   These Articles of Association are written in Chinese. If there is any discrepancy between the Chinese version and any other translated versions, the Chinese version shall prevail.   

Article 192.

   In these Articles of Association, reference to “accountancy firm” shall have the same meaning as “auditor”.    MP165

 

62

Exhibit 4.30

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Interconnection Settlement Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party A”) and China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party B”) entered into the Interconnection Settlement Agreement on September 10, 2002 and renewed the agreement on August 30, 2006 and December 31, 2008.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Interconnection Settlement Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on July 27, 2008 to amend the Interconnection Settlement Agreement.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. Article 6 of the Interconnection Settlement Agreement regarding interconnection settlement principles and methods shall be amended as follows:

 

  6.1 Both Parties mutually agree that the domestic voice inter-network settlement arrangement under this Agreement shall only be applicable to the settlement between both Parties.

 

  6.2 Settlement rate:

Party A shall pay Party B at a rate of RMB0.06 per minute if a long distance call originated from Party A; Party B shall pay Party A at a rate of RMB0.06 per minute if a long distance call originated from Party B; there is no settlement arrangement between the Parties for a local call originated from Party A; Party B shall pay Party A at a rate of RMB0.06 per minute if a local call originated from Party B. The detailed calculation is as follows:

Party B’s settlement expense = Usage of long distance calls from Party B to Party A × RMB 0.06 per minute + Usage of local calls usage from Party B to Party A × RMB 0.06 per minute


Party B’s settlement revenue = Usage of long distance calls from Party A to Party B × RMB 0.06 per minute

 

  6.3 Principles of Billing and Checking

The Party from which a telephone call originated is the party being billed, and the Party terminating the telephone call made to its local access network is the party to double-check the bill in the settlement.

Should the difference between the billing data provided by both Parties be less than or equal to 3% (both Parties shall respectively issue settlement statements and the data provided by the party being billed shall be the base for calculating the difference, with the same applicable hereinafter), the amount of settlement calculated by the party being billed shall prevail.

Should the difference between the billing data provided by both Parties be more than 3%, the lower billing data shall be the amount of the pre-settlement. Meanwhile, both Parties shall organize relevant personnel to investigate the cause of the difference and correct the mistake and confirm acceptance of billing equipment mutually. After finding out the cause, the relevant Party shall refund any overpayment or make a supplemental payment for any deficiency in accordance with the verified amount.

 

  6.4 Settlement procedures

Settlement regions: Tianjin Municipality, Hebei Province, Heilongjiang Province, Jilin Province, Liaoning Province, Shanxi Province, Henan Province, Shandong Province, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, Tibetan Autonomous Region and Beijing Municipality.

Settlement period: by month.

Payment method: the Party having more usage in the same month shall pay the other Party the relevant amount corresponding to the difference between the usages of both Parties.

 

2. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3. Any dispute arising between the Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

4. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on October 1, 2008.

 

5. If there is any conflict between the Interconnection Settlement Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

2

Exhibit 4.31

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the IT Services Framework Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”) and China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party B”) entered into the IT Services Framework Agreement on August 30, 2006.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the IT Services Framework Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on December 15, 2008 to amend certain articles of the IT Services Framework Agreement in order to enable the provision of cross-provincial information technology services between Party A and/or its associates, as one party, and Party B and/or its associates, as the other party.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. The “Recital” of the IT Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows:

In order to establish a reasonable structure and enhance the regular management for related party transactions, on the basis of equity and reasonableness and upon friendly negotiation, both parties (including each party’s branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units, with the same applicable hereinafter) have reached this Agreement to provide IT Services to each other. Under this Agreement, the IT services provider is referred to as “the Services Provider”, and the receiver of the IT services is referred to as “the Services Receiver”.

 

2. “Party A” and “Party B” referred to in Articles 1, 4 and 5 of the IT Services Framework Agreement, including the heading of Article 5, shall be amended as “the Service Receiver” and “the Service Provider”, respectively.

 

3. Article 2 “Basic Contents of IT Services” of the IT Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows: “The IT Services provided by the Services Provider to the Services Receiver under this Agreement include office automation, software testing, network upgrade, research and development of new businesses, and development and upgrade of supporting systems, etc.


In order to avoid any doubt, the following sentence shall be deleted from the original Article 2.1 of the IT Services Framework Agreement: “Unless otherwise provided for by any agreements of both parties, the branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units of Party A and Party B shall be within the same administrative region at the provincial level under this Agreement”.

 

4. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions must be governed by the PRC laws.

 

5. Any dispute arising between both parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

6. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2009.

 

7. If there is any conflict between the IT Services Framework Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, this Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

2

Exhibit 4.32

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”) and China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party B”) entered into the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement on August 30, 2006.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on December 15, 2008 to amend certain articles of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement in order to enable, among others, the provision of cross-provincial supplies procurement services between Party A and/or its associates, as one party, and Party B and/or its associates, as the other party.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. The “Recital” of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows:

In order to establish a reasonable structure and enhance the regular management for related party transactions, on the basis of equity and reasonableness and upon friendly negotiation, both parties (including each party’s branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units) have reached this Agreement regarding provision of the Supplies Procurement Services by Party B to Party A and by Party A to Party B. Under this Agreement, the supplies procurement services provider is referred to as “the Services Provider”, and the receiver of the supplies procurement services is referred to as “the Services Receiver”.

 

2. “Party A” and “Party B” referred to in Articles 1, 4 and 5 of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement, including the heading of Article 5, shall be amended as “the Service Receiver” and “the Service Provider”, respectively.


3. Article 2 “Basic Contents of the Supplies Procurement Services” of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  2.1 The Supplies Procurement Services provided by Party B to Party A under this Agreement include: procurement of imported telecommunications materials, domestic telecommunications materials, and other domestic non-telecommunications materials, including the services provided by Party B as the procurement agent to Party A, sales of proprietary telecommunication equipments, resale of third-party equipments, management of tenders, review of technical specifications, storage, transportation and installation services.

 

  2.2 The Supplies Procurement Services provided by Party A to Party B under this Agreement include: sales of proprietary telecommunication equipments, resale of third-party equipments, including the services provided by Party A as the procurement agent to Party B, storage, transportation and installation services.

 

4. Article 3 “Pricing” of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  3.1 The prices and/or rates for the supplies procurement services under this Agreement:

 

  (1) For the procurement of imported telecommunications materials, the prices and/or rates shall not exceed 1% of the contract value for procurement of the relevant imported telecommunications materials; or

 

  (2) For the procurement of domestic telecommunications materials and other domestic non-telecommunications materials, the prices and/or rates shall not exceed 3% of the contract value for the procurement of the relevant domestic telecommunications equipment and other domestic non-telecommunications materials.

 

  3.2 Except the provisions in this Article 3.2, the prices and/or rates for other supplies procurement services are as follows:

For services whose prices are determined by the government, the prices of such services shall follow the prices set by the government; for services whose pricing is guided by the government, their prices shall be determined with reference to the government-guided prices; for services that do not have any government-set or government-guided prices, their prices shall be determined with reference to the market rates; and, for services that have none of the government-set, government-guided prices or market rates, their prices shall be determined by Party A and Party B through negotiation, provided that the prices determined through negotiation shall be based on the method of adding reasonable profits to reasonable costs, and that “reasonable costs” refer to the costs determined by both parties through negotiation.

“Government-set prices” refer to the prices set forth by the pricing authorities or other relevant authorities of the government within their pricing power and the scope of products and services they are authorized to set prices for in accordance with the provisions of the Pricing Law of the People’s Republic of China .

 

2


“Government-guided prices” refer to the prices determined by the operators under the guidance of the standard prices and floating scope set forth by the pricing authorities or other relevant authorities of the government within their pricing power and the scope of products and services they are authorized to set prices for in accordance with the provisions of the Pricing Law of the People’s Republic of China .

“Market rates” refer to the prices independently set forth by the operator and formed through market competition. The market rates shall be determined in the following order: (1) the prices asked for by any independent third party provider of the same type of services under normal transactional circumstances at that time in the same or neighboring region where the services are provided; or (2) the prices asked for by any independent third party provider of the same type of services under normal transactional circumstances at that time in the territory of the PRC.

 

  3.3 Party B and Party A may enter into specific services agreements. Such specific services agreements shall precisely stipulate the terms and conditions for the specific service then required by the Service Receiver, and set forth the binding principles, criteria and terms and conditions as provided under this Agreement.

 

  3.4 The specific amount of service fee hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with the relevant accounting principles of the PRC applicable from time to time (if applicable).

 

  3.5 Both Parties shall examine and review the standards of next fiscal year for pricing of each type of the services and facilities provided hereunder on December 31 of each year, and shall enter into a supplementary agreement if necessary.

 

5. Article 7.2 of the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement shall be amended as follows:

Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be the fundamental legal document which sets forth the terms for the provision of the supplies procurement services by Party A and Party B, respectively. Any framework agreement or specific services agreement executed between Party A or its branches, subsidiaries, or other controlled units and Party B or its branches, subsidiaries, or other controlled units before the effectiveness of this Agreement shall be an ancillary agreement to this Agreement, and will continue to be valid under the previously determined terms and conditions.

 

6. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3


7. Any dispute arising between both Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

8. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2009.

 

9. If there is any conflict between the Supplies Procurement Services Framework Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

4

Exhibit 4.33

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Engineering Framework Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”) and China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party B”) entered into the Engineering Framework Agreement on August 30, 2006.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Engineering Framework Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on July 27, 2008 to amend certain article of the Engineering Framework Agreement in order to expand the scope of services provided by Party B and/or its associates to Party A to include cross-provincial level engineering construction and design services.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. The following sentence shall be deleted from the original Article 2.1 of the Engineering Framework Agreement: “Unless otherwise provided for by agreements of both parties, the branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units of Party A and Party B shall be within the same administrative region at the provincial level under this Agreement”.

 

2. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions must be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3. Any dispute arising between both Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.


4. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2009.

 

5. If there is any conflict between the Engineering Framework Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

2

Exhibit 4.34

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Community Services Framework Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”) and China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party B”) entered into the Community Services Framework Agreement on August 30, 2006.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Community Services Framework Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on December 15, 2008 to amend certain article of the Community Services Framework Agreement in order to enable Party B and/or its associates to provide cross-provincial community services to Party A.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. The following sentence shall be deleted from the original Article 2.1 of the Community Services Framework Agreement: “Unless otherwise provided for by agreements of both parties, the branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units of Party A and Party B shall be within the same administrative region at the provincial level under this Agreement”.

 

2. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions must be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3. Any dispute arising between both Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.


4. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2009.

 

5. If there is any conflict between the Community Services Framework Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

2

Exhibit 4.35

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”) and China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party B”) entered into the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement on August 30, 2006.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on July 27, 2008 to amend certain article of the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement in order to enable Party B and/or its associates to provide cross-provincial ancillary telecommunications services to Party A.

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are as follows:

 

1. The following sentence shall be deleted from the original Article 2.1 of the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement: “Unless otherwise provided for by agreements of both parties, the branches, subsidiaries and other controlled units of Party A and Party B shall be within the same administrative region at the provincial level under this Agreement”.

 

2. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of the Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions must be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3. Any dispute arising between both Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of the Supplemental Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

4. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective on January 1, 2009.

 

5. If there is any conflict between the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement and the Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

Exhibit 4.36

[English Translation of Chinese Original]

China Telecom Corporation Limited

And

China Telecommunications Corporation

CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement


This CDMA Network Capacity Lease Agreement (“ this Agreement ”) is made on July 27, 2008 in Beijing between:

(i) China Telecom Corporation Limited, a joint stock limited liability company incorporated in the PRC on September 10, 2002 and listed on the main board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange, with its main business being the operation of fixed telecommunication network and facilities, and voice, data, video and multimedia telecommunication and information services and other telecommunication business based on fixed telecommunication network within the areas approved by regulatory authorities of the PRC;

(ii) China Telecommunications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise incorporated on May 17, 2000 under the laws of the PRC, the controlling shareholder of China Telecom Corporation Limited, with its main business being making investment and holding controlling interests mainly in companies providing telecommunication services, professional telecommunication supporting services and other services in the PRC.

WHEREAS :

(A) China Telecom Group is a state-owned enterprise incorporated on May 17, 2000 under the laws of the PRC and the controlling shareholder of China Telecom. Its main business is making investment to obtain controlling interests mainly in companies which provide telecommunication services, professional telecommunication supporting services and other services in the PRC. China Telecom Group will obtain approval from the government of the PRC to unify the construction and operation of CDMA Network in the PRC.

(B) China Telecom is a joint stock limited liability company incorporated in China on September 10, 2002 and listed on the main board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Its main business is operating fixed telecommunication network and facilities, and voice, data, video and multimedia telecommunication and information services and other telecommunication business based on fixed telecommunication network within the approved areas by regulatory authorities of the PRC.

(C) China Telecom Group is the controlling shareholder of China Telecom and holds 70.89% shares of China Telecom.

(D) China Telecom Group entered into a Framework Agreement for the Transfer of CDMA Assets with Unicom New Horizon and China Unicom Group on June 2, 2008, under which China Telecom Group shall acquire all the assets of Unicom New Horizon and the assets of China Unicom Group that are only related to CDMA business and other intellectual properties relating to CDMA business which will be provided by specific agreements.

(E) China Telecom Group entered into a CDMA Assets Transfer Agreement with Unicom New Horizon and China Unicom Group on July 27, 2008 specifying the acquisition of all the assets of Unicom New Horizon and assets and intellectual properties related to CDMA business of China Unicom Group.

(F) China Telecom entered into a Framework Agreement for the Transfer of CDMA Business with CUCL and China Unicom on June 2, 2008, under which China Telecom shall acquire from CUCL CDMA business and related assets and liabilities.

(G) China Telecom entered into an Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business with CUCL and China Unicom on July 27, 2008 specifying the acquisition of CDMA business and related assets and liabilities.

(H) In order to expand business and realize full service operation, China Telecom intends to lease from China Telecom Group its CDMA Network Capacity; meanwhile, in order to ensure the normal and complete operation of the CDMA Network, with the consent of China Telecom Group, China Telecom may provide assets related to CDMA Network operated by itself to a third party in accordance with the agreement concluded with such third party for the purpose of operation of CDMA Business. It shall be necessary

 

2


for the operation of CDMA Business that China Telecom provides assets related to CDMA Network operated by itself to a third party, from which the revenue shall be included in the Lease Fee paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group.

Through amicable consultation and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, both parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement (including the recitals) the following words and expressions have the following respective meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

Additional Term has the meaning given to it in clause 4.2;

Annual Lease Fee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.5(a);

Business Day means any day on which banks in the PRC are open for the transaction of normal banking business;

Total Capacity means capacity on the existing Network, measured in terms of total number of Subscribers;

Capacity means capacity required by the CDMA Business operated by China Telecom in the existing Network, measured in terms of actual Subscribers.

CDMA means Code Division Multiple Access technology, which is a digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput by using various coding sequences to mix and separate voice and data signals for wireless communication, and including all re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modification to such technology from time to time (including CDMA 2000 1x and CDMA 2000 3x, each of which is designed to increase data transmission speed and improve quality of service operation over existing network infrastructure);

CDMA Business means the CDMA mobile telecommunications business operated by China Telecom in the Listed Service Areas utilizing the Network;

CDMA Business Revenue means the service revenue generated by China Telecom in the course of operating its CDMA Business, i.e. total revenue under the international reporting principles minus products sales revenue and one-off nonrefundable revenue derived from CDMA Business;

Conditions means the conditions precedent set out in clause 3.1;

CUCL means China Unicom Corporation Limited, a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Unicom;

Equipment means all necessary hardware, software and accessories which are used or are about to be used in constructing the Network in accordance with the designs and specifications agreed between China Telecom Group and China Telecom, where applicable;

Force Majeure Event means in relation to China Telecom or China Telecom Group, matters beyond the reasonable contemplation of that party, including, but not limited to, fire, lightning, explosion, war, flood, earthquake, typhoon, and other natural disasters, national emergency, civil disturbance, riot, terrorism, industrial disputes, weather of exceptional severity, binding acts or omissions of any Government Entity;

 

3


Government Entity means:

(a) any national government, political subdivision thereof, or local jurisdiction therein;

(b) any instrumentality, board, commission, court, or agency of any thereof, however constituted; and

(c) any association, organization, or institution of which any of the above is a member or to whose jurisdiction any thereof is subject or in whose activities any of the above is a participant;

HKSE means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

Lease Fee means the amounts payable by China Telecom to China Telecom Group pursuant to clause 6.1;

China Telecom Group Lien means any Security Interest from time to time created by or through China Telecom Group in connection with the financing of the Network construction;

Listed Service Areas means Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Fujian, Liaoning, Shandong, Anhui, Hebei, Hubei, Jilin, Heilongjiang, Jiangxi, Henan, Shaanxi, Sichuan, Shanxi, Hunan, Hainan, Yunnan, Gansu, Qinghai and Guizhou provinces, Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin and Chongqing municipalities, and Guangxi Zhuang, Xinjiang Uygur, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia Hui and Tibetan autonomous regions and any other regions agreed by the Parties;

Listing Rules means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on HKSE;

Minimum Lease Fee means the minimum amount of Lease Fee specified in clause 6.2;

Network means the CDMA mobile telecommunications network, infrastructure or Equipment constructed or acquired by, or on behalf of, China Telecom Group in the Listed Service Areas, including all CDMA networks, infrastructure and Equipment (whether they are comprised in the same Phase of construction or otherwise) constructed or acquired after the date of this Agreement in the Listed Service Areas;

Network Construction Cost in relation to each Phase of the Network, the total amount of all payments, costs, expenses and amounts paid or incurred by China Telecom Group that are directly attributable to the construction of that Phase, including construction, installation and Equipment procurement costs and expenses, survey and design costs, investment in technology, software and other intangible assets, insurance premiums paid by China Telecom Group during construction period of each Phase, excess which has been paid by China Telecom Group in case of any damage or loss of the Network during the construction period, and capitalized interest on loans in respect of the construction period of that Phase, any taxes levied or paid in respect of the procurement of Equipment and the construction of that Phase of the Network (including import taxes and customs duties) and all costs incurred in relation to any network re-configuration, upgrade, enhancement or modifications to the technology in respect of that Phase, all such payments, costs, expenses and amounts shall be determined in accordance with clause 13.6;

Phase means a fixed amount of constructed Network Capacity agreed upon between China Telecom Group and entities constructing the Network;

PRC means the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for the purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan);

Purchase Option has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1;

Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in clause 13.2;

Quarter means a period of three calendar months with the first quarter commencing from the date of this Agreement to December 31, 2008; from January 1, 2009, every Quarter will be the calendar quarter;

Quarterly Lease Fee has the meaning given to it in clause 6.3;

 

4


RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;

Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, assignment, hypothecation, right of set-off or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security;

Subscriber means a unit of Capacity on the Network;

China Telecom Group means China Telecommunications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise incorporated on May 17, 2000 under the laws of the PRC and the controlling shareholder of China Telecom, with its main business being making investment to obtain controlling interests mainly in companies which provide telecommunication services, professional telecommunication supporting services and other services in the PRC;

China Telecom means China Telecom Corporation Limited, a joint stock limited liability company incorporated in China on September 10, 2002 and listed on the main board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange, with its main business being operating fixed telecommunication network and facilities, and voice, data, video and multimedia telecommunication and information services and other telecommunication business based on fixed telecommunication network within the approved areas by regulatory authorities of the PRC;

China Unicom Group means China United Telecommunications Corporation, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC;

China Unicom means China Unicom Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong with its H shares listed on the HKSE and its American Depositary Shares listed on the NYSE;

Unicom New Horizon means Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the PRC;

Closing Commencement Date has the meaning given to it in recitals (E) and (G);

ARPU means average monthly revenue per Subscriber;

NYSE means New York Stock Exchange; and

Hong Kong means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

1.2 In this Agreement unless the context requires:

(a) unless otherwise provided, references to a clause or item are to a clause or item in this Agreement;

(b) use of “include” means “include but are not limited to”;

(c) references to a party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document include successors and permitted assignees of such party;

(d) China Telecom Group and China Telecom are, collectively, the Parties, and, individually, the Party; and

(e) any laws or any provisions in the laws mentioned in this Agreement shall include the amendments, restatement or substitutes of such laws or provisions or all ordinances and legal documents issued pursuant to such laws and provisions.

1.3 The headings hereof are inserted for convenience of reading only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

5


1.4 The recitals in this Agreement form part of this Agreement.

 

2. LEASE OF NETWORK CAPACITY

2.1 Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions, China Telecom Group agrees to lease all the Capacity on the Network to China Telecom on the terms set out herein commencing from October 1, 2008 or any other date agreed by the Parties; meanwhile, in order to ensure the normal and complete operation of the CDMA Network, with the consent of China Telecom Group, China Telecom may provide assets related to CDMA Network operated by itself to a third party in accordance with the agreement concluded with that third party for the purpose of operation of CDMA Business. It shall be necessary for the operation of CDMA Business that China Telecom provides assets related to CDMA Network operated by itself to a third party, from which the revenue shall be included in the Lease Fee paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group.

2.2 China Telecom Group shall provide China Telecom, or cause China Telecom to be provided, with all necessary spectrum for the operation and expansion of CDMA Business.

2.3 China Telecom Group agrees that China Telecom shall have the right to exclusively use and operate the Network under this Agreement to provide and operate CDMA Business, including basic voice services, mobile data services and mobile value added services, within the Listed Service Areas according to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

2.4 In consideration of the satisfactory performance by China Telecom Group of its obligations under this Agreement, China Telecom shall pay the Lease Fee in accordance with clause 6.

 

3. CONDITIONS

3.1 The Parties agree that the completion of the following matters constitutes the conditions precedent to the lease of the CDMA Network Capacity under this Agreement:

(a) China Telecom Group and China Telecom having obtained all necessary approvals (regulatory or otherwise) to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement;

(b) the passing of resolutions by the shareholders of China Telecom approving this Agreement at an extraordinary general meeting convened for such purpose; and

(c) the Closing Commencement Date provided in the agreements specified in recitals (E) and (G) having expired (such agreements provide that the target assets and target business shall be lawfully owned by China Telecom Group and China Telecom upon the Closing Commencement Date).

3.2 After the signing of this Agreement, the Parties shall make their best efforts to complete the Conditions or cause such completion. Neither Party shall engage in any actions which will hamper or restrict the fulfillment of the Conditions set forth in clause 3.1.

 

4. TERM

4.1 The term of this Agreement shall commence from October 1, 2008, or the date when China Telecom Group starts the lease of Network Capacity to China Telecom in accordance with clause 2.1, to December 31, 2010.

4.2 The lease term of the Capacity can be extended (each, an Additional Term ) on the same terms (except as to the length of the extension, the Lease Fee and the Minimum Lease Fee of the Additional Term) at the option of China Telecom by giving not less than 180 days’ prior written notice to China Telecom Group on or before December 31, 2010.

 

6


5. CAPACITY

Increase in Capacity

5.1 In the event of any of the following circumstances, China Telecom shall have the right to require China Telecom Group to increase the Capacity constructed on the Network in the Listed Service Areas according to a timetable to be agreed between China Telecom Group and China Telecom:

(a) to improve the quality and quantity of the CDMA services provided by China Telecom to meet the required industry standards;

(b) to allow China Telecom to launch new services of its CDMA Business; or

(c) other circumstances to be agreed upon between China Telecom Group and China Telecom.

Failure in Making Available the Capacity

5.2 If, due to any event or under any circumstance, China Telecom Group fails to make available any Capacity on the Network which may affect the CDMA services provided by China Telecom to the Subscribers, then China Telecom Group shall, as soon as practicable (and in any event within five Business Days of China Telecom Group becoming aware of the event or circumstances in question), notify China Telecom of that fact in writing. Such notification shall set out:

(a) the nature of the event or circumstances and whether they have arisen as a result of any of the causes set out in clause 5.5;

(b) a description of the steps, if any, which China Telecom Group has identified are necessary to rectify the matter or are capable of bringing the Capacity into operational service as soon as practicable; and

(c) the likely effect of the event or circumstances on the CDMA services to be provided by China Telecom, including the number of CDMA Subscribers potentially affected.

5.3 Following receipt by China Telecom of any notification pursuant to clause 5.2, China Telecom and China Telecom Group shall discuss in good faith actions which can be taken to rectify the matter.

5.4 Subject to clause 5.5, if China Telecom Group fails to make available any Capacity on the Network to China Telecom which results in the CDMA Business being affected, then China Telecom Group shall provide China Telecom with a discount to the Lease Fee (a Delay Discount ), calculated as follows:

 

Delay Discount   =  

Number of CDMA

Subscribers of China Telecom

being Affected by the Delay

  ×   Period of Delay (number of days)   ×   ARPU of CDMA Subscribers
Number of Days in the Relevant Month

In the above formula, the “Number of CDMA Subscribers of China Telecom being Affected by the Delay” shall be determined by China Telecom with the support of reports and substantive evidence, and the “ARPU of CDMA Subscribers” shall be the average monthly ARPU figure of the CDMA Subscribers in the affected areas for the three months immediately prior to the delay, as calculated and determined by China Telecom.

The Delay Discount shall be set off against the next installment of Lease Fee to be paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group.

 

7


If there is huge loss of CDMA Subscribers of China Telecom resulting from the above delay, the Parties shall determine the proper damages for such loss through amicable consultation.

5.5 If any event or circumstance notified by China Telecom Group to China Telecom under clause 5.2 is, or arises as a result of, one or more of the following:

(a) a Force Majeure Event;

(b) any material breach by China Telecom of any of its material obligations under this Agreement which prevents China Telecom Group from performing the relevant obligation under this Agreement; or

(c) compliance with any applicable law, the mandatory requirements of any Government Entity or any other applicable statutory regulations;

then, save to the extent that the event arose (in the case of an event under clause 5.5 (c) only) as a result of any breach of this Agreement by China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group shall have no liability to the extent the delay arises from such events, whether under clause 5.4 or otherwise, to provide any Delay Discount, or pay any damages or other compensation to China Telecom as a result of the Capacity not being ready for service and China Telecom’s CDMA Business being effected due to such events, and China Telecom Group shall make available the relevant Capacity on the earliest practicable date on which it is able to do so in light of the relevant event.

 

6. LEASE FEE

6.1 The Lease Fee of the Network Capacity for the term commencing from October 1, 2008, or the date when China Telecom Group starts the lease of the Network Capacity to China Telecom in accordance with clause 2.1, to December 31, 2010 shall be:

28% of the audited CDMA Business Revenue of China Telecom for each of the years of 2008, 2009 and 2010;

provided that the annual Lease Fee of the Network Capacity shall not be less than the Minimum Lease Fee (if applicable) regardless of the amount of CDMA Business Revenue for that year. The amount of CDMA Business Revenue shall be calculated in accordance with clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 below.

6.2 There is no Minimum Lease Fee for the years of 2008 and 2009. The Minimum Lease Fee for 2010 shall be 90% of the total amount of the Lease Fee paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group pursuant to this Agreement for the year of 2009.

6.3 Subject to clauses 6.4 and 6.5, the Lease Fee shall be calculated on the basis of the unaudited CDMA Business Revenue generated by China Telecom during each Quarter and shall be paid (or procured to be paid) quarterly in arrears by China Telecom to China Telecom Group within 30 days following the end of each Quarter (the Quarterly Lease Fee ).

6.4 China Telecom shall issue a report to China Telecom Group within 20 days following the end of each Quarter during the term in respect of the unaudited CDMA Business Revenue generated during such Quarter. Such report shall be in proper form and shall contain the amount of the unaudited CDMA Business Revenue generated by China Telecom during such Quarter and the total Lease Fee payable by China Telecom that is calculated on the basis of that amount.

6.5 After China Telecom receives its annual audited financial report, China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall adjust the Lease Fee as follows as soon as practicable:

(a) in the event that the Lease Fee of any year calculated on the basis of the audited CDMA Business Revenue as set out in the audited financial report (the Annual Lease Fee ) is greater than the total Quarterly Lease Fees paid by China Telecom for that year, China Telecom shall pay the difference to China Telecom Group as soon as practicable;

 

8


(b) in the event that the Annual Lease Fee is less than the total Quarterly Lease Fees paid by China Telecom in that year, China Telecom Group shall refund the difference to China Telecom as soon as practicable,

provided that, in the event that the total Lease Fee paid by China Telecom pursuant to the above payment adjustment in respect of the relevant year is less than the Minimum Lease Fee, China Telecom Group does not have to refund the amount in clause 6.5(b) and China Telecom shall pay an additional amount (where applicable) to China Telecom Group as soon as practicable so that the total Lease Fee paid the year is not less than the Minimum Lease Fee.

6.6 The Lease Fee and Minimum Lease Fee in any Additional Term shall be further negotiated in good faith by the parties to this Agreement. The methods of calculation and payment of the Lease Fee shall be determined in accordance with clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 of this Agreement.

 

7. PAYMENT

7.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing between China Telecom Group and China Telecom, all Lease Fee payments shall be made in RMB.

7.2 All sums payable by a party to another party under this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds by electronic funds transfer to such account as the other party shall by not less than seven days’ prior written notice notify to the paying party.

7.3 A party who is a payee may charge interest on any outstanding sum payable to it hereunder from the due date to the date on which it actually recovers the outstanding payments in full from the paying party, at the daily compound rate of 0.01%.

 

8. PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NETWORK

8.1 China Telecom Group shall procure Equipment for the Network and shall finance the procurement of all Equipment. China Telecom Group shall invite China Telecom to participate in all negotiations with Equipment suppliers, and China Telecom shall be entitled to approve all Equipment procurements and sign all Equipment procurements contracts.

8.2 China Telecom Group shall ensure that the Network is constructed in accordance with the detailed design standards, specifications and timetable agreed in writing between China Telecom Group and China Telecom.

8.3 Subject to clause 8.2, China Telecom Group shall purchase Equipment in a manner that is tax efficient for China Telecom.

8.4 In relation to each Phase of the Network, authorized representatives of China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall attend the initial acceptance and the final acceptance arranged by the Equipment suppliers in accordance with the Equipment supply and installation services contracts, which shall incorporate the acceptance standards agreed by China Telecom Group and China Telecom. Representatives of China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall confirm initial and final acceptance of each Phase by execution and delivery to the Equipment suppliers an initial acceptance document and a final acceptance document, respectively.

 

9


8.5 On the day of execution of the initial acceptance document relating to a particular Phase of the Network by the authorized representatives of China Telecom Group and China Telecom, that Phase shall be formally delivered to China Telecom for its operation, management and maintenance.

 

9. REVENUE AND COSTS OF MANAGEMENT, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 All operating revenue, including airtime charges, monthly subscription fees, interconnection charges, revenue from sales of UIM cards and handsets and other revenue generated from the operation of or in connection with the Network shall be collected by and belong to China Telecom.

9.2 Subject to clause 9.3, all costs of operating and managing the Network shall be borne by China Telecom. For the avoidance of doubt, all costs for maintenance of the Network shall be shared in accordance with clause 15.2.

9.3 Rental fees for the exchange centers and the base stations together with the relevant expenses (including water and electricity charges, heating charges and the fuel charges for the relevant equipment) shall be shared between China Telecom Group and China Telecom in the following proportion:

(a) China Telecom Group shall bear the following proportion of the costs:

 

    

Actual number of

China Telecom’s cumulative CDMA

Subscribers as at the end of the month prior to

the occurrence of the Costs

Total Capacity constructed on the Network      (  

 

 

  )
       90%  
 
Total Capacity constructed on the Network  

(b) China Telecom shall bear the following proportion of the costs:

 

Actual number of

China Telecom’s cumulative CDMA

Subscribers as at the end of the month prior to

the occurrence of the Costs

(  

 

 

  )
  90%  
 
Total Capacity constructed on the Network

 

10. RISK AND TITLE

10.1 The parties agree that title to all parts of the Network will remain vested in China Telecom Group until the Network is transferred to China Telecom pursuant to clause 13.

10.2 As between China Telecom Group and China Telecom, during the period of construction of each Phase of the Network, China Telecom Group shall bear all risks of loss, theft, damage and destruction of or to the Network.

10.3 Upon delivery of a particular Phase of the Network pursuant to clause 8.5 and until the expiry of the term of this Agreement, China Telecom Group shall bear all risks of physical loss, damage and destruction of or to the Network caused by an Event of Force Majeure and China Telecom shall be responsible for all losses and damage resulting from its operation of the Network.

 

10


11. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

11.1 China Telecom Group’s Responsibilities

Without limiting China Telecom Group’s other obligations hereunder, China Telecom Group’s responsibilities to China Telecom are to:

(a) obtain and maintain all necessary Government Entity’s and other approvals, authorizations, licenses and other documents necessary or desirable for the construction, operation, maintenance and upgrading of the Network;

(b) establish and maintain the arrangement of roaming and interconnection with other telecommunication operators;

(c) obtain all PRC approvals and permits for the import of all equipment and technology, other supplies and installation services required for the construction, operation of the Network, and to use best endeavors to obtain and maintain favorable customs duties;

(d) obtain all necessary funding for the construction and expansion of the Network in accordance with China Telecom’s requirements;

(e) ensure that each Phase of the Network is constructed in accordance with construction timetable agreed by the China Telecom Group and the China Telecom;

(f) handle all arrangements in relation to the import of the Equipment;

(g) ensure that the Network Capacity is delivered to China Telecom during the lease term;

(h) use best endeavors to ensure that the Network quality standards shall meet the standards agreed by China Telecom Group and China Telecom;

(i) upon request by China Telecom to upgrade the software or hardware of the Network, to use best endeavors to satisfy the request as soon as possible;

(j) make available to China Telecom during the term the benefit of all manufacturer’s warranties in relation to the Equipment and other product support;

(k) unless agreed in writing by China Telecom and China Telecom Group, refrain from leasing or selling any part of the Network to any third party, or permitting any third party to use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services;

(l) without the prior written consent of China Telecom, not use or operate the Network in any manner to provide telecommunications services to any third party, or to compete in any other manner with China Telecom; and

(m) in the event of a breakdown of any part of the Network, provide China Telecom with all necessary cooperation, including liaising with Equipment suppliers and coordinating relevant parties.

11.2 China Telecom’s Responsibilities

Without limiting China Telecom’s other obligations hereunder, China Telecom’s responsibilities to China Telecom Group are to:

(a) promptly notify China Telecom Group of any event of loss or any event which is likely to result in an insurance notification claim;

 

11


(b) provide China Telecom Group with such information concerning the condition, use and operation of the Network as China Telecom Group may from time to time reasonably request;

(c) permit China Telecom Group’s representatives to inspect the Network during normal working hours, upon reasonable notice;

(d) be responsible for the maintenance and safety of the Network and maintenance of all databases in relation to the Network;

(e) permit China Telecom Group to use such of its premises as are reasonably required by China Telecom Group for the purpose of complying with its obligations under this Agreement;

(f) unless agreed in writing by China Telecom and China Telecom Group, refrain from transfer any right under this Agreement to any third party; and

(g) in accordance with market requirements and subscriber demand, use all reasonable efforts to promote and advertise the CDMA Business in the Listed Service Areas.

 

12. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12.1 China Telecom represents and warrants to China Telecom Group that:

(a) Status : It is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted;

(b) Power and authority : It has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) Legal validity : This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by China Telecom, and this Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of China Telecom, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(d) Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by China Telecom of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not (i) conflict with the constitutional documents of China Telecom; or (ii) conflict with or result in default under any document which is binding upon China Telecom or any of its assets nor result in the creation of any Security Interest over any of its assets;

(e) Authorization : All authorizations, consents, registrations and notifications concerning China Telecom in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

(f) No immunity : China Telecom is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither China Telecom nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by China Telecom constitute private and commercial acts; and

(g) Litigation : No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened against China Telecom which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect upon China Telecom’s financial condition or business or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

12


12.2 China Telecom Group represents and warrants to China Telecom that:

(a) Status: China Telecom Group is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC and has the corporate power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

(b) Power and authority : China Telecom Group has the corporate power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the entry into, performance and delivery of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c) Legal validity : This Agreement constitutes China Telecom Group’s legal, valid and binding obligation;

(d) Non-conflict : The entry into and performance by China Telecom Group of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not and will not conflict with: (i) any laws binding on China Telecom Group; or (ii) the constitutional documents of China Telecom Group; or (iii) any document which is binding upon China Telecom Group or any of its assets;

(e) Authorization : So far as concerns the obligations of China Telecom Group, all authorizations, consents, registrations and notifications required under the laws of the PRC in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement by China Telecom Group have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect;

(f) CDMA License : The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology will issue to China Telecom Group Telecommunication License which will permit China Telecom Group to operate 800MHz CDMA second-generation digital cellular mobile telecommunications business. The Telecommunication License is in full force and effect and there are no circumstances which indicate that such license will or is likely to be revoked, in whole or in part. In accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, China Telecom Group is permitted to authorize China Telecom to use the Network to operate CDMA Business;

(g) No breach : The use of the Network by China Telecom in accordance with this Agreement will not cause China Telecom to breach any law, regulation, direction, permission, waiver, consent, registration, approval or other authorization; and

(h) No immunity : China Telecom Group is subject to civil commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement; and neither China Telecom Group nor any of its assets is entitled to any right of immunity, and the entry into and performance of this Agreement by China Telecom Group constitute private and commercial acts.

 

13. PURCHASE OPTION

13.1 China Telecom Group hereby grants China Telecom an option to purchase the Network (the Purchase Option ).

13.2 The Purchase Option may be exercised at any time during the Term and within one year thereafter by China Telecom by giving notice in writing to China Telecom Group. The acquisition price of the Network shall be negotiated between China Telecom Group and China Telecom based on the appraised value of the Network determined in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations, and taking into account prevailing market conditions, provided that the acquisition price will not be greater than such price as would, after taking into account all Lease Fee paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group in accordance with this Agreement and deducting all Delay Discounts due to China Telecom under clause 5.4, enable China Telecom Group to recover its investment in the Network, together with an internal rate of return on its investment of 8% (the Purchase Price ).

13.3. The purchase of the Network by China Telecom under this clause 13 shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules and all applicable PRC laws and regulations.

 

13


13.4 As soon as practicable, China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall negotiate in good faith and execute an agreement in relation to the sale and purchase of the Network. The agreement shall reflect the terms referred to in this clause 13, as well as such other terms as China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall agree. In the agreement, China Telecom Group shall provide such representations and warranties as are reasonably requested by China Telecom in relation to the Network and other related matters.

13.5 The Network shall be sold free from any Security Interests and with all rights attached to it at the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Network.

13.6 China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable following final acceptance of each Phase of the Network, an auditor jointly selected by China Telecom Group and China Telecom is appointed to perform procedures agreed upon between China Telecom Group and China Telecom to verify the final Network Construction Cost in respect of such Phase. China Telecom Group shall provide China Telecom and the auditor so appointed with certified copies or originals of all such supporting invoices and receipts and other documentary evidence and information as China Telecom or such auditor may require in order to verify the Network Construction Cost in respect of any Phase of the Network. The auditor’s fees for carrying out the aforesaid procedures shall be borne by China Telecom Group and China Telecom in equal shares.

 

14. INSURANCE

14.1 During the construction period of each Phase of the Network, China Telecom Group shall fully and continuously maintain insurance over the Network. The relevant insurance premiums shall be paid by China Telecom Group and form part of the Network Construction Cost. Such insurance policies shall name China Telecom Group as the beneficiary. Following receipt by China Telecom Group of any proceeds of such insurance, China Telecom Group shall apply all the proceeds to repair the Network.

14.2 After each Phase of the Network has been constructed and delivered to China Telecom pursuant to clause 8.5, insurance of that Phase of the Network shall be effected and maintained fully and continuously valid by or on behalf of China Telecom on such terms and with such qualified insurance company as agreed by China Telecom Group and China Telecom. The relevant insurance premiums, which form part of the cost of operating the Network, shall be paid by China Telecom. China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall be named as joint beneficiaries under all such insurance policies.

14.3 The proceeds of any insurance taken out over the Network shall be applied in repairing or replacing the part of the Network that has been damaged or lost. If the costs of such repair or replacement exceed the amount of relevant proceeds of insurance, the excess shall be paid by China Telecom Group and shall form part of the Network Construction Cost in case the damage or loss occurs during the construction period, and shall be paid by or on behalf of China Telecom and form part of the operating cost of the Network in case the damage or loss occurs during the operating period.

14.4 In the event of loss of, or damage to, the Network, China Telecom Group and China Telecom shall agree upon the detailed steps which can be taken to repair or replace the Network so as to overcome, rectify and minimize such loss or damage.

 

15. NETWORK MAINTENANCE

15.1 China Telecom shall:

(a) take all necessary or desirable steps to safeguard all parts of the Network and keep the Network in good repair and condition, subject to fair wear and tear; and

(b) maintain the Network in accordance with the generally accepted best practice of other mobile telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

14


15.2 The costs, fees and expenses incurred by China Telecom in performing its obligations under clause 15.1 shall be shared between China Telecom Group and China Telecom according to the proportions as set out in clause 9.3(a) and (b) above.

15.3 China Telecom Group’s representatives shall have the right to inspect the Network during normal business hours of China Telecom, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of ascertaining whether China Telecom is in compliance with its obligations under clause 15.1.

 

16. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

China Telecom Group agrees to indemnify on demand China Telecom for any loss or damage suffered by China Telecom as a result of any defect in, or any loss of or damage to, any of the Equipment caused by any negligence, default, act or omission of China Telecom Group under this Agreement or in connection with the Network. The aggregate liability of China Telecom Group for any claim shall not exceed the aggregate of (i) the total amount of Lease Fee paid by China Telecom to China Telecom Group under this Agreement, and (ii) the total Purchase Price paid by China Telecom for the Network.

 

17. CONFIDENTIALITY

17.1 At all times during all lease periods each party shall, and shall procure that their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall, keep confidential and shall not, without the prior written consent of the other party, disclose to any third party this Agreement or any of the terms of this Agreement or any documents or materials supplied by or on behalf of either party in connection with this Agreement, save that any such party shall be entitled upon giving notice to the other parties to make such disclosure:

(a) in connection with any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the extent that any party may consider necessary to protect its interests; or

(b) if required to do so by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction whether in pursuance of any procedure for discovering documents or otherwise or pursuant to any law or any regulation of any stock exchange or securities regulatory authority; or

(c) to its auditors, legal advisors or other professional advisers; or

(d) by China Telecom Group or China Telecom to any bank or any other financier or prospective financier; or

(e) if required to do so by any applicable law or in order for such party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

17.2 Nothing contained in clause 17.1 shall preclude China Telecom from disclosing to any of its affiliated companies any information, document or other materials relating to this Agreement.

 

18. FORCE MAJEURE

If China Telecom or China Telecom Group (the Affected Party ) is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event:

(a) the Affected Party’s obligations under this Agreement are suspended from the time of notification of the event in accordance with clause 18(b) while the Force Majeure Event continues, but only to the extent that it is so prevented, hindered or delayed;

 

15


(b) immediately after the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the Force Majeure Event, the time and date on which the Force Majeure Event started and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) the Affected Party shall take all reasonable endeavors to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event on the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and

(d) immediately after the end of the Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall notify the other parties in writing that the Force Majeure Event has ended and the duration of the Force Majeure Event, and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

19. TERMINATION AND REDELIVERY

19.1 China Telecom may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving not less than 180 days’ written notice, such termination shall take effect from the expiration of each lease period or any Additional Term.

19.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies they may have (either under this Agreement or at law), China Telecom Group or China Telecom may terminate this Agreement at any time if the other party commits any continuing or material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement (save for any breach which is caused by the party seeking to rely on it) and, in the case of such a breach which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 90 days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars of the breach and requiring it to be remedied.

19.3 For the purpose of clause 19.2, a breach shall be considered capable of remedy if the party in breach can comply with the provision in question in all respects other than as to the time of performance (provided that time of performance is not of the essence).

19.4 The right to terminate this Agreement given by this clause 19 shall not prejudice any other right or remedy of any party in respect of the breach concerned (if any) or any other breach.

19.5 Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement and to any rights or obligations which have accrued prior to termination, no party shall have any further obligation to the others under this Agreement.

19.6 Notwithstanding clause 19.1, this Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the written agreement of the parties.

19.7 Subject to clause 13, China Telecom shall return the Network to China Telecom Group within 90 days following the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the following principles:

(a) the Network shall be returned free and clear of any Security Interests (other than China Telecom Group Liens);

(b) all maintenance to the Network shall have been completed; and

(c) all damage to the Network shall have been repaired and certified in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Equipment manufacturer.

 

20. NOTICES

20.1 Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by (or on behalf of) the person giving it. It shall be served by sending it by fax, or delivering it by hand, or sending it by prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, to the address or fax number set out in clause 20.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party (or to such other address or fax number as shall have been duly notified in accordance with this clause). Any notice so served by hand, fax or post shall be deemed to have been duly given:

(a) in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

16


(b) in the case of delivery by fax, at the time of transmission; and

(c) in the case of prepaid recorded delivery, special delivery or registered post, at 9 a.m. on the second Business Day following the date of posting

provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9 a.m. on the next following Business Day.

References to time in this clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

20.2 The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purpose of clause 20.1 are as follows:

 

China Telecom Group   
Address:    31 Jionrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC
Fax:    (+86 10) 5850 1500
For the attention of:    Zhang Jianbin
China Telecom   
Address:    31 Jionrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, PRC
Fax:    (+86 10) 6601 0728
For the attention of:    Pang Tie

20.3 A party may notify the other party of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this clause 20, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

(a) the date specified in the notice as the date on which the change is to take place; or

(b) if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

21. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

21.1 The rights or benefits under this Agreement may not be assigned (nor may any cause of action arising in connection with any of them be assigned) by China Telecom Group without the prior written consent of China Telecom.

21.2 China Telecom Group may, with China Telecom’s prior written consent, sub-contract any of its obligations under this Agreement provided that China Telecom Group procures that the sub-contractor performs China Telecom Group’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were a party to this Agreement in place of China Telecom Group. Nothing in this clause 21 will relieve China Telecom Group of any of its liabilities or obligations under this Agreement. China Telecom Group irrevocably agrees that China Telecom may transfer or sub-contract any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its affiliated company.

 

17


22. SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall (so far as it is invalid or unenforceable) be given no effect and shall be deemed not to be included in this Agreement but without invalidating any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

23. FURTHER ASSURANCE

Each party agrees to perform (or procure the performance of) all further acts and things, and execute and deliver (or procure the execution and delivery of) such further documents, as may be required by law or as the other party may reasonably require to implement and/or give effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.

 

24. COSTS

24.1 Subject to clause 24.2, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses (including the legal fees) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

24.2 Any stamp duty or other duties payable in connection with this Agreement, and matters contemplated hereunder shall be borne by China Telecom Group and China Telecom in equal shares.

 

25. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS

25.1 No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver shall be effective unless expressed in writing signed for or on behalf of the party granting it.

25.2 No amendment of this Agreement (or of any of the documents referred to in this Agreement) shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties to it. The expression “amendment” shall include any amendment, supplement, deletion or replacement however effected.

25.3 Unless expressly agreed, no amendment shall constitute a general waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights, obligations or liabilities under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of amendment, and the rights and obligations of the parties under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except and only to the extent that they are so amended.

 

26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all terms, agreements, arrangements memorandums and other documents previously concluded regarding the lease of CDMA Network Capacity.

 

27. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

27.1 This Agreement and the relationship between the parties shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, PRC law.

 

18


27.2 All disputes arising from or in connection with this Agreement (including but are not limited to the length, the Lease Fee and the Minimum Lease Fee for any Additional Term) shall be resolved through friendly consultation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement in respect of the settlement of dispute within thirty (30) days after a party has requested to resolve the same through consultation, the parties agree to settle the relevant dispute pursuant to clause 27.3.

27.3 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission ( CIETAC ) in Beijing for arbitration which shall be conducted in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award is final and binding upon both parties.

27.4 The tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The parties consent, to the fullest extent permitted under the CIETAC rules, that any arbitrator to the arbitration (including any arbitrator appointed by CIETAC) may be nominated and appointed from outside CIETAC’s panel of arbitrators subject to the confirmation by the chairman of the CIETAC in accordance with the law. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese.

27.5 Unless otherwise required by the tribunal, the arbitration costs shall be borne by the losing party.

27.6 Each party agrees to waive and not to claim any immunity from any proceedings and legal actions and from all forms of execution to which it or its property is now or hereafter becomes entitled under the laws of any jurisdiction.

27.7 During the arbitration, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement except for the part in dispute which has been submitted to arbitration.

 

28. LANGUAGE

28.1 This Agreement shall be written in Chinese in six copies with each Party holding three copies. Each copy shall have equal legal binding effect.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date shown at the beginning of this Agreement.

(Signing Page Followed, No text.)

 

19


(SIGNING PAGE, NO TEXT)

SIGNED on behalf of China Telecom Corporation Limited (Seal)

 

By:  

/s/ Wu Andi

Name:   Wu Andi

SIGNED on behalf of China Telecommunications Corporation (Seal)

 

By:  

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:   Wang Xiaochu

 

20

Exhibit 4.37

English Summary

of

Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business

Among

China Unicom Corporation Limited

and

China Unicom Limited

and

China Telecom Corporation Limited

China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), China Unicom Corporation Limited (“CUCL”) and China Unicom Limited (“Unicom”, together with CUCL, the “Unicom Group”), jointly the parties, entered into an Agreement for Transfer of CDMA Business (the “Acquisition Agreement”) on July 27, 2008.

(Unless the context otherwise provides, refer to the last section “DEFINITIONS” for the meanings of the capitalized terms used in this summary.)

Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the Company shall acquire the entire CDMA Business owned and operated by the Unicom Group prior to the Completion Commencement Date (including the entire equity interest in China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited and 99.5% of the equity interest in Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd. (representing the entire interest in Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd. held by CUCL)) and relevant assets (including certain Jointly Used CDMA Network Assets and other related assets as agreed between the Company and CUCL and set out in the Acquisition Agreement) and other assets and liabilities in relation to the CDMA subscribers agreed among the parties in the Acquisition Agreement.

The assets which are to be acquired pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement are more particularly detailed in an appendix to the Acquisition Agreement, including (i) CDMA subscribers with 133/153 user code numbers as at 12:00 a.m. on the Completion Commencement Date as recorded in CUCL’s billing and other systems, (ii) certain transmission operations relating to the CDMA Business, (iii) certain Jointly Used CDMA Network Assets, (iv) certain sales office in ten northern provinces, (v) certain intellectual property rights, (vi) certain handset terminals of the CDMA Business, (vii) certain rights to use CDMA-related computer rooms and equipment, (viii) certain information technology systems and network equipment, (ix) certain other related fixed and moveable assets, (x) certain domestic and overseas third party contracts and business arrangements (if any), (xi) certain employees of CUCL and (xii) the equity interest in China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited and Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd.

The Acquisition Agreement sets out the detailed principles and arrangements on the segregation, verification and transfer mechanism for the Acquired Business and the parties will prepare a final list of the Acquired Business within 20 days after the Completion


Commencement Date (or such other date as agreed between the parties). In addition, as provided for under the Acquisition Agreement, the Company and its subsidiaries also entered into a number of ancillary agreements with CUCL and its affiliated companies in relation to the detailed arrangements with respect to the Acquired Business. The Acquisition Agreement has superseded all other previous oral and written agreements in connection with the Proposed Business Acquisition.

CONSIDERATION

Consideration

The consideration for the Proposed Business Acquisition shall be RMB43.8 billion (“ Preliminary Consideration ”), subject to the adjustments described below.

Consideration adjustment

The Preliminary Consideration for the Proposed Business Acquisition shall be adjusted as follows:

Preliminary Consideration x A = Final Consideration

If R1/R2 plus 0.02 is equal to or more than 1, then A shall equal 1

If R1/R2 plus 0.02 is less than 1, then A shall equal to R1/R2 plus 0.02

where

R1 is the Unicom CDMA Service Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2008 as set out in the 2008 interim report of Unicom.

R2 is the Unicom CDMA Service Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2007 as set out in the 2007 interim report of Unicom.

Payment of consideration

The Final Consideration for the Proposed Business Acquisition shall be paid in cash and shall be paid in three instalments to CUCL. 70% of the Final Consideration will be paid on or within three days after the Completion Commencement Date. Within three days after the Completion End Date (as defined below), the Company shall pay 20% of the Final Consideration. Subject to the Final Completion (as defined below), the Company shall pay the remaining 10% of the Final Consideration before March 31, 2009.

OTHER KEY TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

Employees

The Company agrees with CUCL that 29.3% of the employees who had employment agreements with CUCL and Unicom Huasheng

 

2


Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd. as of December 31, 2007 shall be transferred to the Company. Employees whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business shall be from CUCL to the Company. In addition, a certain percentage of employees whose responsibilities include supporting the development and general management of the CDMA Business shall be transferred from CUCL to the Company. A detailed plan has been agreed between the Company and CUCL taking into account the differences in the businesses of the two companies in southern and northern PRC. Employees on secondment to CUCL whose responsibilities are directly related to the CDMA Business shall also be transferred to the Company. The Company and CUCL will also agree on the number of other employees on secondment to CUCL to be transferred to the Company.

Pre-Completion undertakings

Except otherwise agreed in the transaction documents, or with the consent of the Company or the joint working committee (as described below), each of CUCL and Unicom undertakes that prior to the Completion Commencement Date, it will, among others:

 

(i) not make any material changes to the usual operating policy of the Acquired Business (including but not limited to the operation, sales, pricing arrangements and policies of the Acquired Business);

 

(ii) not make any material changes to the usual financial policy of the Acquired Business;

 

(iii) not enter into, amend or terminate any contracts relating to the Acquired Business involving an amount of RMB20 million or above or invest in or dispose of any asset or liability relating to the Acquired Business where such asset or liability have a value of RMB20 million or above;

 

(iv) maintain the normal operation of the Acquired Business and provide usual standard services to subscribers of the Acquired Business;

 

(v) actively maintain the subscriber base of the Acquired Business and develop the subscriber base in accordance with its usual sales practice;

 

(vi) provide all necessary assistance to enable the Company to verify the Acquired Business and will complete all Completion preparatory work in accordance with the Completion plan which is more particularly detailed in an appendix to the Acquisition Agreement;

 

(vii) allow the Company access to the computer rooms and sales offices that are within the scope of the Acquired Business and other information and records in relation to the Acquired Business;

 

(viii) notify and consult with the Company on any events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effect on the Acquired Business; and

 

(ix) maintain and will not make any material change to the information technology systems which record the CDMA subscribers’ obligations and liabilities attributable to the Acquired Business before the Completion Commencement Date.

 

3


Transitional arrangements

The Company and CUCL agree on the principles in relation to the transitional arrangements during the period from the Completion Commencement Date to no later than March 31, 2009, which are more particularly detailed in an appendix to the Acquisition Agreement. Under such arrangements, CUCL shall provide those operating conditions and assurances including, in particular, the reciprocal use of the information technology system and value-added service platform that are necessary to ensure the normal operation of the CDMA Business during such period.

Jointly Used CDMA Network Assets

The Company and CUCL shall enter into separate agreement(s) in accordance with the principles set out in the Acquisition Agreement to provide to each other necessary operational assistance and service support with respect to Jointly Used CDMA Network Assets following Completion to ensure the normal operations of the respective business of the parties after the Completion Commencement Date and that services provided to subscribers are not affected.

Joint working committee

The joint working committee that was established pursuant to the Framework Agreement shall continue to be responsible for ensuring the stable operation and transition of the CDMA Business during the course of the Proposed Business Acquisition.

Representations and warranties

CUCL represents and warrants that,

 

(i) it has the necessary permission or licence to operate the Acquired Business (including basic telecommunications and value-added telecommunications services); and

 

(ii) the transfer of the Acquired Business does not breach any applicable laws, its constitutional documents, or any material contracts between itself and third parties.

CUCL also makes detailed representations and warranties with respect to the title and condition of the various types of assets that comprise the Acquired Business, the financial condition of the Acquired Business and the accuracy of the information provided to the Company, which are more particularly detailed in an appendix to the Acquisition Agreement.

Unicom represents and warrants that the performance by Unicom of its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement will not result in a breach of any applicable laws, its constitutional documents, or any material contracts between itself and third parties. Unicom further warrants the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by CUCL. Unicom further guarantees all the obligations, liabilities and indemnities of CUCL under the Acquisition Agreement.

The Company represents and warrants that the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement will not result in a breach of any applicable laws, its constitutional documents, or any material contracts between itself and third parties and that the Company has immediately available funds to pay each instalment of the consideration for the Proposed Business Acquisition on each payment date.

 

4


Indemnity by CUCL

CUCL agrees to indemnify the Company against all losses suffered by the Company as a result of any disputes, claims or litigation in connection with the Acquired Business existing or taking place before the Completion Commencement Date, or as a result of activities which were conducted prior to the Completion Commencement Date.

COMPLETION OF THE PROPOSED BUSINESS ACQUISITION

Conditions precedent to Completion

Completion of the Proposed Business Acquisition shall be conditional upon satisfaction or waiver of the following:

 

(i) Unicom has obtained approval from its shareholders in relation to the Proposed Business Acquisition and in such manner as required by applicable laws, regulations and listing rules and has obtained approval from its independent shareholders in relation to the termination of the Unicom CDMA Lease (including the waiver of the option to purchase the CDMA Network);

 

(ii) CUCL has obtained all approvals for the Proposed Business Acquisition in accordance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

(iii) Unicom Telecommunications has obtained approval from its shareholders in relation to the Proposed Business Acquisition by Unicom and CUCL and in such manner as required by applicable laws, regulations and listing rules and has obtained approval from its non-affiliated shareholders in relation to the termination of the Unicom CDMA Lease (including the waiver of the option to purchase the CDMA Network);

 

(iv) relevant government and regulatory authorities have approved the sale of the Acquired Business and the CDMA Network;

 

(v) there has been no material adverse change to the operation of the CDMA Business;

 

(vi) the Company has obtained approval from its shareholders in relation to the change of business scope and making necessary amendments to the articles of association of the Company and in such manner as required by applicable laws, regulations and the Listing Rules;

 

(vii) the Company has obtained approval from its independent shareholders in relation to the Telecom CDMA Lease and the agreements on other connected transactions that need to be amended as a result of the Proposed Business Acquisition and in such manner as required by the Listing Rules;

 

(viii)

the Company and China Telecom Group have obtained all approvals that are necessary to operate the Acquired Business including, but not limited to, approval by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology for China Telecom Group to

 

5


 

operate and license to the Company to operate mobile telecommunications business and to use the relevant telecommunications resources such as CDMA bandwidth and telecom network numbers has been obtained;

 

(ix) CUCL has performed all necessary procedures as required under applicable laws or other contracts to which CUCL (including procedures in relation to the creditors’ notice and consents) are subject to in accordance with the Completion plan;

 

(x) the representations and warranties made by Unicom and CUCL in the Acquisition Agreement on the date of the Acquisition Agreement remain true, accurate and complete;

 

(xi) CUCL and the Company do not have any dispute on the progress of the Completion preparatory work and the respective provincial branches of CUCL and the Company have entered into detailed agreements in relation to the implementation of the transactions contemplated under the Acquisition Agreement before August 15, 2008; and

 

(xii) CUCL and the Company have completed business and assets verification in accordance with the detailed provisions in the Completion plan set out in the Acquisition Agreement and specific revenue due diligence and have agreed on the results of such verification and due diligence.

The parties shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the conditions precedent to be satisfied as soon as practicable before October 1, 2008. In addition, the parties agree that completion of the Proposed Business Acquisition and completion of the acquisition of the CDMA Network by China Telecom Group from the Network Sellers shall commence at the same time. If the conditions precedent are not satisfied or waived before December 31, 2008 (or any other day as agreed between the parties), the Acquisition Agreement shall terminate automatically.

Completion

The completion of the Proposed Business Acquisition shall commence on the Completion Commencement Date. As from the Completion Commencement Date, the Acquired Business shall become legally owned by the Company. Unless agreed otherwise by CUCL and the Company, any liabilities and obligations related to the Acquired Business before the Completion Commencement Date shall be borne by CUCL, and any liabilities and obligations related to the Acquired Business arising since the Completion Commencement Date shall be borne by the Company.

The Company and CUCL shall complete the necessary procedures for the substantive transfer of the Acquired Business to the Company within 60 days after the Completion Commencement Date (and the date of completion of such substantive transfer, which shall be confirmed by the Company, Unicom and CUCL in writing, shall be the “Completion End Date”) in accordance with the Completion plan. Any assets or liabilities which form part of the Acquired Business but the transfer of which have not been completed on the Completion End Date shall be governed by the terms of the Completion plan until the transfer of such assets or liabilities have been completed (such completion being the “Final Completion”).

 

6


DEFINITIONS

In this summary of the Acquisition Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“Acquired Business”

   the entire CDMA Business owned and operated by CUCL prior to the Completion Commencement Date and relevant assets (including certain CDMA and GSM shared base stations and other related assets as agreed between the Company and CUCL and set out in the Acquisition Agreement) and other assets and liabilities in relation to the CDMA subscribers agreed between the parties in the Acquisition Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the equity interest in Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications Technology Co. Ltd.

“Acquisition Agreement”

   the agreement for transfer of CDMA business and the appendices in relation to the Proposed Business Acquisition entered into among the Company, CUCL and Unicom on July 27, 2008

“CDMA”

   Code Division Multiple Access Technology, which is a digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput by using various coding sequences to mix and separate voice and data signals for wireless communication, including all upgrades to such technology from time to time

“CDMA Business”

   the business of providing, operating or marketing the provision of CDMA telecommunications business by the Unicom Group

“CDMA Network”

   the CDMA cellular telecommunications network constructed by Unicom New Horizon

“China Telecom Group”

   China Telecommunications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise established under the laws of the PRC and the controlling shareholder of the Company, with its principal business being the investment holding of companies primarily involved in the provision of telecommunications services in the PRC, the provision of specialized telecommunication support services and other businesses

“Company”

   China Telecom Corporation Limited, a joint stock limited liability company incorporated in the PRC with limited liability and whose H Shares and American depositary shares are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the New York Stock Exchange, respectively

“Completion”

   the completion of the Proposed Business Acquisition

 

7


“Completion Commencement Date”

   October 1, 2008 or such other date as may be agreed by the parties under the Acquisition Agreement

“CUCL”

   China Unicom Corporation Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in the PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom

“Final Consideration”

   the final purchase price as determined following adjustment of the Initial Consideration in accordance with the price adjustment mechanism in the Acquisition Agreement

“Framework Agreement”

   the Framework Agreement for Transfer of the CDMA Business entered into among the Company, CUCL and Unicom on June 2, 2008

“GSM”

   global cellular system for mobile communications, a digital cellular telephone system operating in the 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 1900 MHz frequency band based on digital transmission and cellular network architecture with roaming

“Jointly Used CDMA Network Assets”

   assets which are jointly used by the CDMA Business or network, and other business or network of CUCL

“Listing Rules”

   Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

“MHz”

   Megahertz, a unit of measure of frequency; 1 MHz is equal to one million cycles per second

“Network Sellers”

   Unicom Parent and Unicom New Horizon

“PRC”

   the People’s Republic of China which, for the purposes of this summary, not including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan

“Proposed Business Acquisition”

   the proposed acquisition of the Acquired Business from CUCL by the Company

“RMB”

   Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC

“Telecom CDMA Lease”

   the CDMA network capacity lease agreement dated July 27, 2008 between the Company and China Telecom Group

“Unicom”

   China Unicom Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose shares are listed in the Main Board of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and whose American depositary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange

 

8


“Unicom CDMA Lease”

   the CDMA network capacity lease agreement dated October 26, 2006 between Unicom Telecommunications, Unicom New Horizon and Unicom Parent

“Unicom CDMA Service Revenue”

   the service revenue generated by Unicom in the course of operating its CDMA telecommunication business exclusive of the total revenue from the sale of telecommunication products

“Unicom Group”

   Unicom and CUCL

“Unicom New Horizon”

   Unicom New Horizon Mobile Telecommunications Company Limited, a company incorporated in the PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unicom Parent

“Unicom Parent”

   China United Telecommunications Corporation, a limited liability company incorporated in the PRC and the ultimate shareholding company of Unicom

“Unicom Telecommunications”

   China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited, a joint stock limited liability company incorporated in the PRC whose shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange

 

9

Exhibit 4.38

[English Translation of Chinese Original]

China Telecom Corporation Limited

And

China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation

Merger Agreement

November 14 th , 2008


This agreement is signed by the following two parties in Beijing, P.R.C. on November 14 th , 2008:

The Merging Party: China Telecom Corporation Limited is a joint stock limited liability company that is duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws. The legal address of the company is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing. The registration number of its business license is 1000001003712, and its legal representative is Wang Xiaochu.

The Merged Party : China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation is a limited company that is duly established and validly existing under Chinese laws. The legal address of the company is 21 Chaoyangmen Beidajie, Dongcheng District, Beijing. The registration number of its business license is 1000001003691, and its legal representative is Liu Bo.

Whereas,

1. To optimize the organizational structure and promote the core competitiveness of the company, and based on the practical needs emerged in the process of company development, the Merging Party intends to merge the Merged Party.

2. On the date when this agreement is signed, the Merged Party is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Merging Party and the Merging Party holds 100% equity of the Merged Party (hereafter, referred to as “Equity”).

Based on friendly consultation and in accordance with relevant laws and regulations of China, both parties enter into the following agreement (hereafter, referred to as “this Agreement”):

Article I Definition

Unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, the terms below are defined as follows:

Both parties of this Agreement : refers to China Telecom Corporation Limited and China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation.

Both parties of the merger : refers to the Merging Party and the Merged Party.

Merger by absorption : refers to the act of the Merging Party to absorb and merge the Merged Party according to the terms and conditions provided by this Agreement. After the merger, the Merging Party will continue to exist while the Merged Party will be dissolved and all its assets, creditor’s rights and liabilities will be taken over as a whole by the Merging Party.

The base date of the merger : June 30, 2008.

 

2


Article II Merger by Absorption

2.1 Both parties of this Agreement hereby confirm that before the merger, the Merging Party holds legally 100% Equity of the Merged Party.

2.2 Both parties of this Agreement agree that the Merging Party shall merge the Merged Party, and upon completion of the merger, the Merging Party will continue to exist as the surviving company and the Merged Party will be dissolved according to laws.

2.3 After the completion of the merger, neither the registered capital nor the equity structure of the Merging Party will be changed due to the merger.

2.4 Both parties of this Agreement agree that since the base date of the merger, all the assets, businesses, creditor’s rights, interests, rights and interests, debts, obligations and responsibilities shall be deemed as already having been taken over by the Merging Party.

Article III Transfer of the Creditor’s Rights, Debts and Assets in the Merger

3.1 Both parties of this Agreement confirm that unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, such assets and debts together with the rights and obligations related shall be undertaken automatically by the Merging Party in whole, including but not limited to:

(a) the rights and interests owned by the Merged Party in its branches and departments;

(b) the licenses to operate all the businesses of the Merged Party;

(c) all the equipments and movable assets owned by the Merged Party, including but not limited to tools, communications equipments, furnishings and other devices in the offices, such as computers, telephones, fax machines and photocopiers, other equipments in the offices and vehicles;

(d) all the lands for which the Merged Party has the use right and all the buildings and other facilities (including the projects under construction) for which the Merged Party holds the ownership;

(e) the rights and obligations assumed by the Merged Party under all the contracts and agreements signed in the name of the Merged Party;

(f) bank deposits and/or down payments and advance payments owned by the Merged Party, including but not limited to those opened or kept by the Merged Party in its name and/or by others on behalf of the Merged Party (including the rights and interests thus involved);

(g) all the business records, financial and accounting records, operation records, statistics, user’s manuals, maintenance brochures, training brochures and other documents and data, no matter whether they are recorded in written or in electronic forms stored in the floppy disks or hard disks or in any other forms;

 

3


(h) all the certificates of rights, permits, licenses, certifications and power of attorney and authentications granted to the Merged Party by relevant government departments and authorities;

(i) guarantees, requests, claims, creditor’s rights and other similar rights and obligations related to or resulted from the assets and liabilities of the Merged Party;

(j) the trademarks and patents owned by the Merged Party;

(k) labor contracts and agreements of the employees (including the retired ones) of the Merged Party, and all the personnel files and records and data concerning the salary, social security and other welfare of such employees;

(l) unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, all the debts (be them definite debts, contingent debts, known debts, unknown debts or other types of debts), losses, claims, obligations and liabilities related to or resulted from the businesses, assets and liabilities of the Merged Party, including but not limited to all the debts, losses, claims, obligations and liabilities stipulated in the contracts of the Merged Party; the debts, claims, obligations and liabilities assumed by the Merged Party toward all its employees (including retired ones) and the salary, bonus, insurance, housing and other welfare that should be paid to the family members of the employees or to those raised by the employees according to relevant laws and regulations;

(m) all the unresolved tax matters of the Merged Party; and

(n) other assets and liabilities of the Merged Party.

Article IV Arrangement of Employees

4.1 Both parties of this Agreement agree that the employment relationship between the Merged Party and all its employees is still valid and will be taken over by the Merging Party, i.e. all the rights and obligations of the Merged Party under the valid labor contracts between the Merged Party and its employees shall be succeeded and performed by the Merging Party, including but not limited to the employees’ salaries, social security funds, housing funds, and other welfare which must be provided by the Merged Party in accordance with relevant laws in China, except those that have already been performed or paid up by the Merged Party.

Article V Relevant Follow-up Matters

5.1 Both parties of this Agreement undertake that after signing this Agreement, both parties shall cooperate with each other in order to complete the merger, including but not limited to: going through all the legal procedures concerning de-registration in tax bureau, industry and commerce authority and state-owned assets ownership registration authority.

 

4


Article VI Representation, Guarantee and Commitment by the Merging Party

6.1 The Merging Party hereby makes the representation, guarantee and commitment to the Merged Party: the Merging Party enjoys the full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement, and it has obtained all the approval, permit and authorization needed for the execution and performance of this Agreement; once this Agreement is signed, this Agreement shall be binding to the Merging Party in full legal force and effect.

Article VII Representation, Guarantee and Commitment by the Merged Party

7.1 The Merged Party hereby makes the representation, guarantee and commitment to the Merging Party: the Merged Party enjoys the full right, power and capacity to sign and perform this Agreement, and it has obtained all the approval, permit and authorization needed for the execution and performance of this Agreement; once this Agreement is signed, this Agreement shall be binding to the Merged Party in full legal force and effect.

Article VIII Taxes and Expenses

8.1 Both parties of this Agreement shall pay respectively, according to the provisions made by the state laws and administrative regulations, the income tax, business tax, stamp tax and other types of taxes (if any) resulted from the execution and performance of this Agreement and the merger provided in this Agreement.

Article IX Effectiveness and Completion

9.1 This Agreement comes into effect on the date the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties sign this Agreement and stamp the official seals of both parties.

9.2 The merger provided herein shall become effective upon respective approval by both parties in accordance with their articles of association.

9.3 Unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement, the merger is considered to be completed on the date when the Merged Party completes the de-registration procedures with the original industry and commerce registration authority.

Article X Indemnity

10.1 If either party of this Agreement violates any representation, guarantee or commitment it has made or any provisions under this Agreement, the action is considered a breach to this Agreement. The party in breach should actively correct its breach and indemnify the other party for the loss it suffered from the breach.

 

5


10.2 After the completion of the merger provided in this Agreement, if any third party makes any claim to the Merging Party concerning the assets or liabilities of the Merged Party and such a claim is based on the situation of the assets and liabilities of the Merged Party before the date of the completion of the merger, the Merging Party shall assume the corresponding responsibilities.

Article XI Force Majeure

11.1 “Force majeure” refers to the all the unforeseeable events that may happen after this Agreement comes into effect, whose occurrence and consequences are unavoidable and insurmountable and which render either party of this Agreement unable to perform part or all of the obligations under this Agreement.

11.2 In case of force majeure, both parties may suspend the performance of the obligations under this Agreement for a period of delay caused by the force majeure, and such period will be automatically extended for a period corresponding to such suspension.

11.3 The party affected by the force majeure shall notify the other party in writing as soon as possible, and provide within fifteen days the valid proof certifying the occurrence and duration of such force majeure event. The affected party shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure as soon as possible.

11.4 When any force majeure event occurs, both parties should start consultation immediately to seek a fair solution to the problem and try their best to mitigate the consequences of the force majeure.

Article XII Settlement of Dispute and Governing Law

12.1 The governing law of this Agreement is the Chinese laws and this Agreement shall be interpreted according to Chinese laws.

12.2 For any dispute caused by and related to this Agreement, both parties of this Agreement shall attempt to solve it through friendly consultation. If the dispute fails to be solved through consultation fails, any party can bring a suit over the dispute to the people’s court with jurisdiction at any time.

Article XIII Other Provisions

13.1 If any term of this Agreement is determined as invalid or unenforceable by the people’s court with jurisdiction, the remaining terms shall not be affected and shall be performed with full force and effect.

13.2 Any explicit or implied provision of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not be deemed to grant or give any person or organization (other than the two parties, their successors and authorized assignees of this Agreement) the rights or remedies provided hereunder or caused by this Agreement.

 

6


13.3 This Agreement is the entire agreement on the subject matter of this Agreement and it shall supersede all the previous agreements and understandings concerning the subject matter agreed upon both parties. This Agreement shall not be amended or terminated without the written consent by both parties of this Agreement.

13.4 Any party of this Agreement shall not transfer this Agreement or the rights it enjoys or the liabilities and obligations it assumes hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party.

13.5 This Agreement is binding on legal successors of both parties of this Agreement.

13.6 There are ten original copies of this Agreement. Each party of this Agreement shall hold one copy respectively. The other copies will be submitted to government authorities or kept by the Merging Party. All the original copies enjoy equal legal force.

13.7 Any change or modification of this Agreement shall be subject to the consent of both parties of this Agreement and shall be in writing.

 

7


Signature Page

NOW, IN WITNESS HEREOF, the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties of this Agreement hereby execute this Agreement on the date and venue indicated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

China Telecom Corporation Limited   
(Corporate Seal)   
Legal representative or authorized representative:   

/s/ Wu Andi

  
China Telecom Group Beijing Corporation   
(Corporate Seal)   
Legal representative or authorized representative:   

/s/ Liu Bo

  

 

8

Exhibit 4.39

English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement

Between

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

China Telecommunications Corporation

China Telecommunications Corporation (“Party A”) and China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party B”) entered into the Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreement on September 10, 2002.

Party A and Party B entered into the Supplemental Agreement to the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on July 10, 2008 to amend certain article of the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement.

 

1. Article 5.1 of the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement shall be amended as follows: “The rent payable by Party B to Party A to lease the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers owned by Party A shall be based on negotiations between the parties with reference to the market price.”

 

2. The formation, validity, performance and interpretation of this Supplemental Agreement and any relevant dispute resolutions must be governed by the PRC laws.

 

3. Any dispute arising between both Parties concerning the validity, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall firstly be resolved through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through friendly negotiation within thirty (30) days upon the date when such dispute arises, either party may initiate proceedings in a competent people’s court in the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

4. The Supplemental Agreement shall be executed with corporate seals by the legal representatives or authorized representatives of the parties.

 

5. The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

6. If there is any conflict between the Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement and this Supplemental Agreement after the Supplemental Agreement becomes effective, the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

Exhibit 4.40

English Summary

of

Underwriting Agreement regarding Medium Term Notes of China Telecom

Corporation Limited in 2008

Among

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

and

CITIC Securities Company Limited

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”), Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (“Party B”) and CITIC Securities Company Limited (“Party C”) entered into an underwriting agreement regarding medium term notes of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008 (the “Agreement”) on April 15, 2008.

The key terms and conditions of the Agreement are summarized as follows:

Issuance of Medium Term Notes:

Party A has registered its proposed issue of medium term notes in total principal amount of RMB 20 billion with the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors under the Agreement. Party A intends to issue the first tranche of medium term notes in aggregate principal amount of RMB 10 billion. The term for the first tranche of medium term notes is three years.

Underwriters:

Party B is the lead underwriter and Party C is the joint lead underwriter.

Underwriting Method:

The lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter shall set up the underwriting syndicate. The issue of the medium term notes is through a book building and centralized allocation process and the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter commit stand-by underwriting for the issue of the medium term notes. The respective stand-by underwriting proportions of Party B and Party C are 70% and 30%.

Determination of the Interest Rate:

Party B and Party C shall propose to Party A with a range of interest rates for book-building based on market conditions for Party A’s acceptance; Party A, Party B and Party C shall jointly determine in writing the actual interest rate of the medium term notes based on the results of the book-building process.


Conditions:

The conditions precedent to the performance of their underwriting obligations under the Agreement by Party B and Party C include the following: (1) the aggregate amount of note issuance complies with the relevant regulations and has been approved by the relevant government authorities; (2) Party A has obtained written authorization or approval from its decision-making organ for the issue of the medium term notes in accordance with its articles of association or other internal documents; (3) Party A has provided to Party B and Party C with all the materials necessary for the issuance and warrants the truthfulness and completeness of such materials; (4) Party A undertakes to make information disclosures regarding the medium term notes in accordance with the relevant regulations; and (5) no event of force majeure, breach of contract by Party A or change of circumstances as set forth in the Agreement occurs.

Underwriting, Deposit and Repayment of the Medium Term Notes:

The underwriting, deposit and payment of the medium term notes shall comply with the registration information of the medium term notes of China Telecom Corporation Limited for the year of 2008 as publicly announced by the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors, and other relevant regulations.

Rights and Obligations:

Party A’s rights and obligations include: (1) to fully and timely obtain the proceeds from the issue of the medium term notes and pay the principal amount and the interests; (2) to inspect the book-building information at any time; (3) to fully and timely repay the matured amount for the medium term notes and pay the underwriting commissions pursuant to the Agreement; and (4) to promptly inform Party B, Party C, and creditors of the medium term notes (i.e., holders of medium term notes under the Agreement, the “Creditors”) of the occurrence of any event of force majeure, breach of contract or change of circumstances and cooperate with these parties to take necessary measures; etc.

Party B’s and Party C’s rights and obligations include: (1) to set up the underwriting syndicate; (2) to request Party A to timely and fully repay the matured amount for the medium term notes; (3) to take measures when any event force majeure, breach of contract or change of circumstances occurs; (4) not to over-allot the medium term notes and not to issue the medium term notes ahead or behind the schedule; (5) to perform the underwriting obligations pursuant to the Agreement; (6) to assist Party A in determining the issuance scheme, advise on the documents provided by Party A relating to the note issuance, assist Party A in conducting information disclosures, and proceed with the registration and deposit procedures together with Party A; and (7) to prepare documents for filing and medium term notes investment materials in compliance with relevant rules of the regulatory authorities; etc.

 

2


Underwriting Commission:

The amount of underwriting commission = Par value of the medium term notes × Annual rate for the underwriting commission (0.3%) × Term (in year)

Representations, Warranties and Undertakings:

Each party represents and warrants that (1) it was duly incorporated; (2) it has full corporate power and authority to execute and perform the Agreement; (3) its performance of the obligations under the Agreement does not violate any constitutional documents of that party, or any contracts or regulations binding on that party; and (4) there is no action, arbitration, legal or administrative proceeding, or government investigation which is pending or may potentially affect the relevant party’s execution or performance of the Agreement.

Party A further undertakes with respect to each issue of the medium term notes under the Agreement that (1) it will provide true, correct, and complete copies of all documents, materials and data required for the preparation by Party B and Party C of the documents for the issue of the medium term notes, and to provide true, correct and complete copies of all documents, materials and data relating to the medium term notes investment, as well as other information required to be disclosed by relevant regulations; (2) the medium term notes under the Agreement constitute direct, unsecured, unconditional and non-subprime debts assumed by Party A; and (3) it will not to provide any additional security to its other direct, unsecured, unconditional and non-subprime debts, unless the same security is provided to the medium term notes issued under the Agreement.

Events of Force Majeure:

Events of force majeure refer to the objective events, whose occurrence is unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable, including: (1) issuance of any law or policies of the relevant government authorities, which imposes restrictions on the execution or performance of the Agreement; (2) the occurrence of any significant political change, natural disaster or other events that are beyond the parties’ control, which will force the issuer to cancel or make substantial change to the issuance scheme; (3) other events that have or will have material and adverse effects on Party A’s business operation, financial situation or prospect or the issue of the medium term notes, including but not limited to changes of benchmark interest rate or required reserve ratio, significant political changes, natural disasters and wars; and (4) any other event that the parties recognize as an event of force majeure in writing.

Breach of Contract:

Party A is in breach of contract, if (1) Party A fails to make full and timely payment to Party B, Party C or the Creditors; (2) Party B, Party C or the Creditors suffer any loss due to Party A’s fault; (3) Party A violates any representation, warranties or undertakings or fails to perform any obligations under the Agreement, as a result of which Party B, Party C or the Creditors suffer any loss; (4) the quality of Party A’s assets deteriorates, having a material and adverse effect on Party A’s abilities to issue or repay the medium term

 

3


notes; (5) Party A or its senior management is in any material violation of laws, having a material and adverse effect on Party A’s ability to issue or repay the medium term notes; or (6) Party A violates its information disclosure obligations under the relevant regulations.

Party B or Party C is in breach of contract, as the case may be, if (1) the party fails to make full and timely payment to Party A with the proceeds pursuant to the Agreement; (2) Party A suffers any loss due to any fault; or (3) the party violates any of its representation, warranties or undertakings or fails to perform any obligations under the Agreement, which causes any loss to Party A.

Change of Circumstances:

The events that constitute change of circumstances include (1) any material change of Party A’s senior management or operational situations; (2) Any material change of Party A’s net assets; and (3) any reorganization or merger event of Party A, having a material and adverse effect on Party A’s abilities to issue or repay the medium term notes.

Creditors’ Meeting:

Upon the occurrence of any breach of contract by Party A or any change of circumstances, Party B and Party C shall have the right to convene the creditors’ meeting. The creditors’ meeting may set up different voting requirements with respect to resolutions of different matters. Any resolution approved by the Creditors representing creditor’s rights of two thirds of the outstanding balance of the medium term notes, such as resolutions with respect to selection of representatives of the Creditors, disposal of creditors’ rights, or accelerated repayment, shall be binding on Party A and all Creditors.

Settlement of Disputes:

Any dispute shall firstly be resolved by the parties through negotiation. In case no settlement can be reached through negotiation, the dispute may be submitted to a people’s court in the place where the defendant is domiciled.

Effectiveness of the Agreement:

The Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the parties with corporate seals and expire when all the creditor’s rights and liabilities of all the parties under the Agreement terminate.

Termination of the Agreement by a Party:

Party B and Party C are entitled to terminate the Agreement if any of the following events occur: (1) it is found that Party A does not satisfy the requirements for issuing the medium term notes as set forth by Party B and Party C; (2) Party A is in breach of the Agreement or fails to perform its obligations under the Agreement; and (3) there occurs any breach of contract by Party A, any change of circumstances or any event of force majeure as set forth in the Agreement.

 

4


Party A is entitled to terminate the Agreement if any of the following events occur: (1) Party B and Party C is in breach of the Agreement or fails to perform their obligations under the Agreement, as a result of which Party A is not able to issue the medium term notes as proposed; and (2) The representations, warranties and undertakings made by Party B and Party C regarding the issue of the medium term notes are materially untruthful, or are misleading, or fail to be carried out, which substantially affect the performance of the Agreement.

Assignment of the Agreement:

No party shall assign its rights or obligations under the Agreement without written consent of all the parties.

 

5


English Summary

of

Supplemental Agreement

to

the Underwriting Agreement regarding Medium Term Notes of China Telecom

Corporation Limited in 2008

Among

China Telecom Corporation Limited

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited

and

CITIC Securities Company Limited

China Telecom Corporation Limited (“Party A”), Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (“Party B”) and CITIC Securities Company Limited (“Party C”) entered into the underwriting agreement regarding medium term notes of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008 (the “Original Agreement”) on April 15, 2008. Party A, Party B and Party C further entered into a supplemental agreement to the Original Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”) on December 15, 2008, to make certain fee arrangements for Party A’s issue of the second tranche of the medium term notes.

The key terms and conditions of the Agreement are summarized as follows:

Issuance of the Second Tranche of Medium Term Notes:

In October of 2008, Party B and Party C assisted Party A in publicly launching the issue of the second tranche of medium term notes to the PRC inter-bank debenture market with the aggregate principal amount of RMB 10 billion. The term for the second tranche of medium term notes is five years.

Underwriting Commission:

The amount of the underwriting commission for the second tranche of medium term notes = Par value of the medium term notes × Annual rate for the underwriting commission (0.25%) × Term (in year). The net amount of the underwriting commission actually payable by Party A after the issue of the second tranche of the medium term notes is RMB 123,230,000.

Continued Services Fee:

Party B and Party C agree to jointly pay the continued services fee required for the issue of the second tranche of the medium term notes pursuant to the respective stand-by underwriting proportions set forth in the Original Agreement, including the deposit registration fee, interest repayment fee, and agency services fees relating to the continued services to this issue of the medium term

 

6


notes such as rating and legal services. The total amount of the continued services fee is RMB 1,770,000, which shall be deducted from the respective underwriting commissions that Party A shall pay to Party B and Party C. Any continued services fee occurred over the amount set forth in the Agreement shall be paid by Party A.

Effectiveness of the Supplemental Agreement:

The Supplemental Agreement shall become effective upon execution by the parties with corporate seals. If there is any conflict between the Supplemental Agreement and the Original Agreement, the relevant provisions of the Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

7

Exhibit 4.41

English Summary

of

Underwriting Agreement regarding the First Tranche of Short-Term

Commercial Paper of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008

Among

China Telecom Corporation Limited

and

Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.

and

China Development Bank

China Telecom Corporation Limited, as the issuer, Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., as the lead underwriter, and Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., as the joint lead underwriter, entered into an underwriting agreement regarding the first tranche of short-term commercial paper of China Telecom Corporation Limited in 2008 (the “Agreement”) on July 7, 2008.

The key terms and conditions of the Agreement are summarized as follows:

Short Term Commercial Paper:

China Telecom Corporation Limited, the issuer, intends to issue the first tranche of short-term commercial paper in 2008 (“Commercial Paper”) to the PRC inter-bank debenture market with a maximum outstanding repayment amount of up to RMB 10 billion. The term of the Commercial Paper will not exceed 365 days.

Underwriters and the Underwriting Method:

Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. is the lead underwriter and China Development Bank is the joint lead underwriter. The lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter will set up the underwriting syndicate to underwrite the Commercial Paper and they jointly commit stand-by underwriting for the issuance of the Commercial Paper. The respective stand-by underwriting proportions for the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter are 50% each.

Scope and Object of Issuance:

The Commercial Paper shall be issued to the PRC inter-bank debenture market.

Method of Issuance:

The Commercial Paper shall be issued through a centralized book-building and allocation process by the lead underwriter.


Interest Rate:

Based on the final results of the centralized book-building and allocation process, the interest rate shall be jointly determined by the issuer, the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter in writing after consultation.

Use of Proceeds:

The proceeds will be used to enhance the issuer’s working capital and repay certain bank loans.

Repayment upon Maturity:

The issuer shall make the repayment pursuant to the documents for the issuance of the Commercial Paper (the “Issuance Documents”) upon maturity of the Commercial Paper.

Underwriting Commission:

The issuer shall pay the underwriting commission to the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter. The underwriting commission is equivalent to 0.4% of the aggregate par value of the Commercial Paper actually issued.

Conditions:

The conditions precedent to the performance of their underwriting obligations under the Agreement by Party B and Party C include the following: (1) all the Issuance Documents and other registration documents required by relevant authorities and market self-regulatory organizations have been submitted to such authorities and organizations and have been properly registered; (2) the issuer has obtained the approvals and other documents required for the issuance of the Commercial Paper pursuant to the relevant regulations and the Issuance Documents; (3) the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter have completed the due diligence investigation; (4) the issuer is not in breach of its representations and warranties under the Agreement; (5) the issuer is not in breach the Agreement or the Issuance Documents; (5) the issuer, the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter have signed the consultation letter pursuant to the Agreement after reaching consensus on the interest rate of the Commercial Paper based on the book-building results; etc.

Representations and Warranties:

The issuer represents and warrants to the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter that (1) it was duly incorporated; (2) it has the legal authority to execute and perform the Agreement; (3) its performance of the obligations under the Agreement does not violate any constitutional documents of the issuer, or any contracts or regulations binding on the issuer; (4) the issuance of the Commercial Paper complies with the relevant regulations; (5) the compilation of the latest financial statements complies with the laws and accounting principles and such financial statements are true, complete, correct and valid in all material aspects; (6) the documents and information provided to the lead underwriter, the joint lead underwriter and other members of the underwriting syndicate are true,

 

2


complete, correct and valid; (7) the Issuance Documents have covered all substantial information regarding the issuer and the issue of the Commercial Paper; (8) there is no action, arbitration, legal or administrative proceeding, or government investigation which is pending or may potentially affect the issuer’s ability to execute or perform the Agreement or to make any repayment for the Commercial Paper under the Agreement.

The lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter respectively make the following representations and warranties to the issuer: (1) it was duly incorporated; (2) it has the legal authority to execute and perform the Agreement; (3) its performance of the obligations under the Agreement does not violate any constitutional documents of that party, or any contracts or regulations binding on that party; (4) it has disclosed all information which may have material adverse effect on its ability to fully perform its obligations under the Agreement, and all the information provided to the issuer does not contain any material untrue or misleading representation; and (5) any dispute among the underwriters arising from their performance of the syndicate agreement shall not affect the obligations and liabilities of the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter under the Agreement; etc.

Rights and Obligations of the Issuer:

The issuer has the right to (1) obtain and use the proceeds pursuant to the Agreement; (2) consult with the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter to determine the scale, term, procedure, method and the range of interest rates for book-building relating to the issue of the Commercial Paper; (3) except otherwise provided for by laws and regulations, discretionarily determine to terminate, suspend, postpone or cancel the issue; (4) receive the services provided by the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter with respect to the issue and repayment of the Commercial Paper pursuant to this Agreement; etc.

The issuer has to obligation to (1) use the proceeds for the purposes set forth in the Issuance Documents; (2) timely and fully repay the matured amounts for the Commercial Paper; (3) timely and fully pay the underwriting commission; (4) commence the issuance within two months after the date of the Commercial Paper’s being registered with the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors and complete the issuance within the required period; (5) provide the Issuance Documents in the quantities and formats reasonably required by the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter; (6) perform the continuing information disclosure obligations pursuant to the laws and regulations; (7) cooperate with the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter regarding their due diligence investigation; (8) comply with the relevant requirements by the People’s Bank of China and the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors and accept their supervision and administration, and immediately inform the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter of any notice issued by the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors requiring amendment or supplement to the registration materials, or of the registration notification issued by the National Association of

 

3


Financial Market Institutional Investors; (9) immediately inform the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter of any information which will make the representations, warranties or undertakings under the Agreement untrue or incorrect after learning such information at any time before the completion of the issuance of the Commercial Paper, and make remedies or issue announcements as reasonably required by the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter; (10) promptly inform the lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter with any information that may have a material adverse effect on the repayment of the Commercial Paper after learning such information at any time before the repayment to the Commercial Paper; etc.

Rights and Obligations of the Lead Underwriter and the Joint Lead Underwriter:

The lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter respectively have the right to (1) receive the underwriting commission; (2) inspect relevant legal documents and financial materials; (3) inspect the issuance application materials and provide opinions; (4) urge the issuer to perform relevant obligations such as information disclosure and repayment of the Commercial Paper, (5) require the issuer to rectify its incompliant behavior, disclose the rectification situation in its due diligence report or examination opinion, and refuse to issue the recommendation letter if the issuer is uncooperative which makes the lead underwriter or the joint lead underwriter unable to make any judgment of the situation; and (6) determine the members of the underwriting syndicate jointly with the lead underwriter or the joint lead underwriter, as the case may be; etc.

The lead underwriter and the joint lead underwriter respectively have the obligation to (1) set up the underwriting syndicate in the case of being the lead underwriter, or assist the lead underwriter to organize the underwriting activities in the case of being the joint lead underwriter; (2) commit the stand-by underwriting for the issuance of the Commercial Paper; (3) not to over-allot the Commercial Paper and not to issue the Commercial Paper behind the schedule; (4) provide the proposal of the general issuance scheme and determine the specific issuance plans together with the issuer; (5) assist the issuer in formulating the repayment plans; (6) assist the issuer in understanding its obligations under the relevant laws and regulations and provide professional advice and consulting services to the issuer; (7) assist the issuer in preparing the Issuance Documents; (8) review the application documents prepared by the issuer, proceed with the due diligence investigation on the issuer, and issue the underwriter’s recommendation letter; (9) fulfill the registration and reporting obligations to the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors in the case of being the lead underwriter, or assist the lead underwriter in fulfilling such obligations in the case of being the joint lead underwriter; etc.

Settlement of Disputes:

Any dispute arising from or connecting to the Agreement shall be submitted to Beijing Arbitration Commission for arbitration.

 

4


Effectiveness of the Agreement:

The Agreement shall become effective upon the execution by the parties and the registration with the National Association of Financial Market Institutional Investors of the issuance of the Commercial Paper.

 

5

Exhibit 8.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd.

   The People’s Republic of China

China Telecom Best Tone Information Service Co., Limited

   The People’s Republic of China

China Telecom System Integration Co., Limited

   The People’s Republic of China

Navict (Beijing) Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   The People’s Republic of China

Tianyi Telecom Terminals Company Limited

(formerly known as Unicom Huasheng Telecommunications

Technology Co. Ltd.)

   The People’s Republic of China

China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited

   Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

China Telecom (Macau) Company Limited

(formerly known as China Unicom (Macau) Company Limited)

   Macau Special Administrative Region

China Telecom (Americas) Corporation

   Delaware, United States of America

Exhibit 12.1

Certification

I, Wang Xiaochu, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 24, 2009

 

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:   Wang Xiaochu
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification

I, Wu Andi, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 24, 2009

 

/s/ Wu Andi

Name:   Wu Andi
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 24, 2009

 

/s/ Wang Xiaochu

Name:   Wang Xiaochu
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to her knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 24, 2009

 

/s/ Wu Andi

Name:   Wu Andi
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.